pageinfo = [[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,7,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,7,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,7,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000010000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000010"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000100"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"010000000000"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,4,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000001000000"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,5,"000000001000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,7,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"001000000000"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000100000000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"100000100000"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000010000"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,0,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"],
	[0,0,0,12,"000000000001"]];
pagedata = [ ["../3300_icp_feature_matrix.html","Feature-Phone Matrix (MiVoice Business 8.0 SP1)","\"; with (frames[&#39;frScroll&#39;].document) { open(\"text/html\",\"replace\"); write(szHTML); close(); } szHTML = \" \"+ \" \"; var iCellCount=(c_lTabs+1)*2; var i; for (i=0;i \"; var iRow; for (iRow=0;iRow \"; if (iRow==5) szHTML+=\" \"; else { if (iRow==0) { for...",""],
["../3300_icp_feature_matrix.pdf","3300_icp_feature_matrix.pdf","MiVoice Business Feature Matrix (Release 9.1) MiVoice BusinessFeature Matrix (Release 9.1) Phones/Appliances Family 127 Family 2 Family 3 Family 4 Family 5 Family 6 6905 IP 5320/5320e IP 5001 IP25 5005 IP 5020 IP25 5140 IP25 6910 IP 5330/5330e IP...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../3300_icp_feature_matrix.xls","3300_icp_feature_matrix.xls","Sheet1 MiVoice BusinessFeature Matrix (Release 9.1) Phones/Appliances Features Family 127 Family 2 Family 3 Family 4 Family 5 Family 6 TeleMatrix 3000IP Wireless (IP-DECT System Global, WiFi System EMEA)27 Mitel 6xx DECT Phones27 Wireless (Spectr...","../excel.jpg"],
["../6905_ip_phone.png","6905_ip_phone.png","PNG file, size 290x458",""],
["../6910_phone.jpg","6910_phone.jpg","JPEG file, size 548x567","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6920-thumb.jpg","6920-thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 131x93","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6920.jpg","6920.jpg","JPEG file, size 659x505","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6920_branding-thumb.jpg","6920_branding-thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 128x96","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6920_branding.jpg","6920_branding.jpg","JPEG file, size 500x340","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6930-thumb.jpg","6930-thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 138x93","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6930.jpg","6930.jpg","JPEG file, size 659x505","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6930_branding-thumb.jpg","6930_branding-thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 191x109","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6930_branding.jpg","6930_branding.jpg","JPEG file, size 500x340","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6930_float.jpg","6930_float.jpg","JPEG file, size 561x331","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6930_float_thumb.jpg","6930_float_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 169x100","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6940-thumb.jpg","6940-thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 116x93","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6940.jpg","6940.jpg","JPEG file, size 659x505","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6940_branding-thumb.jpg","6940_branding-thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 218x123","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6940_branding.jpg","6940_branding.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6940_float.jpg","6940_float.jpg","JPEG file, size 586x344","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6940_float_thumb.jpg","6940_float_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 176x104","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../6970_conf_phone.png","6970_conf_phone.png","PNG file, size 700x521",""],
["../6970_float_keys.jpg","6970_float_keys.jpg","JPEG file, size 951x344","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../about_the_3300_docset.html","About the MiVoice Business Documentation Suite","Some documents that make up the MiVoice Business Documentation Suite are shipped with the product. You can access these by using the toolbar button in the Help browser. For the complete suite, visit the Mitel Document Center website at Document C...",""],
["../acd1.xls","acd1.xls","Sheet2 ACD PATH PLANNER ","../excel.jpg"],
["../acd2.xls","acd2.xls","Sheet2 ACD AGENT GROUP/AGENT ID PLANNER Ê INSTRUCTIONS Use this planner as an aid in distributing the workload of the agent groups. Complete this form before the path planner. Once completed, transfer the agent group number to the appropriate gro...","../excel.jpg"],
["../acd_ucd/acd_agent_hot_desking_conditions.html","Hot Desk ACD Agents - Conditions","To support hot desk ACD agents, systems require 3300 ICP Release 7.0 software or later. You must use either hot desk ACD agents or traditional ACD agents. The use of hot desk ACD agents and traditional ACD agents in the same ACD system is not sup...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_agent_hot_desking_description.html","Hot Desk ACD Agents - Description","When a traditional ACD agent logs into an ACD set, only the Class of Service (COS) and Class of Restriction (COR) that are associated with the agent&#39;s directory number are applied to the ACD set. In order to provide agents with access to user fea...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_agent_hot_desking_operation.html","Hot Desk ACD Agents - Operation","Logging In and Out See Logging In and Out for hot desk ACD agent procedures. Taking Personal Calls Option 1: Hot desk ACD agents can use their Agent ID as their personal contact number and receive direct calls whenever they are logged into the sy...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_agent_hot_desking_programming.html","ACD Agent Hot Desking - Programming","You can configure hot desk ACD agents on a single standalone controller, or on several controllers in a cluster To program hot desk ACD agents: Review planning rules (below) Obtain the required licenses Assign a PBX number (required for clustered...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_and_smdr_reports.html","ACD and SMDR Reports","Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) provides additional details about call rerouting and call transfer when ACD is provisioned. External SMDR records are generated for incoming trunk calls if external SMDR is enabled in the trunk&#39;s COS the tr...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_detail_hold_retrieve.html","ACD Hold Retrieve","When a call is retrieved by a non-agent or an agent who is not a member of the group that originally received the call, the answering group in the SMDR record appears as 000. In this example, CO trunk 011 calls path 123 and is answered by agent 1...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_detail_silent_monitor.html","Silent Monitor/Whisper Coach","Description Silent Monitor Silent Monitor is commonly used by ACD supervisors to listen to agent calls. It can also be used to monitor non-ACD sets, including ONS, SIP, and external hot desk user sets. The agent and caller do not hear the supervi...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_express_groups_-_conditions.html","ACD Express Groups - Conditions","Conditions and Feature Interactions This section lists additional conditions and feature interactions that differ from those of ACD Paths, ACD Agent Skill Groups, and Hunt Groups. Calling Name and Number display - ACD Express Group calls give pri...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_express_groups_-_programming.html","ACD Express Groups - Programming","To program ACD Express Groups: License and Option Selection form Ensure that you have enough IP user licenses available for the desired number of ACD Express Agents. User and Services Configuration form Create the ACD Express Agent(s) by provisio...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_express_groups_description.html","ACD Express Groups - Description","Mitel Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) Express Groups are call answer groups similar to Hunt Groups . They provide the same functionality as an ACD Path , except ACD Express Groups support only one group. ACD Express Groups have limited support ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_extend_agent_groups_description.html","ACD Extended Agent Skill Groups","Description ACD Extended Agent Skill Groups is an enhancement to the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) feature. The UCD feature supports a maximum of 64 agent skill groups, with up to 150 agents in each group. If you enable the ACD Extended Agent S...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_feature_operations.html","ACD Telephone Feature Operations","This section gives details of the following features and telephone operation where applicable. Logging In and Out Calling an Agent Make Busy Make Busy on Login Work Timer Threshold Alerting Displaying Queue Status Silent Monitor Requesting Help L...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_planning.html","ACD Planning","Planning the implementation of the ACD feature ensures maximum performance for your application. Consider the following when designing a plan: Staffing Levels To ensure optimum use of personnel and system resources, use historical calling pattern...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_primer.html","ACD Overview","The Mitel Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) functionality allows call centers to process incoming calls based on a number of customer-definable parameters. ACD Operation Callers in an ACD path hear ringback tone while the system attempts to find ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_programming.html","ACD Programming","Before you Begin Ensure that a suitable plan has been prepared and is available Ensure that the ACD Active Agent Licenses are entered in the License and Option Selection form. Conditions ACD calls presented to an agent does not follow Call Rerout...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_real_time_event_records.html","Real Time Event Records","Real time events records are used to record the activity of the entire ACD operation. Events are divided into two groups: Call events that report on individual ACD agent activity. Group statistics events which provide a cumulative reports on agen...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_scability_what_is_current_limitation.html","ACD Scalability : What is Current Limitation?","Currently, a single LX controller can support a maximum of 100 IP agents and 150 Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) agents for a combined total of 250 agents. You cannot have more than 100 IP agents on a single LX controller in a single node enviro...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_scalability_general_config_details.html","ACD Scalability: General Configuration Details","An ACD solution supports: Longest Idle Agent call distribution Up to 999 paths on the trunking gateways A maximum of 2100 agent IDs programmed per controller or server-based MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Server, MiVoice Business Virtual ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_scalability_sample_configurations.html","ACD Scalability: Sample Configurations","The following figures show ACD configurations that use 3300 digital trunking gateways: Controller Supporting 200 IP Agents Controller Supporting 350 IP Agents Related Topics What is Current Limitation? Why is it a Problem? What is the Solution? W...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_scalability_what_are_the_advantages.html","ACD Scalability: What are the Advantages?","This solution allows you to deploy an ACD site of up to 350 IP agents with Longest Idle Agent call distribution. It also provides sophisticated functionality that is available only to IP agents (for example, Teleworking). TDM agents are not requi...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_scalability_what_is_the_solution.html","ACD Scalability: What is the Solution?","The solution is to configure the site with MiVoice Business digital trunking gateway controllers, an ACD agent controller, and the Networked ACD option. In this configuration, you program the trunks and paths on the MiVoice Business digital trunk...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_scalability_why_is_it_a_problem.html","ACD Scalability: Why is it a Problem?","In some ACD environments, there is a requirement to support more than 100 IP agents on a single node. You may not be able to meet the requirement with TDM agents because certain functionality that is available to IP agents is not supported for TD...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_skill_based_routing_description.html","ACD Skill-based Routing","Description ACD Skills-based Routing allows you to assign agents to skill groups, for example Sales Group or Technical Support Group, in combination with a skill level (between 1 and 500) for each agent that represents the agent&#39;s skill level rel...",""],
["../acd_ucd/acd_terminology.html","ACD Terminology","ACD Agent Groups: ACD Agents are normally grouped together based on skill level or department to handle incoming telephone calls in an organization; for example, sales or engineering, or first- or second-level support. Callers are then directed t...",""],
["../acd_ucd/external_hot_desk_agents.html","External Hot Desk Agents","Description An External Hot Desk Agent (EHDA) is an External Hot Desk User (EHDU) that is also a member of an ACD group. In a typical work-at-home scenario, the user answers the ACD calls on a single-line residential phone and has a MiTAI-based c...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_conditions.html","Networked ACD Conditions","The Networked ACD feature requires the following features to be operational: ACD Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) MSDN/DPNSS Voice VI The Uniform Call Distribution and Networked ACD features cannot both be selected on the same software load. An ag...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_description.html","Networked ACD - Description","Within IP environments, Networked ACD technology is used to achieve: ACD Scaling ACD Resiliency (requires Hot Desk Agents) Virtual contact centers With IP, Networked ACD can also be called Clustered ACD, since RDNs (remote directory numbers) are ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_detail_call_distn.html","Network ACD - Call Distribution","The Networked ACD feature is built around the ACD Path (a flexible call routing method for handling an incoming ACD call). When calls enter the ACD path, the path programming determines where the call will be routed. Networked ACD allows an incom...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_detail_real_time_evts.html","Network ACD - Real Time Event Records","Real Time Events (RTE) records show the activity of the ACD system. Call events report individual ACD agent activities, and group statistics provide a cumulative report on path and agent skill group congestion. Distributor System Distributor Syst...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_detail_rmt_agt_subgrp.html","Network ACD - Remote Agent Subgroup Operation","The Remote Agent Subgroups form is no longer used as part of the Networked ACD Programming. It still exists on the switch, but is no longer configured. In a cluster, Remote Directory Numbers are assigned to each remote agent skill group. Clustere...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_detail_smdr.html","Network ACD - SMDR Reports","Station message detail recording (SMDR) features provide additional details about call rerouting and call transfer when the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) feature is enabled. It also provides further enhancements when the Networked ACD feature i...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_detail_terminology.html","Network ACD Terminology","Agent Identification Numbers Each ACD agent is given a unique agent identification (ID) number, similar to a telephone directory number, that can be assigned a name in the telephone directory. Agents that move between more than one agent skill gr...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_programming.html","Networked ACD Programming","Before You Begin You must have ACD Active Agent licenses programmed in the License and Option Selection form. NOTE: The maximum number of remote agent subgroups on a system is one-half of the number of agent skill groups selected. Clustered ACD O...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_resiliency_clustered_with_ip.html","ACD Resiliency - Clustered ACD (with IP)","A fully resilient ACD configuration typically consists of one or more Queuing Gateways, a Primary ACD Agent Controller and a Secondary ACD Agent Controller. The ACD Paths are configured on the Queuing Gateways to direct calls to the resilient ACD...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_scaling_clustered_with_ip.html","ACD Scaling - Clustered ACD (with IP)","In the following example, a call enters the ACD network in North America: All agents in the Primary Group are busy, so the call overflows to the first Overflow Group. If all agents in the first Overflow Group are busy, the call will overflow to t...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_traditional_tdm.html","Traditional (TDM) Networked ACD","Traditionally, Networked ACD was delivered with TDM-based systems. TDM Networked ACD: Uses the D-channels of the MSDN network to look for available ACD Agents. Is based on the built-in ACD Overflow functionality. Overflow permits a call originati...",""],
["../acd_ucd/networked_acd_virtual_contact_centers.html","Virtual Contact Centers","Network ACD can also be used to deploy Virtual Contact Centers in an IP environment. In a Virtual Contact Center, calls are evenly distributed among ACD Agents in a specific ACD Agent Skill Group regardless of the ACD Agent’s geographic proximity...",""],
["../acd_ucd/sample_configurations.html","Sample Configurations","The following figures show ACD configurations that use 3300 digital trunking gateways: Controller Supporting 200 IP Agents Controller Supporting 350 IP Agents Related Topics What is Current Limitation? Why is it a Problem? What is the Solution? W...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_conditions.html","Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) - Conditions","Agent Queue Status Display The displayed information will not show agents in Make Busy or in Do Not Disturb. If the group is in Do Not Disturb or all agents have DND enabled separately, the display shows no call waiting and group in DND. Attendan...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_agt_q_stat_disp.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Agent Queue Status Display","This feature is used to determine the number of calls camped-on to a hunt group and the number of active agents. ",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_attdnt_overflow_img.html","Attendant Overflow","",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_attendant_overflow.html","RAD - Attendant Overflow","NOTE: As of MIVB 9.1, it is highly recommended that customers use the Group Announcements feature instead of the legacy Attendant Overflow feature. Attendant Overflow provides a recorded message for calls which have not been answered by the atten...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_call_overflow_image.html","Call Overflow","",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_call_overflw.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Call Overflow","Call Overflow refers to the automatic rerouting of calls which have not been answered within a programmable length of time. Two levels of rerouting are available and are based on the originating device (classified by trunk type or internal statio...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_call_progressn.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Call Progression","During peak periods when all agents are busy, callers are placed in a queue to wait for the first available agent. While a caller is waiting, Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) RADs provide recorded announcements and music at predetermined intervals...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_dnd_rmt_s_up.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Do Not Disturb - Remote Set Up and Cancel","Do Not Disturb - Remote Set Up and Cancel returns a failed RAD to service and allows an attendant to control the night service arrangements on an individual hunt group basis. ",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_frnt_ed_mess_img.html","Front End Messaging","",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_front_end_messaging.html","RAD Front End Messaging","Front End Messaging routes the incoming calls to a RAD before the call is rerouted to a hunt group or an answering point. This feature could be used by a ski hill, for example, to handle incoming calls from skiers inquiring about skiing condition...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_hnt_grp_prior.html","Hunt Group Priority for Call Overflow","",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_hunt_grps.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Hunt Groups","To manage the high volume of calls, the Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) feature offers enhancements to basic hunt group functionality. Hunt groups (agents) are assigned extension numbers. The maximum number of agents per group is 64 and the maxim...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_interflow.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Interflow","Interflow is a UCD feature application of phantom groups offering a method of rerouting all incoming calls to another location. Interflow shows the phantom group configuration required to reroute incoming calls of two different agent skill groups...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_interflow_img.html","Interflow","",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_intraflow.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Intraflow","Intraflow is a UCD feature application of phantom groups offering the supervisor the ability to load-share or back up incoming traffic between two voice groups. Intraflow depicts an example of load sharing incoming trunk traffic between two voice...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_intraflow_img.html","Intraflow","",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_make_busy.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Make Busy","Make Busy removes the agent from all groups. Incoming calls to the group will not appear at the agent&#39;s set. Removing Make Busy returns the agent to the group. When Make Busy is activated, the agent&#39;s telephone retains functionality and can recei...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_night_rad_mess.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Night RAD Message","During the normal work shift, the attendant routes incoming calls to agent hunt groups. At the end of the regular shift, the attendant turns on DND for the group. Existing calls in the queue are routed to agent members while new calls are routed ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_phtm_grps_called_no.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Phantom Hunt Groups Called Number Display","Display sets that are accessed as part of a phantom hunt group display originally-dialed destination digits and/or telephone numbers of agent skill groups during ringing state. By displaying the original number dialed, the agent can see if the ca...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_phtm_grp_chain.html","Phantom Group Chain","",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_phtm_grp_swit.html","Phantom Group Call Path Switching","",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_phtm_hnt_grps.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Phantom Hunt Groups","Phantom groups are another application of the UCD Feature that switch the routing of calls between two different agent skill groups. When a call is redirected from a priority level of 64 to a group with a priority level of 1 - 63, the call assume...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_positions.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Positions","Agents The individuals who handle Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) calls are agents who are trained to deal with the problems or requests of callers. The UCD feature terminates calls at agent positions. Agents are monitored by supervisors who reas...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_priority_queuing.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Priority Queuing","UCD offers Priority Queuing to answer calls for two or more departments. Priority queuing works in conjunction with hunt groups and call overflow. Both applications must have the same agents answering calls for two or more voice groups. Hunt grou...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_rads.html","Recorded Announcement Device (RAD) - Description","A Recorded Announcement Device (RAD) is customer-supplied equipment that connects to the system by an ONS, ONS CLASS/CLIP, or OPS line card. (RADs can also be a software-based product such as the Mitel Intelligent Queue which runs on an external ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_rad_fail_detect.html","RAD Failure Detection","Three types of failures can occur with customer provided RADs and are as follows: No Answer Failure: A 30 second timer detects a no answer condition. If the RAD has not answered after 30 seconds of ringing, the system assumes a no answer failure ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_rad_groups.html","RAD Groups","RAD groups provide a method whereby a site can be configured with multiple copies of any given recorded message. When an incoming call is connected to a RAD and one of the RAD messages is already playing, one of the other RAD messages can be conn...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_rad_maintence.html","RAD Maintenance","When a failure condition is detected, the system removes the RAD from service by placing it into an internal \"Do Not Disturb\" state. Its recorded announcement is unavailable until the RAD is serviced and the RAD port is returned to service using ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_rad_testing.html","RAD Testing","A RAD can be tested by dialing the extension number of the RAD port. An idle RAD will answer, play its announcement, and disconnect when the message length timer expires. This allows testing for time to answer, message length and message content....",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_trnk_grp_busy_rad.html","Trunk Group Busy RAD","Trunk Group Busy RAD gives MiVoice IP Phone users recorded messages when all trunks in a trunk group are busy on an outgoing call attempt. This feature is useful for private network applications. When a user dials an external number, the system s...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_details_types_of_rads.html","RAD Types","Digital RADs provide reliable service under severe conditions and are recommended for all installations. The less expensive electromechanical tape RADs are subject to variations in operation and unreliable performance. Constant use wears out the ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_operation.html","Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) - Operation","Do Not Disturb - Remote Set Up and Cancel (all telephones) To set up or cancel Do Not Disturb remotely: Dial the &#39;DND - Remote Set up&#39; or &#39;DND - Remote Cancel&#39; feature access code followed by the number of the station or hunt group. Make Busy (al...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_overview.html","Uniform Call Distribution - Overview","Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) routes incoming calls to hunt groups (agents) according to the type of information or service required by the caller. Agents are trained to provide the information or service the caller is requesting. If calls are ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_programming.html","Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) - Programming Overview","Programming UCD consists of accessing programming forms and entering customer data. This is an overview of the programming required to enable the UCD feature. Individual installation forms and relevant options are also described. Enable Uniform C...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_attendant_overflow.html","Programming Attendant Overflow","To program Attendant Overflow: Program the Recorded Announcement Device (RAD). Class of Service Options Set the \"Call Forward No Answer Timer\" in the attendant&#39;s COS to the interval from the first ring until ringing is applied to the RAD port. Ca...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_call_overflow.html","Program Call Overflow","To program Call Overflow: Program the rerouting timers for the first member of the hunt group. Class of Service Options form Assign timer values to the \"Call Forward No Answer\" and \"Answer Plus System Rerouting\" timers. NOTE: Rerouting timers are...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_dnd_remt_set_up.html","Program Do Not Disturb - Remote Set Up and Cancel","To program Do Not Disturb - Remote Set Up and Cancel: Class of Service Options form Enable Do Not Disturb in the Class of Service of the hunt group. Feature Access Codes form Assign access codes to Do Not Disturb - Cancel Remote and Do Not Distur...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_front_end_messaging.html","Program Front End Messaging","To program Front End Messaging: ONS/OPS Circuit Descriptors form Assign a directory number and circuit descriptor number to an ONS circuit. Trunk Attributes form Designate the assigned directory number as a trunk answer point. Assign a \"dummy ONS...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_make_busy.html","Program Make Busy","Feature Access Codes form If you want to use feature access codes for operation, assign an access code to the following: Make Busy - Setup Make Busy - Cancel. ",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_night_rad_message.html","Program Night RAD Message","To Program a Night RAD Message: Program a Recorded Announcement Device (RAD). Hunt Groups form Assign the RAD&#39;s directory number to the Night RAD field. In the Feature Access Codes form Assign an access code to Do Not Disturb - Cancel Remote and ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_phantom_hunt_grp.html","Program Phantom Hunt Group","To program a Phantom Hunt Group: Hunt Groups form Program the Group Type as phantom and the Hunt Mode as circular or terminal. Program the Hunt Group Priority level, the Night RAD, and the directory number for a dummy member in the group (if requ...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_rad.html","Programming a Recorded Announcement Device (RAD)","To program a RAD: ONS/OPS Circuit Descriptors form Assign a directory number for each RAD device. Class of Service Options form Assign a separate Class of Service to each RAD. For each RAD: Set the Recorded Announcement Device option to Yes. If e...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_trnk_grp_busy_rad.html","Programming a Trunk Group Busy RAD","To program the Trunk Group Busy RAD: Program the Recorded Announcement Device (RAD). Trunk Groups form Assign a Trunk Group Busy RAD number to provide a RAD announcement to callers when all trunks in the group are busy. Assign a RAD&#39;s directory n...",""],
["../acd_ucd/ucd_program_uniform_call_distribution.html","Program Uniform Call Distribution","To program Uniform Call Distribution: Class of Service Options form Program the following options and timers: Call Forwarding - Override Recorded Announcement Device Answer Plus Delay to Message Timer Answer Plus Expected Offhook Timer Answer Plu...",""],
["../alarms_reference/auditfailure.html","Audit Failure Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates a corrupted database. Alarm Status Major Possible Cause Corrective Action Database Audit or Database Backup has detected a database corruption. Collect required System ...",""],
["../alarms_reference/backupfailure.html","Backup Failure Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates a database backup failure. Alarm Status Major Possible Cause Corrective Action Database Audit has detected a database corruption Collect the SOS report from the Server ...",""],
["../alarms_reference/bootrom.html","Bootrom Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description There is bootrom version mismatch. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 100. Possible Cause Corrective Action Hard disk or processor card replacement. Upgrade the firmware in the card from t...",""],
["../alarms_reference/ccmemoryavail.html","CC Memory Avail Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates the Call Control memory in use. Alarm Status Major. Expressed as a percentage (%). Possible Cause Corrective Action Memory or resource leak. Reboot to reclaim the leake...",""],
["../alarms_reference/cesidalarm.html","CESID Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Description This alarm indicates that the system has detected a CESID assignment problem in an IP device that has automatic CESID updating enabled in the CESID Assignment form. Alarm Status Minor Possible Cause...",""],
["../alarms_reference/conferencing.html","Conferencing Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description There is a problem with conferencing channels. Unable to establish a conference. Unable to join a conference. Cannot make conference call from single line set. Cannot create a conference be...",""],
["../alarms_reference/databasestatus.html","Database Status Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates a corrupted database. The alarm is cleared when corruption is resolved. Alarm Status Major Possible Cause Corrective Action DMBS Check has failed Run the SHOW FAULTS DA...",""],
["../alarms_reference/databaseupdate.html","Database Update Alarm","System/Sub-System MBG: Software Description This event fires when data is being shared in the cluster. It has the distinction of being skipped in the event viewer, as it happens too frequently to be useful there. Maintenance commands are valid fo...",""],
["../alarms_reference/digitallinks.html","Digital Links Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description For digital trunk links that have a Digital Link Descriptor programmed in the Digital Links form, this alarm indicates a persistent fault on a digital link. Those digital trunk links are in...",""],
["../alarms_reference/dspcardstatus.html","DSP Card Status Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates that a percentage of DSP resources are unavailable. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 1. The critical threshold is 100. Possible Cause Corrective Action The failure of one or mo...",""],
["../alarms_reference/dspii.html","DSPII","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description There is an FPGA firmware version mismatch on a DSP II card. Alarm Status The major threshold is 100%. Possible Cause Corrective Action Hard disk or DSP II card replacement. Enter the UPGRA...",""],
["../alarms_reference/dspstatus.html","DSP Card Status Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates that a percentage of DSP resources are unavailable. Details This alarm applies only to 3300 ICP controllers. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 1. The critical threshold is 100. ...",""],
["../alarms_reference/e2tcomms.html","E2T Comms Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description The alarm is raised if the hardware is detected and the E2T card does not respond. NOTE: E2T Comms alarm is applicable to MXe Expanded Controller. Alarm Status The major threshold is 0. Pos...",""],
["../alarms_reference/fans.html","Fans Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates a problem with a fan. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 50. The major threshold is 100. Possible Cause Corrective Action A fan is unavailable (CXi II, CX II, AX, MXe III, MXe II...",""],
["../alarms_reference/faultydisk.html","Faulty Disk Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates there is a problem with one of the redundant hard disks. The MXe controller support a RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) module with redundant hard disks. Alarm Status Th...",""],
["../alarms_reference/fpga.html","FPGA Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates the presence of a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) mismatch. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 100. Possible Cause Corrective Action Hard disk replaced Enter the UPGRADEBOOT...",""],
["../alarms_reference/fsk.html","FSK Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description There is a problem with the Frequency-shift Keying (FSK) generator. Maintenance commands are valid for this alarm. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 0. The major threshold is 25. The crit...",""],
["../alarms_reference/gatewaytrunks.html","Gateway Trunks Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description The MiVoice Business system generates a system alarm if a link goes down on the Controller (EX controller only). Alarm Status The major threshold is 50. Possible Cause Corrective Action The...",""],
["../alarms_reference/i2cfailure.html","I2C Failure","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description This alarm category applies to the AX controller only. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 100. The major threshold is 100. Possible Cause Corrective Action There is an I2C bus failure betw...",""],
["../alarms_reference/icpcommscard.html","ICP Comms Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates a problem with IP trunks. The alarm is cleared when issue is resolved. Alarm Status Minor: 0% 25% ",""],
["../alarms_reference/licviolation.html","Lic Violation Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates that a license violation has been detected by the License Manager or the Designated License Manager. Alarm Status The alarm can be one of: Minor Major Critical The Lice...",""],
["../alarms_reference/lines.html","Lines Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates the amount of stations unavailable as a percentage (%) of the system total. The following are included in the line total: All IP devices with a programmed DN in the Multiline Sets...",""],
["../alarms_reference/mediagateway.html","Media Gateway Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates a Media Gateway communications error. Applies to MiVoice Business Virtual, and MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Server only. Alarm Status The major threshold is 100. Possibl...",""],
["../alarms_reference/mem.used(mb).html","SysMem Used Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description This alarm indicates the unavailability level of system memory expressed as a percentage (%) of the total system memory. Alarm Status Minor: 94% (88% AX) memory available. Major: 95% (91% A...",""],
["../alarms_reference/msp430.html","MSP430 Failure Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates there is a problem with the fans, power supplies, or system temperature. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 100. Possible Cause Corrective Action MSP430 hardware failure. MSP430 ...",""],
["../alarms_reference/msp430image.html","MSP430 Image Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description There is a MSP430 firmware version mismatch. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 100. Possible Cause Corrective Action MSP 430 firmware is out of date. Upgrade the firmware with the UPGRADE...",""],
["../alarms_reference/netsyncsource.html","NETSYNC Source Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates there is a network synchronizaton issue. The NETSYNC source category will only appear if the system is not the master clock for the network. Maintenance commands are valid for thi...",""],
["../alarms_reference/powersupply.html","Power Supply Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description A Power Supply Unit has a fault (MXe or AX controller only). A Minor alarm results if one PSU in a controller with redundant power supplies has an error. A Major alarm results if both PSUs ...",""],
["../alarms_reference/receivers.html","Receivers Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description An active DTMF receiver circuit on the active Peripheral Switch Matrix card has a fault. By default all MiVoice Business systems are assigned three DTMF receivers, each having 16 circuits f...",""],
["../alarms_reference/satai2ccable.html","SATA I2C Cable Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description The SATA RAID controller cable is missing or disconnected. Alarm Status The major threshold is 100%. Possible Cause Corrective Action The SATA RAID controller cable is missing or disconnect...",""],
["../alarms_reference/sdssharing.html","SDS Sharing Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates System Data Synchronization (SDS) has detected that the number of distribution errors exceeds the threshold. Alarm Status Minor: 100 errors. Major: 1000 errors. Possibl...",""],
["../alarms_reference/security.html","Security Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates a user login failure. Alarm Status Major. Possible Cause Corrective Action DISA user has been locked out of the system after reaching the configured amount of attempts....",""],
["../alarms_reference/sftzones.html","SFT Zones Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description System Fail Transfer (SFT) zones have switched into SFT mode. Maintenance commands are valid for this alarm. Alarm Status The major threshold is 0. The critical threshold is 100. Possible C...",""],
["../alarms_reference/siplinkalarm.html","SIP Link Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates that the SIP link is not available. Alarm Status Minor: 10. Major: 50. Critical: 100. Possible Cause Corrective Action Network communications failure Check your network...",""],
["../alarms_reference/staletasks.html","Stale Tasks Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates if the task or component is suspended and present in the Task and Component Task Restart list, while the system is being monitored. Alarm Status Major: A non-critical t...",""],
["../alarms_reference/t38licences.html","T38 Licenses Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates there are not enough T38 licenses for the T38 traffic rate. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 0. Possible Cause Corrective Action Insufficient T38 licenses. Purchase ...",""],
["../alarms_reference/t38loadfail.html","T38 Load Fail Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description Indicates an issue with the T.38 software/hardware/configuration (including licensing) on system startup. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 100. The major threshold is 100. Possible Cause...",""],
["../alarms_reference/tdmclock.html","TDM Clock Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Hardware Description Indicates a problem with the Stratum 3 clock module. Maintenance commands are valid for this alarm. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 50. The major threshold is 100. Possible Cause Correc...",""],
["../alarms_reference/temperature.html","Temperature","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description Indicates there is a system temperature problem. Details This alarm is supported only for 3300 ICP controllers (CX II, CXi II, MXe III, MXe III Expanded, and AX). This alarm is not supporte...",""],
["../alarms_reference/trunks.html","Trunks Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description The System Capacity form and the Alarm maintenance command report different results for trunks in use. Alarm Status The minor threshold is 0. The major threshold is 10. The critical thresho...",""],
["../alarms_reference/vmportstatus.html","VM Port Status Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates some Embedded Voice Mail ports are unavailable. Alarm Status Minor: When an Embedded Voice Mail port is unavailable. Possible Cause Corrective Action The MiVoice Busine...",""],
["../alarms_reference/vtgvmdiskfull.html","VTG_VMdisk_Full Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates an Embedded Voice Mail disk usage error. Alarm Status Minor: = 80% disk usage. Major: = 90% disk usage. Critical: = 95% disk usage. Possible Cause Corrective Action The...",""],
["../alarms_reference/vtgvmerror.html","VTG_VM_Error Alarm","System/Sub-System MiVoice Business: Software Description This alarm indicates one of the following: The embedded voice mail application has failed to start Voice mail database corruption Daily audit fails Missing or corrupt voice mail files Alarm...",""],
["../alliptelephones_draft1.png","alliptelephones_draft1.png","PNG file, size 953x215",""],
["../banner800x170.jpg","banner800x170.jpg","JPEG file, size 700x151","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0669.jpg","bb0669.jpg","JPEG file, size 451x223","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0671.jpg","bb0671.jpg","JPEG file, size 477x252","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0673.jpg","bb0673.jpg","JPEG file, size 451x196","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0674.jpg","bb0674.jpg","JPEG file, size 521x359","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0675.jpg","bb0675.jpg","JPEG file, size 521x237","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0676.jpg","bb0676.jpg","JPEG file, size 360x286","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0678.jpg","bb0678.jpg","JPEG file, size 442x331","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0679.jpg","bb0679.jpg","JPEG file, size 396x291","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0748.jpg","bb0748.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0749.jpg","bb0749.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0750.jpg","bb0750.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x275","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0751.jpg","bb0751.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x286","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0752.jpg","bb0752.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x636","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0753.jpg","bb0753.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x474","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0754.jpg","bb0754.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x544","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0755.jpg","bb0755.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x437","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0756.jpg","bb0756.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0757.jpg","bb0757.jpg","JPEG file, size 540x404","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0758.jpg","bb0758.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb0831.jpg","bb0831.jpg","JPEG file, size 535x606","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb1214.jpg","bb1214.jpg","JPEG file, size 595x74","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb1215.jpg","bb1215.jpg","JPEG file, size 526x63","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb1216.jpg","bb1216.jpg","JPEG file, size 381x62","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb1217.jpg","bb1217.jpg","JPEG file, size 381x62","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bb1256.jpg","bb1256.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x437","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../bookmarking.png","bookmarking.png","PNG file, size 483x186",""],
["../bookmark_both.png","bookmark_both.png","PNG file, size 526x248",""],
["../cabinet-shelf-slot-fig1.gif","cabinet-shelf-slot-fig1.gif","GIF file, size 429x336","../gif.jpg"],
["../cabinet-shelf-slot-fig2.gif","cabinet-shelf-slot-fig2.gif","GIF file, size 344x194","../gif.jpg"],
["../cabinet-shelf-slot-fig3.gif","cabinet-shelf-slot-fig3.gif","GIF file, size 270x311","../gif.jpg"],
["../cabinet-shelf-slot-fig4.gif","cabinet-shelf-slot-fig4.gif","GIF file, size 265x277","../gif.jpg"],
["../callflowicon.png","callflowicon.png","PNG file, size 924x195",""],
["../callhistorydbconnected16.png","callhistorydbconnected16.png","PNG file, size 16x16",""],
["../cc0873.jpg","cc0873.jpg","JPEG file, size 524x60","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../cc1127.jpg","cc1127.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../cc1128.jpg","cc1128.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../cc1129.jpg","cc1129.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../cc1130.jpg","cc1130.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../coa_fig1.png","coa_fig1.png","PNG file, size 143x179",""],
["../coa_fig2.png","coa_fig2.png","PNG file, size 139x178",""],
["../coa_fig3.png","coa_fig3.png","PNG file, size 140x177",""],
["../config_wizard/about_the_configuration_wizard.html","About the Mitel Integrated Configuration Wizard","The Mitel Integrated Configuration Wizard allows you to perform initial system setup and user commissioning of a MiVoice Business platform and the following MiCollab applications (only): Teleworker MiCollab Nupoint UM MiCollab Speech Auto Attenda...",""],
["../config_wizard/assigning_group_members.html","Assigning Group Members","Use this page to assign members to previously provisioned Hunt Groups , Page Groups , Call Pickup Groups and Ring Groups . Membership Rules Hunt Groups Hunting order is based on the order in which members are added to the hunt group. And member o...",""],
["../config_wizard/ax_cards.html","Configuring the AX Cards","To configure the line cards in the 3300 AX: Select Configure AX Cards. If the check box is cleared, all field entries are ignored. Click in the Card Type column and select a card for each slot as required. Click Next to continue. ",""],
["../config_wizard/configure_prgs.html","Configuring Personal Ring Groups and Multi-Device Groups","This page allows you to assign a user&#39;s devices to a Personal Ring Group (PRG), or to one of the two types of Multi-device User Groups (MdUG): standard and External Twin. To qualify for grouping, the user must have two or more phones (Extension, ...",""],
["../config_wizard/configure_the_date_and_time.html","Configuring Music on Hold, and Set Language","The Embedded Music on Hold feature uses a customer-provided audio file to play to callers on hold. The required format is WAV, A-law or m-law (G.711) 8kHz, 8-bit, mono. The three languages available for users to display on their phones are determ...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_application_resources_and_options.html","Configuring Application Resources and Options","Use this page to configure resources for the applications you selected on the Applications page earlier. If you prefer to use previously-configured resources, clear the Configure Resources check box for the corresponding application. Direct Inwar...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_ars.html","Configuring ARS","To configure ARS Digits Dialed: Select Configure ARS. Under Type of Calls, select the call type that is associated with each route. Under Digits Dialed, enter the partial or complete external numbers dialed to access subsequent routing informatio...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_a_cluster.html","Configuring a Cluster","Use this page to create a cluster with this system as the first member join this system to an existing cluster adding users and applications to an existing cluster Creating a New Cluster Setting up a cluster is a multi-step process. The wizard he...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_controller.html","Configuring Controller Modules and Framers","To configure controller modules and framers: Select Configure Controller Modules and Framers. If the check box is cleared, all field entries are ignored. Click and select each Programmed Module Type . Click and select the interface type on each p...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_desktop_users.html","Configuring Office Extensions","To configure the Office Extensions: Type an extension number and select a Device/User Type for each extension or use Autofill to generate them as follows: Select multiple extensions by dragging across a range of rows. Click Autofill. Select Start...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_direct_inward_dialing.html","Configuring Direct Inward Dialing","The outgoing DID number is the number that a user&#39;s outgoing calls present to the public network. It&#39;s also the number dialed from the public network to call the user. You need to program both since the terminating digits of the DID number are ty...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_dynamic_ext.html","Configuring Dynamic Extensions","You can select up to two devices (called \"Dynamic Extensions\") per user so that calls to the user&#39;s corporate extension ring on his or her mobile phone, home phone, remote office, or on any other device. Six more devices can be selected in the Mi...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_ex_system_parameters.html","Configuring the EX System Parameters","You must specify the EX system&#39;s IP address and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) details to add the EX System in MiVoice Business NOTE: This configuration page is displayed only if you select the EX platform in the Starting a Configurati...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_gateway_trunks.html","Configuring Gateway Trunks","A default trunk profile is created for each trunk type that is discovered by the EX Controller system. These default profiles can also be edited by the user. In addition to the default profiles, the user can create a maximum of two other trunk pr...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_hot_desk_devices.html","Configuring Hot Desk Devices and Auto DN Selection","Use this page to provision telephones for Hot Desking and to define a range of directory numbers (DNs) for auto-provisioning multiline IP telephones . Auto-provisioning is a fast way to put phones into service. It saves the installer from having ...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_mivoice_business_defaults.html","Configuring COS, FACs, Speed Calls and other System Options","The wizard provides defaults for Class of Service (COS), Feature Access Codes, and other MiVoice Business configuration data. You can use this page to edit the defaults directly or import a .csv file with data to replace them. The speed call defa...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_other_groups.html","Configuring Hunt, Page, Pickup, and Ring Groups","Hunt Groups , Page Groups , Call Pickup Groups and Ring Groups all present calls to multiple devices to help ensure they&#39;re answered. Use this page to create the groups and the next page to then assign them members. You can create groups by enter...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_service_information.html","Configuring Service Information","Information entered on these pages together with the common data from the templates completes the user and device provisioning requirements. There are two Service Information pages, one for phones and the other for optional services and settings ...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_teleworker_users.html","Configuring Teleworker Users","To configure the Teleworker users: Type an extension number and select a Device Type for each teleworker phone user or use Autofill to generate them as follows: Select multiple users by dragging across a range of rows. Click Autofill. Enter the s...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_trunks.html","Configuring Trunks","Use this page and the next to provision trunks and their answer points. SIP Trunks Although MiVoice Business supports the use of multiple SIP service providers, the wizard allows you to provision only one. You can use the System Administration To...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_user_information.html","Configuring User Information","This page allows you to set the prime contact number, email address, Class of Restriction and UCC Bundle for users. You also assign them a secondary MiVoice Business system for service resiliency Resilient networks are made up of network elements...",""],
["../config_wizard/configuring_vm_users.html","Configuring Voice Mail Users","Use this page to give users access to the Record-A-Call feature. To allow a user to access Record-A-Call: Select Record-A-Call. You can enable or disable Record-A-Call for multiple users at once by clicking the left-most cell in a row, and then d...",""],
["../config_wizard/copy_data_into_micw_table.html","Copy data from Excel into MiCW page","To copy data from an Excel spreadsheet into pages such as the Hot Desk Devices, Users and Services, or User Information pages: Select the data (rows and columns) in your Excel spreadsheet. Your selection can include drop-down lists with informati...",""],
["../config_wizard/creating_and_applying_roles_templates.html","Creating and Applying Roles and Templates","Templates reduce the time it takes to enter user and device data. Common settings, such as the Class of Service and Device Type, can be saved in a User and Service template and applied to multiple users. Likewise with Key Templates which allow yo...",""],
["../config_wizard/creating_a_system_administration_account.html","Creating a System Administrator Policy","A System Administrator Policy is required to view and edit forms in the System Administration Tool for MiVoice Business. You can create a policy that will allow read/write access to forms used for day-to-day tasks such as adding users and mailbox...",""],
["../config_wizard/defaults_applied_to_mivoice_business.html","Defaults applied to MiVoice Business","The Configuration Wizard uses . CSV files to program the MiVoice Business system. The files contain data generated by the wizard along with factory-set defaults. At configuration time, the CSV files are loaded into memory and filled with data. (T...",""],
["../config_wizard/defining_route_assignment.html","Defining ARS Routes","The Configuration Wizard includes default route numbers and Class of Restriction (COR) A class of restriction controls station and trunk access to trunk circuits. It performs functions similar to toll control and is programmable on a station (or ...",""],
["../config_wizard/entering_licenses.html","Configuring Licenses and System Options","Use this page to enter license information, configure system options, and specify the location of the System Administration Tool Help files. You can configure the license information yourself or let the Mitel Application Management Centre (AMC) d...",""],
["../config_wizard/gateway_devices_assignment.htm","Gateway Devices Assignment","Configuring Gateway Devices Assignment (Mitel Integrated Configuration Wizard) The Gateway Devices Assignment configuration page displays the list of ONS devices on the EX platform under Device Type, and their Physical Location Identifier (PLID) ...",""],
["../config_wizard/gateway_pri_configuration.html","Gateway PRI Configuration","The Gateway PRI Configuration page enables you to change the PRI line type and PRI signaling method for a PLID. NOTE: This configuration is applicable only for EX platforms. To change the PRI line type: Locate the PLID for which you want to chang...",""],
["../config_wizard/generating_users_and_services.html","Generating or Importing Users","You can generate users by adding records to this page or by importing them from the previously populated UserImportTemplate.csv file. See Importing .csv Files for instructions on how to import records. NOTE: If your MiCollab system will use UCC B...",""],
["../config_wizard/identifying_the_system.html","Configuring the System Parameters","Identify the MiVoice Business and the MiCollab server by entering their IP addresses. To identify the MiVoice Business system and the MiCollab server: Type the MiVoice Business System Name up to nine alphanumeric characters in length. Underscores...",""],
["../config_wizard/importing_csv_files.html","Importing .csv Files","The Configuration Wizard allows you to import .csv files to further customize or extend the initial configuration. To import MiVoice Business data, create the required .csv import files using the MiVoice Business Import Spreadsheet (3300ICPImport...",""],
["../config_wizard/installing_the_configuration_wizard.html","Installing the Mitel Integrated Configuration Wizard","The Configuration Wizard is installed onto a maintenance PC running Microsoft&#174; Windows&#174;, Vista (Business or Ultimate), Windows 7 (Professional, Ultimate, or Enterprise) or Windows 8 operating system. You download the Configuration Wizard software...",""],
["../config_wizard/mas_data_entry_format.html","Import Data Entry Format","The following table lists the UserServicesTemplate.csv data headings and identifies the data that you need to enter in each column: Service Data Heading Data Type Enter the following Notes First Name Character Enter the user&#39;s first name. To add ...",""],
["../config_wizard/mivoice_business_credentials.html","MiVoice Business Credentials","The MiVoice Business Credentials form takes either the default credentials of the EX server (including password) or allows the user to enter only the EX password which may have changed since the first login. After authentication, the user can cha...",""],
["../config_wizard/offline_licensing.html","Offline Licensing","If the Configuration Wizard is unable to connect to the AMC to license a system, it will save the License and Options configuration to a batch file. For systems with license sharing that were provisioned using the wizard, a second batch file is m...",""],
["../config_wizard/opening_saved_configuration.html","Starting a Configuration","To start a configuration Launch the Configuration Wizard. From the Windows Start menu: Click Programs Mitel Mitel Integrated Configuration Wizard Select the required Release if multiple releases of the wizard are installed Click Mitel Integrated ...",""],
["../config_wizard/programming_keys.html","Programming Keys","To program the keys on an office extension or teleworker set, either select the phones first or just click the Edit Keys button to begin programming ALL users or only those with specific device types or directory numbers. The following programmin...",""],
["../config_wizard/saving_and_configuring.html","Saving and Configuring","Saving your configuration before applying it is optional but highly recommended. By saving you&#39;re able to wait to apply the configuration which is useful if your computer or the MiVoice Business system or MiCollab server are not currently connect...",""],
["../config_wizard/selecting_applications.html","Selecting Applications","Specify whether the system you are setting up is a standalone system or part of a cluster or MiContact Center solution, and whether it includes applications such as Hot Desking, Embedded Voice Mail, and MiCollab Audio, Web, and Video Conferencing...",""],
["../config_wizard/viewing_progress_status.html","Viewing Progress Status","This page provides feedback on the progress of the configuration process. When completed, a summary of the process is displayed. NOTE: Problems encountered during configuration could result in a partially configured and potentially inoperative sy...",""],
["../config_wizard/viewing_results.html","Viewing Results","This page provides a summary of the completed configuration. Note any failed operations and take the required corrective action, if any. To close the results page: Click Finish. ",""],
["../config_wizard/viewing_the_summary.html","Viewing the Summary","The Summary page provides a read-only summary of the defined configuration. To change configuration details: Click Back to return to the required page. To accept the configuration details: Click Next to proceed. ",""],
["../config_wizard/what_s_new_in_this_micw_release.html","What&#39;s New in this Release","Release 7.2.x.x Added Email Connection Type and Email Password fields. See Configuring the System Parameters . Updated the Software Compatibility Matrix table for the MiCW 7.2.x.x version. Release 7.1.x.x This is placeholder text for your snippet...",""],
["../deleteaction1.png","deleteaction1.png","PNG file, size 394x269",""],
["../deleteaction2.png","deleteaction2.png","PNG file, size 264x216",""],
["../dhcp1.jpg","dhcp1.jpg","JPEG file, size 1004x433","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../dhcp2.jpg","dhcp2.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x406","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../dhcp3.jpg","dhcp3.jpg","JPEG file, size 377x384","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../dhcp4.jpg","dhcp4.jpg","JPEG file, size 365x223","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../dhcp5.jpg","dhcp5.jpg","JPEG file, size 613x633","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../dhcp6.jpg","dhcp6.jpg","JPEG file, size 1404x697","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../dhcp7.jpg","dhcp7.jpg","JPEG file, size 921x407","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../dhcp8.jpg","dhcp8.jpg","JPEG file, size 843x639","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../digital_trunk_cards_supported_by_dsu_and_nsu.pdf","digital_trunk_cards_supported_by_dsu_and_nsu.pdf","Quick Reference for Digital Trunking Cards that run in a DSU or NSU The cards below are supported in both the SX-2000 and 3300 ICP/MCD platforms. Please see the System Administration Tool Help for programming information and the 3300 ICP Hardware...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../doc-index-banner.jpg","doc-index-banner.jpg","JPEG file, size 700x131","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../e911_dispatchable_location.htm","E911 Dispatchable Location","Programming Template CAUTION: You must apply this template when you first create the topic. If you forget and then apply it later to an existing topic, the Java script code for highlighting search results will not be inserted into the topic true ...",""],
["../edge_toc.png","edge_toc.png","PNG file, size 595x173",""],
["../ee0347.jpg","ee0347.jpg","JPEG file, size 336x216","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ee0348.jpg","ee0348.jpg","JPEG file, size 514x162","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ee0370.jpg","ee0370.jpg","JPEG file, size 521x69","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ee0385.jpg","ee0385.jpg","JPEG file, size 516x162","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ee0387.jpg","ee0387.jpg","JPEG file, size 446x86","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ee0388.jpg","ee0388.jpg","JPEG file, size 228x183","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ee0389.jpg","ee0389.jpg","JPEG file, size 446x181","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ee0390.jpg","ee0390.jpg","JPEG file, size 436x154","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../enablecf.png","enablecf.png","PNG file, size 456x138",""],
["../esmhelpmenu.png","esmhelpmenu.png","PNG file, size 501x252",""],
["../features_optional/101_programming.html","PBX 101 programming","1) ARS Digits Dialed Two route numbers must be defined in this form. Digit string \"916135552001\" is needed to set-up a data call to PBX 102. Route number 60 was assigned for data call set-up to PBX 102. Digit string \"916135552002\" is needed to se...",""],
["../features_optional/101_programming_hybrid.html","101 PBX Programming","1) ARS Digits Dialed One route number must be defined here. digit string \"916135552002\" is needed to set-up a voice call to PBX 102. Route number 61 was assigned for voice call set-up to PBX 102. Digits Dialed Number of Digits to Follow Terminati...",""],
["../features_optional/102_programming.html","PBX 102 Programming","1) ARS Digits Dialed A single route number must be defined here: Digit string \"914165551001\" is needed to set-up a data call to PBX 102. Digit string \"914165551002\" is needed to set-up a voice call to PBX 101. Route number 70 was assigned for bot...",""],
["../features_optional/102_programming_hybrid.html","102 PBX Programming","1) ARS Digits Dialed One route number must be defined here. Digit string \"914165551002\" is needed to set-up a voice call to PBX 101. Route number 70 was assigned for voice call set-up to PBX 101. Digits Dialed Number of Digits to Follow Terminati...",""],
["../features_optional/advanced_ars_description.html","Advanced Automatic Route Selection Description","Description Advanced Automatic Route Selection (ARS) selects the most cost-effective route available to the required destination using day, time zones, route plans and ARS assignment that have been programmed. To select the most cost-effective ro...",""],
["../features_optional/advanced_ars_example.html","Advanced Automatic Route Selection Example","This example describes the data entry required for a system installed in a headquarters in London UK. The company has three locations in the UK: the Headquarters in London a Service Center in Edinburgh a factory in Cardiff Trunk Groups The system...",""],
["../features_optional/advanced_ars_features.html","Advanced Automatic Route Selection Features","The Advanced Automatic Route Selection (ARS) option provides the following features: Advanced tone detection Alternative routing Call barring and class of restriction Expensive route warning tone Least cost routing Overlap outpulsing Secondary di...",""],
["../features_optional/advanced_ars_programming.html","Advanced Automatic Route Selection Programming","To program Advanced ARS, you must complete the following forms: Trunk Groups ARS Call Progress Tone Detection ARS Digit Modification Plans Class of Restriction Groups ARS Day and Time Zones ARS Routes ARS Route Lists ARS Route Plans ARS Digits Di...",""],
["../features_optional/adv_analog_network_conditions.html","Advanced Analog Networking Conditions","When using DPNSS trunks, travelling class marks can only be created inside proprietary system networks. Related Topics Advanced Analog Networking Description Advanced Analog Networking Programming ",""],
["../features_optional/adv_analog_network_description.html","Advanced Analog Networking Description","Advanced Analog Networking (AAN) provides calling line identification and travelling class marks across T1/D4 trunks. This feature enhances the functionality of systems connected to each other by tie trunks or ISDN trunks. On tie trunks, the AAN ...",""],
["../features_optional/adv_analog_network_programming.html","Advanced Analog Networking Programming","In the ARS Digit Modification Plans form, ( ) identify the information that you want to outpulse on the appropriate trunk type whenever an outgoing call is made on a system equipped with the AAN feature. The following information elements are spe...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_-_mci_ani_protocol.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN - MCI ANI Protocol","MCI trunks transmit either ANI only or DNIS only as 10 DTMF digits (no delimiters). The first three digits are the Numbering Plan Area number of the call; the remaining seven digits are the number of the calling telephone (see MCI ANI Delivery Pr...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_aan_interface.html","Advanced Analog Network (AAN) Interface","If a call is routed across the advanced analog network (AAN) either through DNIS digit call routing, or through direct non-dial-in answer-point routing, the ANI number is sent as the calling line identification across the AAN. If an ANI/DNIS call...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_acd.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN - Automatic Call Distribution","Description Telephones in an Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) environment may not display ANI or DNIS digits while ringing. Instead, depending on how they have been programmed and the display capabilities of the telephone, they display the ACD p...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_display_telephones.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN Display Telephones and Consoles","DPNSS Display Information Element Support During a DPNSS call, any End-to-End Message (EEM), messages containing line identity or SIS (Supplementary Information String) text codes are used to update the display of the end device with the informat...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_dpnss_interface.html","Digital Private Network Signalling (DPNSS) Interface","ANI/DNIS numbers can be transmitted across a DPNSS network. See the Non-Prime Public Network Identity Class of Service option. ",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_hci.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN - Host Command Interface","The system transmits ANI and DNIS digits to the HCI software application. ANI digits are sent to the party_info.calling_line_id.network.format.main_dn field; DNIS digits are sent to the party_info.orig_dialed_digits field. The ANI feature can be ...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_number_delivery_conditions.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN Number Delivery - Conditions","ANI and DNIS numbers are available on incoming trunk calls only. This service is provided by the central office. Only T1/D4 DID trunks that are programmed with a digital DID trunk circuit descriptor, or T1/D4 E&#38;M trunks that are programmed with a...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_number_delivery_description.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN Number Delivery","Description Automatic Number Identification (ANI) and Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) identify numbers that are transmitted on an incoming trunk from the Central Office (CO). ANI provides the caller&#39;s telephone number (and name if sup...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_number_delivery_programming.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN Number Delivery - Programming","Conditions and Feature Interactions Only T1/D4 DID or T1/D4 E&#38;M trunks that are programmed with a digital DID or digital E&#38;M trunk circuit descriptor can receive ANI and DNIS digits. The trunk must use DTMF signaling and have a wink timer. The Cl...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_routing_dnis_calls.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN - Routing Calls on the DNIS Number","You can program the system to route incoming calls on the DNIS number by assigning the ANI/DNIS trunk as a dial-in trunk in the Trunk Attributes form. If an incoming call contains DNIS information, the system will then route the call based on the...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_smdr.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN - Station Message Detail Recording","You can program the system to record the ANI and DNIS digits in SMDR reports. ANI and DNIS numbers can be up to 10 digits in length each, and are recorded only for incoming calls on ANI/DNIS trunks. If the Extended Digit Length option is enabled ...",""],
["../features_optional/ani_dnis_isdn_sprint_protocol.html","ANI/DNIS/ISDN US Sprint ANI/DNIS Protocol","US Sprint transmits both ANI and DNIS numbers in the following format: *ANI digits*DNIS digits* Where the ANI digits can be no digits (ANI unavailable), the 3-digit Number Plan Area number, or the 3-digit Numbering Plan Area number and the 7-digi...",""],
["../features_optional/attendant_blf_display.html","Attendant Busy Lamp Field Display","Description IP Console applications (MiVoice Business Console) allow an attendant to monitor the Busy Lamp Field (BLF) status of extensions from the Busy Lamp Field panel. The Busy Lamp Field panel displays the following states for each monitored...",""],
["../features_optional/automatic_attendant_conditions.html","Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) Automatic Attendant - Conditions","The Uniform Call Distribution feature is a prerequisite for this feature. Automatic Attendant requires a recorded announcement device (RAD) connected to an ONS port. The Automatic Attendant can be assigned as the DISA trunk answer point or dialed...",""],
["../features_optional/automatic_attendant_description.html","Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) Automatic Attendant - Description","Description This feature allows external callers to dial through to an extension without having to go through an attendant. UCD Automatic Attendant directs incoming calls to a Recorded Announcement Device (RAD) that instructs the caller to dial o...",""],
["../features_optional/automatic_attendant_programming.html","Uniform Call Distribution Automatic Attendant - Programming","Program the RAD Program the RAD associated with the automatic attendant as described for the Uniform Call Distribution feature. Program Call Rerouting To complete Call Rerouting programming: Trunk Attributes form (Non Dial In Trunks) program the ...",""],
["../features_optional/auto_attendant_ansplus_mlaa.html","Auto Attendant","Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) Automatic Attendant can be used to off-load calls from a busy attendant console, provide menu-driven direct-dial, and provide treeing. Multi-level Auto Attendant is a component of the MiVoice Business embedded voic...",""],
["../features_optional/blf.html","Busy Lamp Field Indication","Description You can use the Busy Lamp Field feature to monitor the status of single-line sets, single-member lines, key system lines, multicall Broadcast Group A directory number programmed to appear on multiple devices constitutes a broadcast gr...",""],
["../features_optional/bri_description.html","BRI (Basic Rate Interface)","Description BRI (Basic Rate Interface) is a basic ISDN service consisting of two 64 Kbps channels and a single 16 Kbps channel. This is supported by MiVoice Business with the Quad BRI Framer MMC module Conditions and Feature Interactions None Pro...",""],
["../features_optional/calling_party_pays.html","Calling Party Pays","Description The Calling Party Pays (CPP) feature allows System Administrators to decide whether to permit or block calls to numbers designated as Calling Party Pays by the Government of Mexico. The cost of the call made to any number in the Calli...",""],
["../features_optional/call_billing_for_sip_gateway.html","Call Billing for SIP Gateway","Description When MiVoice Business acts as a SIP trunking gateway to a third-party PSTN service provider, sufficient billing information must be conveyed to the service provider. With this feature enabled, the SIP trunking gateway does not extract...",""],
["../features_optional/call_clearing_on_ls_gs_trunks.html","Call Clearing on LS/GS Trunks","Description Provides a call-clearing signal to inform the system that an incoming call has cleared the line. Conditions and Feature Interactions None Programming Set Call Clearing Signal to \"Reversal\" in the CO Trunk Circuit Descriptor - CO form....",""],
["../features_optional/call_recognition_service.html","Call Recognition Service","Description Call Recognition Service (CRS) checks the calling line ID of the incoming call to determine whether the caller is an external hot desk user (EHDU) and whether the trunk is \"trusted\" or \"non-trusted.\" If the caller is an EHDU on a trus...",""],
["../features_optional/cesid_logs.html","CESID Logs","Description CESID Logs enables you to monitor and troubleshoot device moves and automatic CESID updates. See Viewing CESID Logs , Log File Storage , How to Use the CESID Logs , and Log Details . Viewing CESID Logs To view Customer Emergency Servi...",""],
["../features_optional/class_clip_support.html","CLASS/CLIP Station Side Software Support","Description This feature enables ONS CLASS/CLIP sets using the CLASS/CLIP protocol to receive Caller Line Identification Delivery information. Presentation (CLIP) in the UK, Station Side Software Support feature allows ONS CLASS/CLIP sets using C...",""],
["../features_optional/corporate_directory.html","Corporate Directory","Description Corporate Directory gives 5140, 5240, and 69xx IP Phone users access to the MiVoice Business corporate directory. Conditions and Feature Interactions Entries added to the Corporate Directory during the day are available to the phones ...",""],
["../features_optional/dial_out_of_acd_queue.html","Dial Out of an ACD Queue","Description Dial Out Of An ACD Queue allows callers in an ACD path to dial out during a RAD message, or between RAD messages, if they cannot hold for an agent to answer. This feature could be used in situations such as an emergency medical call c...",""],
["../features_optional/did_service_feature.html","Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service","Description This feature provides the ability to reallocate DID numbers to their answering points, so the incoming DID calls are routed directly to specified destinations. The Direct Inward Dialing Services form is used to map DID numbers to thei...",""],
["../features_optional/digital_link_optioning_description.html","Digital Link Optioning","Description Digital Link Optioning makes the existing number of digital links on a system a purchasable option. The use of Digital Services Units requires digital link licenses. Conditions and Feature Interactions The assigned number of digital l...",""],
["../features_optional/dss.html","Direct Station Select","The following table describes the result of selecting a DSS or Secretarial Transfer key for different host-set states and busy lamp (BLF) indications. (For a list of sets that support this feature, see Feature-Phone Matrix .) DSS/Secretarial Tran...",""],
["../features_optional/dss_blf_details.html","Direct Station Selection/Busy Lamp Field (DSS/BLF)","Description A Busy Lamp Field (BLF) shows the status of a directory number or device next to a telephone or Programmable Key Module (PKM) line key. The key associated with the lamp acts as a Direct Station Select (DSS) key. The monitored device m...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_cesid_cond.html","Emergency Services - CESID Conditions","WARNING: MiVoice Business 6.0 supports CESIDs up to 12 digits in length. This may have safety (and legal) implications in networks of older releases which only support 10-digit CESIDs. If you plan to use the longer CESIDs, you are strongly advise...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_cesid_descript.html","Emergency Services - CESID Support Description","Description A Customer Emergency Services ID (CESID) is used to provide location information for a phone extension on a private network, when a caller makes an emergency call. The information can help direct emergency responders to a caller&#39;s loc...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_cesid_guidelines.html","Emergency Services - CESID Guidelines","Defining default system CESIDs - Always define the default CESID for each MiVoice Business system in the network. This will act as a last resort if no CESID is available for a particular DN when an emergency call is placed. Defining default zone ...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_cesid_mntce.html","Emergency Services - CESID Maintenance","CAUTION: The system administrator must maintain up-to-date CESID programming. Outdated CESID information can have serious consequences if it results in emergency personnel being directed to the wrong location. Automatic CESID updating applies to ...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_cesid_prog.html","Emergency Services - CESID Programming","NOTE: For information about updating CESIDs, see CESID Maintenance . Program a CESID You must program a CESID for each DN in the network, or for each device, or for each network zone, or at least a default value for the whole system. When determi...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_descript.html","About Emergency Services","IMPORTANT: The information presented here is specific to the 911 emergency networks operating in Canada and the United States. Many of the concepts discussed are adaptable to other locations. Please consult your local telephony carrier for guidan...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_did_rout_cond.html","Emergency Services - DID Routing Conditions","If you change the directory number of a set or a user in the User and Services Configuration form, you must manually update the Destination Number in the Direct Inward Dialing Service form (if the DID Type is Emergency DID). If multiple users mak...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_did_rout_desp.html","Emergency Services - DID Routing Description","The MiVoice Business Emergency DID Routing feature allows a PSAP emergency callback to be routed to an emergency caller&#39;s registration telephone DN or hot desk user DN. To use this feature, you must contact your local carrier and purchase PSTN DI...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_did_rout_maintenance.html","Emergency Services - DID Routing Maintenance","An Emergency DID entry will persist in the Direct Inward Dialing Service form and MiVoice Business database even after the PSAP emergency call is returned. The presence of Emergency DID entries affect the operation of Standard DID entries that ha...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_did_rout_prog.html","Emergency Services - DID Routing Programming","For a digital DID trunk, complete the programming in the following form: Digital Trunks form Trunk Circuit Descriptor - Digital DID form For an analog DID trunk, complete the programming in the following form: Analog Trunks form Trunk Circuit Des...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_era_notificatiion_op.html","Emergency Services - ER Adviser Notification Operation","For information about how to program, operate, and maintain Emergency Response Adviser, refer to the Emergency Response Adviser documentation on Document Center. Related Topics Emergency Services - ER Adviser Notification Description Emergency Se...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_era_notification_cond.html","Emergency Services - ER Adviser Notification Conditions","WARNING: MiVoice Business 6.0 supports CESIDs up to 12 digits in length. This may have safety (and legal) implications in networks of older releases which only support 10-digit CESIDs. If you plan to use the longer CESIDs, you are strongly advise...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_era_notification_descript.html","Emergency Services - Emergency Response (ER) Adviser Notification Description","Description MiVoice Business can be configured to send emergency response notification (ERN) of emergency calls to one Mitel Emergency Response Adviser (ER Adviser). The ER Adviser can escalate the severity of an emergency call by notifying inter...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_era_notification_prog.html","Emergency Services - ER Application Notification Programming","NOTES: Mitel recommends configuring MiVoice Business to collect SMDR records so that the system administrator can correlate the PBX SMDR call records, PBX maintenance logs, and the ER Adviser logs. See Program External SMDR . The ER TRAP notifica...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_local_notification_cond.html","Emergency Services - Local Notification Conditions","Local notification is supported on the following devices and answering points: Attendant consoles: 5540 IP Console, and IP Console applications ( MiVoice Business Console) IP display display sets: 5020 IP Phone, 5140 IP Phone, 5220 IP Phone, 5220...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_local_notification_descript.html","Emergency Services - Local Notification Description","The Local Notification feature allows you to program the system to send emergency call notifications to one or more attendant consoles, display-equipped IP sets, ONS CLASS/CLIP sets, or SIP sets when an emergency call is detected. When an emergen...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_local_notification_op.html","Emergency Services - Local Notification Operation","The following table describes the type of alarm notification a console, IP display set, ONS CLASS/CLIP set, or SIP set will receive. For consoles, the table below shows the results expected if both the Emergency Call Notification - Audio and Emer...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_local_notification_prog.html","Emergency Services - Local Notification Programming","NOTE: Ensure that Emergency Routes have been assigned in the ARS Routes form. To provide an audible and visual alarm notification to Attendant Consoles: Class of Service Options form set the Emergency Call Notification - Audio COS option to Yes s...",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_maint_logs.html","Emergency Services - Maintenance Logs","Maintenance Logs are generated: when an emergency call occurs. This log identifies where the call originated. when an emergency call is cleared. This log identifies where the call originated. when the emergency alarm is cleared. This log identifi...",""],
["../features_optional/hci_cti_-_desktop_appearance.html","HCI/CTI - Desktop Appearance","The following actions appear at the desktop during an HCI call request: Initial Telephone State Multiline Telephone Standard Telephone On hook and idle The telephone enters Handsfree mode. As the call is dialed, progress tones are returned to the...",""],
["../features_optional/hci_cti_telephony_conditions.html","HCI/CTI Telephony Conditions","Restrictions HCI/CTI - Basic Telephony does not inform the host computer of the state of the user device or the success of a call attempt. The call progress tones returned to the call originator&#39;s set allow the originator to judge the success of ...",""],
["../features_optional/hci_cti_telephony_description.html","HCI/CTI Telephony Description","The HOST COMMAND INTERFACE (HCI) / Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) specification is a MITEL protocol that allows integration of host computer-based applications with system-based telecommunications services. HCI/CTI - Basic Telephony HCI/CTI...",""],
["../features_optional/hci_cti_telephony_operation.html","HCI/CTI Telephony Operation","This feature permits communication between the host and the system, but does not provide any host application functionality. In order for this feature to operate correctly, the host computer must be equipped to do the following: communicate with ...",""],
["../features_optional/hci_cti_telephony_programming.html","HCI/CTI Telephony Programming","To enable HCI functionality, ensure that HCI/CTI/TAPI Call Control Allowed and HCI/CTI/TAPI Monitor Allowed are enabled in the Class of Service Options form. Once you have completed the programming, the MiTAI and HCI Server services can be starte...",""],
["../features_optional/headset_mute_switch.html","Headset Mute Switch","Description Headset switches can mute the headset microphone or answer/release an active call. With this feature enabled, the switch will only mute so there is no chance a call could be dropped. Conditions and Feature Interactions This feature is...",""],
["../features_optional/hold_key_retrieves_last_held_call.html","Hold Key Retrieves Last Held Call","Description The option provides the ability for a Multiline telephone to retrieve a held call by pressing the Hold key. Subsequent presses retrieve held calls in the order of most recently held to longest held. Conditions and Feature Interactions...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_conditions.html","Hotel/Motel Conditions","CEPT or DS1 trunks should not be metered, and no message registration messages should be sent to the PMS with respect to these types of trunks. When CEPT or DS1 trunks are used to emulate CO trunks, these trunks are used to connect to outgoing CO...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_description.html","Hotel/Motel - Description","The Hotel/Motel feature provides useful features for a hotel or motel environment. The system can work independently, or in conjunction with a Property Management System (PMS). The main focus of this section is on using a system independently of ...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_1.html","Hotel/Motel Display Guest Room Information","Description Guest Room mode allows you to display, change, or enter new information about a guest room (condition, occupancy), the guest (name, wake-up) and the room extension (number, call blocking, call restrictions). You can change or enter ne...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_10.html","Hotel/Motel - Print Hotel Reports","Description This feature provides the user with various types of Hotel/Motel reports. A report page is 80 columns wide and 66 lines long. Each page has a page number and a time stamp in the top right hand corner. Each column of the report contain...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_10_fig.html","Example of Wake-up Report","WAKEUP REPORT PAGE 1 TIMESTAMP: 1992-MAR-15 15:23 ROOM - TIME ROOM - TIME ROOM - TIME ROOM - TIME ROOM - TIME 1234 - 10:02 1235 - 07:50 1323 - 07:30 1456 - 05:50 1460 - 05:30 1679 - 08:20 1792 - 06:40 1869 - 07:20 1925 - 09:10 1927 - 07:10 2234 -...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_10_fig2.html","Room Status Report","",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_10_fig3.html","Example of Room Monitor Setup Hotel Log","1993-FEB-14 14:12 HOTEL B/Active #0021 ROOM MONITOR: 5922122 IS SETUP ",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_10_fig4.html","Example of Room Monitor Terminate Hotel Log","1993-FEB-14 14:22 HOTEL B/Active #0022 ROOM MONITOR: 5922122 IS TERMINATED ",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_10_fig5.html","Example of Monitored Call Hotel Log","1993-FEB-14 14:22 HOTEL B/Active #0023 ROOM MONITOR: 5922122 WAS MONITORED FOR 00:10:06 BY 1234567 ",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_10_fig6.html","Room Monitor Error Logs","",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_10_fig7.html","Message Registration","",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_11.html","Hotel/Motel - Access System Logs","Description This feature provides user access to the system logs generated by various Hotel/Motel activities. The following logs can be generated: automatic wake-up call logs for all wake-up call attempts, changes, and cancellations call block lo...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_12.html","Hotel Motel - Multiple Wake Up Support","Description Hotel/Motel Wake-up support provides: Multiple wake-ups - up to 3 separate wake-up times for each room or suite. Daily repetition of wake-ups - without resetting each day. Personal wake-ups - the wake-up call is applied to the Wake-up...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_13.html","Hotel/Motel - Change Language","Description This feature allows the language of the telephone display and applications to be changed. Languages available vary by set type; see Language Change for more information. When a new language is selected from an attendant or the PMS, it...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_14.html","Hotel/Motel - Set VIP and Wakeup","Description This feature allows the attendant or PMS to assign the following VIP settings for an extension or suite: VIP Status: Any one of nine different VIP status labels can be assigned to an extension or suite. When the guest places a call to...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_15.html","Hotel/Motel - Set Do Not Disturb","Description This feature allows the attendant or PMS to set Do Not Disturb (DND) for a room or suite. DND stops internal calls from ringing a guest&#39;s telephone and returns busy tone to the caller; it does not affect the guest&#39;s ability to make ca...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_2.html","Hotel/Motel - Check-in and Check-out Guests","Description Use the CHECK-IN and CHECK-OUT softkeys to check guests in and out. Checking a guest into a room assigns the room as \"Occupied\"; checking a guest out of a room assigns the room as \"Vacant\". When you press either the CHECK-IN or CHECK-...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_3.html","Hotel/Motel - Change the Status of a Room","Description Room Status mode indicates the occupancy or condition of guest rooms in the hotel. There are three types of occupancy and five types of conditions: Occupancy Condition Vacant Occupied Reserved Clean Not Clean Maid Present Out of Servi...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_4.html","Hotel/Motel - Find Rooms","Description Rooms can be searched for using the condition and occupancy status as search parameters. Conditions and Feature Interactions None of the Guest Services functions, including finding rooms, are available on the 5540 IP Console in a Clus...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_5.html","Hotel/Motel - Monitor Rooms","Description This feature allows a hotel guest to use a guest room industry-standard telephone as a room monitor. The monitor provides a one-way audio call path from the guest room handset microphone to a listener device. The listener device may b...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_7.html","Hotel/Motel - Call Blocking","Description Call Block prevents calls from being made between guest rooms. When you check a guest in or out of a room, the system resets the Call Block field for the room to the value programmed in the Hotel Options form. This value is set to eit...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_8.html","Hotel/Motel - Apply Call Restrictions","Description This feature is used to restrict the type of telephone call a guest can make from a hotel room. The types of calls available are: Internal Local Long Distance Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 The attendant enters the type of call restrictio...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_feature_9.html","Hotel/Motel - Configuring Message Registration","Description Telephone calls made by the guest are monitored, and if meter pulses are received from the Central Office, then the calls made from a room extension are metered and the accumulated total is stored. Surcharge and Multiplier (cost per m...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_operation.html","Hotel/Motel - Operation","See individual Hotel/Motel features for operating instructions. Related Topics Hotel/Motel Hotel/Motel Conditions Hotel/Motel Programming Clustered Hospitality Description Clustered Hospitality Conditions Clustered Hospitality Programming ",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_pmsrecovery_from_failure.html","PMS Recovery from Failure","When the System Fails The PMS can detect a system failure situation when no response is received from the system following the PMS to System ENQ retry sequences described here . Once this failure has been detected, the PMS should periodically sen...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_pms_communication_protocol.html","PMS/System Communication Protocol","The PMS/System bidirectional (through half-duplex) link uses the ENQ /ACK/STX-text-ETX/ACK protocol. Message flow diagrams in this section follow a consistent notation. The arrow indicates the direction of the message, from sender to receiver. Th...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_pms_error-handling.html","Error-handling PMS/system Transmissions","System to PMS Transmission The system sends an ENQ character to the PMS and awaits a reply. If no response is received within the time-out period of 3 seconds, the ENQ is retried 19 times before abandoning the transmission of the message (a total...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_pms_feature.html","Property Management System (PMS)- Features","Description A Property Management System (PMS) provides a center for managing a hotel business. It may also be referred to as a Front of House (FOH) system, and can interface with a front desk system to provide reservation control, centralized ac...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_pms_format_specification.html","PMS Message Format Specification","The following list contains the type of messages sent from the PMS to the system, and from the system to the PMS. PMS messages can be used to manage a Suite or Linked Suite in the same manner as managing a Room except using the Suite Pilot number...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_pms_grs_cycle.html","PMS General Reset Cycle","A General Reset (GRS) cycle is a sequence of messages initiated by the PMS to update the System database to match that of the PMS. The GRS message signals to the system that a sequence of Check in/out messages will be sent to the system concludin...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_pms_logs.html","PMS Logs","The system produces two types of PMS logs: PMS Failure logs Occupancy logs PMS Failure Logs The system produces PMS Failure Logs if the PMS/system interface fails for any reason. If the PMS/system interface is defined but unavailable, the attenda...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_pms_system_transmissions.html","PMS/System Transmissions","System to PMS Transmissions The system sends an ENQ character to the PMS and awaits a reply. If no response is received within the time-out period of 3 seconds, the ENQ is retried 20 times before abandoning the transmission of the message (a tota...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_motel_programming.html","Hotel/Motel - Programming","Description The following programming procedure applies to both standalone and clustered hospitality environments. See Related Topics below for additional programming requirements for clustered hospitality. Programming To program the Hotel/Motel ...",""],
["../features_optional/hotel_pms_message_registration.html","Message Registration Message","Each time a hotel extension makes a trunk call, the system sends a message to the PMS to update the total count of outside calls made against the guest room. No distinction is made between local and long-distance calls. Message Registration works...",""],
["../features_optional/hybrid_xnet_programming_example.html","Hybrid XNET Programming Example","The following was decided during the network planning: Number 101 was assigned to one PBX, 102 was assigned to the other. The PBXs are located in different area codes (416 and 613). Both PBXs use a 4-digit numbering plan, extensions on PBX 101 be...",""],
["../features_optional/importing_and_selecting_prompts.html","Importing and Selecting Prompts","Description: Each Message, Menu and Daily Greeting action in a Call Flow requires an audio recording (prompt). Import a New Prompt To import a new recording: Select the Recording radio button and click Recording for the applicable action (Menu, M...",""],
["../features_optional/interconnect_restriction_override.html","Interconnect Restriction Override","Description In a hotel environment, Interconnect Restrictions prevent some telephones from dialing various internal numbers. When the Interconnect Restriction Override on Transfer option is set to \"Yes\", interconnect restrictions are removed when...",""],
["../features_optional/ip-dect_wireless_solution.html","IP-DECT Wireless Solution (EMEA)","Description The Mitel Internet Protocol Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications (IP-DECT) wireless solution is available in the EMEA (Europe, Middle-East and Africa) market only. It consists of the following components: MiVoice Business Radi...",""],
["../features_optional/ip-dect_wireless_solution_(global).html","IP-DECT Wireless System (Global)","Description The IP-DECT Wireless System (Global) system provides an enhanced IP-DECT wireless solution for all regions including North America. It provides voice communication, text messaging, and alarm handling between wireless handsets within a...",""],
["../features_optional/ip_networking_programming.html","Programming IP Networking","Description The procedures below describe two ways to provision IP trunks in a voice network or cluster. One way uses traditional IP/XNET trunk groups and profiles; the other uses a special ARS route ( Direct IP Route ) that bypasses the need for...",""],
["../features_optional/ip_networking_xnet_call_processing.html","IP Networking/XNET Call Processing","Call processing occurs in different ways depending on the type of endpoint and trunk that is used. XNET Compression IP Telephone to IP Trunk Non-IP Telephone/Trunk to IP Trunk IP Trunk to IP Telephone IP Trunk to Non-IP Telephone IP Trunk to IP T...",""],
["../features_optional/ip_networking_xnet_compres_details.html","IP Networking/XNET Compression","Description MiVoice Business uses G.729a audio compression codecs instead of the higher audio quaility G.722.1 codec to reduce the bandwidth required for an IP call. Compression is optional. Whether or not it&#39;s applied depends on the following: t...",""],
["../features_optional/line_interface_module.html","Line Interface Module Emergency Services Operation","Description The Line Interface module is an optional device that adds analog phone line (POTS) capability to a Mitel 5220 Dual Mode, 5224, 5324, 5330/5330e, 5340/5340e or 5360 IP phone. Emergency services pinpoint the origin of an emergency call ...",""],
["../features_optional/long_key_press.html","Long Key Press","Description: On 53xx phones, Long Key Press is a shortcut to the traditional Superkey menu. Instead of pressing Superkey followed by a programmable key to launch the menu, users are only required to hold down the programmable key until a timer ex...",""],
["../features_optional/maintain_calling_line_id.html","Maintain Calling Line ID","Description Incoming network calls that are transferred to an external number will maintain the Calling Line ID of the incoming caller. Conditions and Feature Interactions None Programming Class of Service Options form Set the Display Held Call I...",""],
["../features_optional/malicious_call_trace.html","Malicious Call Trace","Description The Malicious Call Trace feature provides network-wide tagging capability for incoming malicious calls only. The Malicious Call Trace feature provides a record of malicious calls in the SMDR records. Each time the Tag Call feature is ...",""],
["../features_optional/mass_audio_notifications.html","Mass Audio Notification","Description The Mass Audio Notification feature allows audio notifications to be sent to multiple telephone sets within a network zone. Audio notifications generated through a mass notification application (for example, Mitel Revolution) are play...",""],
["../features_optional/mitel_application_suite.html","MiCollab","Description MiCollab (formerly Mitel Applications Suite) is a software solution for MiVoice Business that provides co-residency features for applications, such as MiCollab Nupoint UM , MiVoice Border Gateway, MiCollab Mobile Client, and MiCollab ...",""],
["../features_optional/mitel_quick_conference.html","Mitel Quick Conference","Mitel Quick Conference is a simple, easy to use software solution that provides multi-party audio conferencing over SIP trunks. Conference participants simply dial a pre-determined \"bridge\" number and are immediately connected to the conference i...",""],
["../features_optional/mobile_line.html","Mobile/PC Line","Description Provisioning a Mobile/PC Line key on a supported 69xx IP Phone allows users to pair it to their mobile phone or PC using Bluetooth wireless technology. Once paired, users can sync their mobile phone’s contact list with the 69xx IP Pho...",""],
["../features_optional/msdn_release_link_trunk.html","MSDN Release Link Trunk Description","The MSDN RLT feature allows the attendant to make a call by using the same incoming trunk. RLT helps to provide centralized attendant service by allowing the attendants on the attendant system to reroute calls without tying up additional trunk re...",""],
["../features_optional/msdn_release_link_trunk_conditions.html","MSDN Release Link Trunk Conditions","DPNSS is not part of the MSDN RLT feature name since the feature does not use standard DPNSS message protocols. If a call is extended by using the RLT softkey, then the digit asterisk (*) cannot be used. Pressing the asterisk will cause the \"Ille...",""],
["../features_optional/msdn_release_link_trunk_operation.html","MSDN Release Link Trunk Operation","Incoming Calls When an attendant answers an incoming RLT call, the IP Console application (MiVoice Business Console) displays the incoming call information. Selection of the Non-RLT softkey changes the softkey display. The source (SRC) window dis...",""],
["../features_optional/msdn_release_link_trunk_programming.html","MSDN Release Link Trunk Programming","NOTE: When interworking with a system that does not support the RLT feature, ensure that the associated trunk is not programmed as a Release Link Trunk. Implementing Automatic Route Selection will ensure efficient use of Release Link Trunks. To a...",""],
["../features_optional/multilingual_name_display.html","Multilingual Name Display","Description The Multilingual Name Display feature introduces the following enhancements for displaying user names on various endpoints within the cluster: First and Last user names, configured in the User and Services Configuration (USC) form, wi...",""],
["../features_optional/multiple_company_directory.html","Multiple Company Directory","Description Multiple Company Directory is a feature of the IP Console application (MiVoice Business Console) that helps console operators handle calls on systems that service more than one company. When the feature is enabled through the console ...",""],
["../features_optional/nortel_networks_telephone_support.html","Nortel Telephone Support","Description The 3300 CITELlink Gateway allows MiVoice Business to support legacy Nortel&#8482; Meridian 1 and Norstar telephone sets. The gateway translates the MiVoice Business IP phone protocol to Norstar or Meridian set protocol allowing Norstar and...",""],
["../features_optional/personal_directory.html","Personal Directory","Description The 5140 and 5240 IP Phones provide users with a personal directory of up to 50 personal telephone entries (name and number). Likewise, the 5505 SIP Phone, although the number of entries allowed is approximately 40. 53xx and 69xx IP P...",""],
["../features_optional/pms_integration_conditions.html","PMS Integration - Conditions","You can use the Property Management System (PMS) application to check in and check out hotel room guests via the IP-based network port. The check in/check out feature for hotel room messages uses a Mitel proprietary protocol. You can use PMS to c...",""],
["../features_optional/pri_description.html","PRI (Primary Rate Interface)","Description The PRI options supported by MiVoice Business are: Min/Max Automated Min/Max NFAS (Non Facility Associated Signaling) D-channel Backup Remote LAN Access Embedded PRI is offered for MiVoice Business via a T1/E1 module. Embedded PRI is ...",""],
["../features_optional/program_hybrid_xnet_trunks.html","Programming Hybrid XNET Trunks","Description This feature is useful where LAN infrastructure exists, but the available bandwidth is not adequate for full voice-over-IP support. In such situations, voice quality over the LAN may be poor, so the alternative approach of carrying vo...",""],
["../features_optional/property_management_system_programming.html","Programming a Property Management System","NOTE: No programming is required for the voice mail PMS connection. To program the hotel/motel administration PMS IP connection: Hotel Options form set the Property Management System Installed field to \"Yes\" set the PMS Connectivity field to \"Net...",""],
["../features_optional/qsig_prefix_modification.html","QSIG Prefix Modification","Description This feature allows you to insert dialing prefixes for calls that are sent across QSIG trunks. Use this feature to pre-pend digits to incoming or outgoing caller identification numbers. The following illustration shows an incoming cal...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_conditions.html","QSIG Conditions","The MSDN/DPNSS features that contain the DPNSS features to which the QSIG features map must be enabled on all systems in the QSIG network in conjunction with the QSIG feature to ensure correct functionality. Requires a Universal NSU, PRI card (E1...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_description.html","QSIG Description","QSIG is an international protocol that allows you to connect a minimum of two systems together to form a virtual private network. Because QSIG is an international standard, the virtual private network can benefit corporations that need to connect...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_details_callbacks.html","QSIG Callback (Call Completion)","Users can request a Callback when they reach a busy or unanswered station. Callback with service retention is supported for the following Call Completion (CC) Supplementary Services: Completion of Calls to Busy Subscribers (SS-CCBS): users can se...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_details_calling_name.html","QSIG Calling Name","QSIG Calling Name allows the system to send and receive the name of the caller; in turn, the called party will see the name of the caller on the telephone display screen if the appropriate Class of Service options are set. QSIG supports the Calli...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_details_call_fwrd_and_divert.html","QSIG Call Forwarding and Diversion","Incoming calls are diverted to another destination as defined by the user when the service is activated. Activation and deactivation of call forwarding services can be performed by the user or by another authorized user (the current \"divert-to\" p...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_details_call_offer.html","QSIG Call Offer","Users can offer calls to parties at a busy destination. The busy user receives indication of a call offer, while the calling party receives indication that a call offer has been invoked. The called user has the choice of clearing the current call...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_details_call_transfer.html","QSIG Call Transfer","A user can connect two other calls together, of the same basic service, as a new call (there must be three parties). This feature does not support placing a party on soft hold before making an enquiry call to another. This feature maps to the Tra...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_details_message_wait_ind.html","QSIG Message Waiting Indication","Users can set or cancel message waiting indications on the set of another party to indicate that they wish to be called back. Related Topics QSIG Description QSIG Conditions QSIG Operation QSIG Programming ",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_details_path_replacement.html","QSIG Path Replacement","Active calls, connected through the QSIG network, can be replaced with new connections which are more efficient or cost effective (when possible). The originating system requests the path replacement and the terminating system makes the optimized...",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_operation.html","QSIG Operation","See each specific feature. Related Topics QSIG Description QSIG Conditions QSIG Programming ",""],
["../features_optional/q_sig_programming.html","QSIG Programming","Enabling QSIG Digital Link Descriptors form Set the Integrated Digital Access option to \"ISDN Node\" and the QSIG Private Network Access option to \"Yes\". Shared System Options form Set the DPNSS/QSIG Diversion Enabled option to \"Yes\" If required, ...",""],
["../features_optional/remote_suite_for_analog_devices.html","Centralized Suites for Analog Devices","Description Distributed ONS Connections with Centralized Processing This feature distributes the connections for analog guest room extensions across several elements, and centralizes all processing on a single IP node in a hospitality environment...",""],
["../features_optional/report_attendant_name.html","Report Attendant Name","Description The first four characters of an Attendant&#39;s user name are recorded in SMDR logs instead of \" ATTn (where n is the attendant number). NOTE: If Extended Digit Length is enabled in the SMDR Options form, the name is 5 characters instead ...",""],
["../features_optional/round_robin_ascending.htm","Round-Robin Ascending","Round-Robin Ascending The Round-Robin Ascending is a method in Circular Hunting where the search for an idle station follows a cyclic round-robin robin method. The search begins from the B-Channel (bearer channel) used for the previous call using...",""],
["../features_optional/routing_emergency_calls_to_multiple_gateways.html","Routing Emergency Calls to Multiple Gateways","Description The analog gateway can handle local 911 calls for IP phone users who are physically located in the same city as the analog gateway. Due to the limitation on the number of routes allowed in an ARS Route List (six), a maximum of five re...",""],
["../features_optional/sds_adding_the_network_elements.html","Adding Network Elements","Description After planning your networks and clusters, you define the complete network by assigning a system name to the local node and then adding the non-clustered elements and the clustered elements to the Network Elements form. NOTE: You can ...",""],
["../features_optional/sds_assigning_the_sds_administrators.html","Assigning Administrators","To access the system using the System Administration Tool, a user must be assigned a user profile with administrator access rights. Access rights are assigned to user profiles through the User Authorization Profiles form. The access rights grante...",""],
["../features_optional/siemens_isdx_dpnss_interworking.html","Siemens iSDX DPNSS Interworking","Description MiVoice Business supports MSDN/DPNSS features for PSTN calls that are received from a Siemens iSDX PBX. However, after the iSDX PBX delivers a PSTN call to MiVoice Business, it activates a call completion timer. If this timer expires ...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_conditions.html","Station Message Detail Recording Conditions","General When both internal and external SMDR are enabled, external SMDR takes precedence over internal SMDR. As a result, if system programming allows for both an external SMDR record and an internal SMDR record to be made for a call, only the ex...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_description.html","Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR)","This feature collects data for outgoing and incoming trunk calls and also for calls made between stations within the system. Both external SMDR and internal SMDR are available. They are separate features and can be enabled independently or togeth...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_details_call_timing.html","SMDR - Call Timing","Trunk call timing aspects (for example, call start time), form one of the prime function areas of the SMDR feature. Accuracy in recording call timing is essential in order to avoid false system analysis and incorrect accounting. One safeguard aga...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_details_error_handling.html","SMDR - Error Handling","SMDR error handling is limited to the recognition and reporting of clock malfunctions. In the event of a clock failure, the identity of the calling and called parties appears in the call record; however, the start time portion of the record remai...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_details_external.html","External SMDR","Description External SMDR collects data for outgoing and incoming trunk calls. You can use the data to determine the cost of external telephone calls. Typically, external SMDR is used for the following purposes: for billing external calls back to...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_details_internal.html","Internal SMDR","Internal SMDR collects data for calls made between stations. You can use internal SMDR call data to bill internal calls back to departments determine station usage track hoax calls that originate from a station keep a record of all internal calls...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_details_recorded_information.html","SMDR - Recorded Information","SMDR call data is recorded in table format. Each call record consists of a single line of data 90 characters in length (101 characters in length if extended digit length is enabled in the SMDR Options form). If ANI/DNIS is enabled, then a single ...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_details_timing_functions.html","SMDR Timing Functions","The timing functions that apply to incoming and outgoing calls are as follows: Incoming Call. Three aspects, related to the timing of an incoming call are recorded on an SMDR call record: the date, the time taken for the called party to answer an...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_examples.html","SMDR Examples","In these examples, the markings below each example indicate character position, with a vertical line every 10 characters. For more information on the format of SMDR call records, see Summary of Fields Table . External SMDR Call Record Examples Wi...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_extended_reporting.html","SMDR Extended Reporting","SMDR Extended Reporting Level 1 and Level 2 allow SMDR records to be produced in Extended Reporting format. This format accommodates International ANI digit strings and Attendant Line Appearances resulting in longer SMDR records. The increased le...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_installation.html","Station Message Detail Recording Installation","There are two methods of outputting SMDR data. Method 1 Capture the SMDR data to a file from socket number 1752 using TCP/IP output streaming . Method 2 Send the SMDR data to an LPR1 port or other output device. Install the output device To insta...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_program_external_smdr.html","Program External SMDR","Select the External SMDR Options In the SMDR Options form ( ), enter \"Yes\" in the Value field beside the desired options. The only exceptions are the System Identification and Report Internal Calls fields. The System Identification field accepts ...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_program_internal_smdr.html","Program Internal SMDR","Select the Internal SMDR Options When the Path Reporting for Internal ACD2 Calls option in the SMDR Options form ( ) is set to Yes: path reporting for internal calls resembles the path reporting of external calls. the Dialed Digits field contains...",""],
["../features_optional/smdr_summary_of_fields_table.html","SMDR - Summary of Fields Tables","The following options affect the length of an SMDR record and the fields recorded: Extended Digit Length (see the Extended Digit Length Record Fields table) ANI/DNIS/ISDN/CLASS Number Delivery Reporting (see the Standard SMDR Record Fields table ...",""],
["../features_optional/speak_ease_softkey_support_description.html","Voice Dial Softkey Support","Description Voice Dial softkeys provide quick and easy access to the Mitel Speech Server voice recognition system or the equivalent in MiCollab Nupoint UM, NuPoint Messenger IP Release 12 or later and in NuPoint Unified Messaging Release 3.0 and ...",""],
["../features_optional/spectralink_wireless_telephone_support.html","SpectraLink Wireless Telephone Support","The SpectraLink NetLink e340 and NetLink i640 Wireless Telephones are mobile IP handsets that are supported by MiVoice Business. These handsets operate over an 802.11b wireless Ethernet LAN and provide users with wireless voice over IP (VoIP) ext...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_conditions.html","Suite Services Conditions","A Single Suite can be a member of one Linked Suite only. Only Single Suites can be members of Linked Suites. Only the Hospitality Gateway ICP in a clustered hospitality environment can host Linked Suites. The suites can reside on any element in t...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_description.html","Suite Services Description","Suite Service provides the ability to group a number of telephone lines through interconnected hotel/motel rooms, or suites, for the purposes of billing and shared telephone service. Suite Service is provided by Pickup Groups (set Auto Answer On ...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_linked_in_out_calls.html","Linked Suite Services - Incoming and Outgoing Calls","Incoming call behavior is associated with a Linked Suite Pilot number and the enabling and disabling of shared telephone service. When shared telephone service is enabled for a Linked Suite, the following behaviors occur: An incoming call to the ...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_linked_pilot.html","Linked Suite Pilot Numbers","Individual numbering plans and management schemes must be used to manage Linked Suite Pilot Numbers. ",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_linked_suite.html","Linked Suite Services","A linked suite consists of a number of suites that are interconnected dynamically based on common check in (see Linked Suite). All billing for a Linked Suite is maintained under one account through PMS. A single hotel/motel room can be included i...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_linked_suite_mess.html","Linked Suite Messaging","When a call is forwarded to voice mail, the Suite Pilot number of the Primary Member Suite is delivered to the voice mail system. When shared telephone service is enabled, message waiting indications occur on all Suite Extensions programmed with ...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_operation.html","Suite Services Operation","Single Suite Services To use the Property Management System (PMS) for wake-up calls, see Wake-up Messages . To use an attendant console for wake-up calls, see Setting Automatic Wake-up Calls. To use a room telephone for wake-up calls, see Setting...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_programming.html","Suite Services Programming","Suite Extensions Suites ( ) or Multi-device Suites form ( ) Enter a pilot number for each suite you want to create, and then assign guest rooms extensions to them. The first extension programmed is automatically identified as the Primary Suite Ex...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_single_in_and_out_calls.html","Suite Services - Incoming and Outgoing Calls","Incoming calls to the Suite Pilot number can be answered at Suite Extensions programmed as \"Immediate\". If an incoming call to the Suite Pilot number is not answered, the call follows the programmed call rerouting for the Primary Suite Extension....",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_single_suite.html","Single Suite Services","Single Suite Services supports Incoming and outgoing calls Wake-up calls Voice mail and message waiting Shared telephone service disabled Announcements - a Call Coverage Service that can be assigned to the suite&#39;s prime member (using the User and...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_single_voicemail.html","Suite Services - Voice Mail and Message Waiting","When a call is forwarded to voice mail from a Suite Extension, the Suite Pilot number becomes the mailbox identifier. Message waiting indication is enabled or disabled on all room phones configured for message waiting. A message can be retrieved ...",""],
["../features_optional/suite_services_single_wake-up.html","Suite Services - Wake-up calls","When you program a wake-up call for a suite, the call is delivered only to Suite Extensions with wake-up call enabled. The first Suite Extension to answer the call completes the wake-up call. An attendant can set wake-up calls for guests from the...",""],
["../features_optional/synchronizing_data_r7.html","SDS - Synchronizing Data","Review the Synchronization Rules . Log into the System Administration tool of the primary (master) controller. If required, start sharing the specified data from the local element with the selected element or elements at the required scope. See S...",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_description.html","T1/D4 Description","This feature provides support for T1 Channel Associated Signaling. T1/D4 provides a simulation of analog trunk signaling over DS1 digital trunk facilities (or links). DS1 is the North American standard first order digital line multiplex system op...",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_call_forwarding.html","Call Forwarding (TI/D4)","Call forwarding in the outgoing direction to a station on another system is subject to the normal Call Forwarding conditions and Class Of Service (COS) restrictions; that is, the station must have Call Forwarding - External Destination as one of ...",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_chold_and_tparty.html","Call Hold and Three-party working (TI/D4)","Calls can be placed on hold, transfer, or conference. See Hold , Transfer , or Conference for conditions, programming, and operation. ",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_conferencing.html","Conferencing (TI/D4)","The Conferencing of digital trunks is allowed within the limits specified on the System Options form. See Conference for conditions, programming, and operation. ",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_dist_ring.html","Distinctive Ringing (TI/D4)","Distinctive ringing allows station users to distinguish between an internal and an external call by identifying the associated ringing pattern. Similarly, calls carried across T1 or CEPT (T1/D4 is only T1) channels can be identified as being from...",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_dts_f_multi_sets.html","Direct Trunk Select from Multiline Sets (TI/D4)","This feature allows individual trunks to be assigned to line keys on multiline telephone sets. The user can select a specific trunk for the purpose of originating a call or may answer an incoming call that appears on the appearance of that trunk....",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_ext_line_s_att_con.html","External Line Select from Attendant Consoles (TI/D4)","The External Line Select feature on attendant consoles and supported MiVoice IP Phones allows the attendant or phone user to seize a nominated analog or digital trunk and dial digits over it in order to verify the trunk&#39;s \"serviceability\". The tr...",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_last_no_redial.html","Last Number Redial (TI/D4)","The Last Number Redial feature allows the user to have the system redial the last external number dialed, when either the last number redial code is dialed or the Redial key is pressed. An external number is defined as one that makes use of the s...",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_timed_recall.html","Timed Recall (TI/D4)","The Timed Recall feature provides a timed recall for unanswered calls and calls transferred to a busy extension in the following instances: an incoming trunk or station call is transferred across the network to a station or trunk which does not a...",""],
["../features_optional/t1_d4_f_trans_busy_device.html","Transfer to a Busy Device (TI/D4)","The Transfer to a Busy Device feature allows a user to transfer an incoming trunk or station across the network to a busy device. The transferred party is automatically camped-on to the busy device when the party who invoked the transfer hangs up...",""],
["../features_optional/tag_call.html","Tag Call","Description The Tag Call feature allows phone users to signal that they are the victim of a malicious call. This Malicious Call Indication is logged as an SMDR record (see Malicious Call Trace for more information). When the Tag Call is accepted,...",""],
["../features_optional/tapi_support_description.html","CTI Support","Description IMPORTANT: MiTAI support is for legacy use only and is not permitted for new installations. The Mitel Open Integration Gateway (Mitel OIG) is a web server that provides each Mitel OIG application a single point of access to web servic...",""],
["../features_optional/tenanting.html","Tenanting","Description Tenanting allows a system to be partitioned among a number of tenants and to be configured to look like a separate system to each tenant. Up to 64 small businesses, or departments of a larger business, can share features and capabilit...",""],
["../features_optional/tenanting_-_detailed_description.html","Tenanting - Detailed Description","Tenant Resources In a tenanted system, for planning and design purposes, system resources are classified as follows: Landlord resources. The resources located on the landlord facilities and/or used only by the landlord personnel (such as a set or...",""],
["../features_optional/tls.html","Transport Layer Security","Description You can enable TLS for IP sets registration. If you enableTLS for IP sets registration , then you must program the DHCP Option 125/43 or 66 with the configuration server (containing the configuration file ; (.cfg)) details from where ...",""],
["../features_optional/traffic_reporting_analysis.html","Traffic Analysis","This section describes how to interpret the traffic reports in order to obtain numerical data which can be related to equipment provisioning and trunk routing efficiency. Some processing of the data is required in order to evaluate trunk routing ...",""],
["../features_optional/traffic_reporting_condition.html","Traffic Reporting - Conditions","To access the Traffic Measurement Facility, the user must have access to the System Administration Tool. To obtain copies of traffic reports, the printer must be cabled and operational. You can collect traffic reporting details through output str...",""],
["../features_optional/traffic_reporting_description.html","Traffic Reporting - Description","The Traffic Reporting feature provides continuous monitoring and recording of traffic to aid in the management of system resources. Follow the links below to learn about traffic concepts and how MiVoice Business measures and reports it: Traffic T...",""],
["../features_optional/traffic_reporting_measurement.html","Traffic Measurement in the System","This section discusses the manner in which traffic data is measured and tabulated in the system. It shows that the system, though not a non-blocking switch, offers virtual non-blocking characteristics to users. In a large switching system, featur...",""],
["../features_optional/traffic_reporting_programming.html","Traffic Reporting - Programming","Program the Printer Printer output can be routed to system or local, ports (see Programming Printer Ports ). NOTES: We recommend that you print to LPR1 and then, direct LPR1 to a file or Serial port. You cannot print SIP trunk traffic reports. Yo...",""],
["../features_optional/traffic_reporting_theory.html","Traffic Theory","Traffic theory describes, through models and mathematical equations, the flow of traffic through a switching device. Many established models describe the various switching conditions of central offices and systems. These models use various assump...",""],
["../features_optional/trunk_group_busy_status_description.html","Trunk Group Busy Status","Description This feature enables the attendant to query the status of trunk groups from the attendant console. This \"snapshot\" of the status enables the attendant to advise callers of network congestion. Trunk group busy status provides the follo...",""],
["../features_optional/voice_mail_softkeys_description.html","Voice Mail Softkeys","Description The Voice Mail Softkeys feature provides context sensitive softkeys on the telephone set, which help guide the user through voice mail system functions. The Voice mail Softkeys feature supports the existing verbal prompt and DTMF keyp...",""],
["../features_optional/xnet_description.html","IP Networking/XNET and Hybrid Xnet","Description IP Networking allows IP and non-IP devices to connect over an IP network. With IP Networking, users have access to enhanced features such as conference and callback and administrators can build networks with centralized resources such...",""],
["../features_optional/xnet_planning.html","IP Networking/XNET Planning","Create a numbering scheme to provide each system with a unique ID number (valid numbers are from 1 to 999). The numbers are used to distinguish between systems when entering information in the forms. NOTES If you plan to program both IP Networkin...",""],
["../features_optional/xnet_programming.html","Programming XNET Trunks","Before You Begin Previously completed XNET programming will be restored (on upgrade) to the various fields in the ICP/PBX Networking form; however, if XNET was only partially programmed, the data may not be restored correctly. Set the system date...",""],
["../features_optional/xnet_programming_example.html","XNET Programming Example","The following decisions were made during network planning: Number 101 was assigned to one PBX, 102 was assigned to the other PBX. The PBXs are located in different area codes (416 and 613). PBX 101 has an ISDN card located in cabinet 9, shelf 1, ...",""],
["../features_standard/3300_analog_gateway_conditions.html","3300 Analog Gateway Conditions","All hosted IP phones on the 3300 Analog Gateway need to be registered to a central MiVoice Business system to receive telephony service. The Analog Gateway supports the following licenses: Compression Licenses (optional) – for G.729a compression ...",""],
["../features_standard/3300_analog_gateway_description.html","3300 Analog Gateway Description","The Mitel 3300 Analog Gateway provides a cost-effective way to seamlessly integrate branch offices into the corporate communications network. With it, branch offices can deploy phones hosted from head office providing access to the same features,...",""],
["../features_standard/3330_analog_gateway_programming.html","Programming a 3300 Analog Gateway","Configuration Considerations A) Outgoing Trunk Call Routing (including E911) With the 3300 Analog Gateway solution, hosted IP phones are registered on the 3300 ICP at the Head Office location. Automatic Route Selection Automatic Route Selection (...",""],
["../features_standard/69xx_ip_phone_status_indicators.html","69xx IP Phone Status Indicators","Keys on 69xx IP Phones do not have LEDs. Instead, color in combination with flash rates are used to convey call and feature states. Line Keys NOTE: This page covers status indicators on the 6920, 6930 and 6940 IP Phones only; for information abou...",""],
["../features_standard/abandoned_call_against_attdt_group.html","Abandoned Call Against Attendant Group","Description When a caller terminates a call while waiting for an attendant group, SMDR logs report the attendant group&#39;s 4 to 7 digit directory number in the Called Party field. The letters \"ATT\" or \"AT\" are not displayed. Conditions and Feature ...",""],
["../features_standard/about_telephone_directories.html","About Telephone Directories","You can use the Export functionality in the Telephone Directory form or the Scheduler to export the MiVoice Business telephone directory data. You can also use the Import functionality to eliminate the need for manually entering telephone data fo...",""],
["../features_standard/account_codes_default_description.html","Account Codes - Default","Description Default Account Codes are entered automatically by the system each time a user dials an external number. Account Codes may be used to segregate groups in SMDR for billing purposes. Conditions and Feature Interactions More than one sta...",""],
["../features_standard/account_codes_system_description.html","Account Codes - System","Description System Account Codes are automatically outpulsed by the system when outgoing calls are made on specialized carrier trunk circuits. When a user makes a call on one of these circuits, the System Account Code is outpulsed by the system a...",""],
["../features_standard/acct_codes_verified_and_non_desc.html","Account Codes - Verified and Non-verified","Description Verified Account Codes let you access features that are not normally available at a station. You enter Verified Account Codes before making a call to change the COS and COR at any station. When you hang up, the station returns to norm...",""],
["../features_standard/add_held_description.html","Add Held","Description Add Held lets you move a call on Hold to another line appearance, form a conference with a call on Hold, or add a call on Hold to an existing conference. Conditions and Feature Interactions Add Held is only available on some phones; s...",""],
["../features_standard/advice_of_charge_description.html","Advice of Charge","Description The Advice of Charge (AOC) feature (Europe only) displays the cost of a toll call on the caller&#39;s phone display. When this feature is enabled, the charge for the call replaces the call duration on the display. AOC provides call charge...",""],
["../features_standard/alpha_tagging.html","Alpha Tagging","Description Alpha Tagging associates names with external numbers entered in the system telephone directory. When a call from, or to, an \"alpha tagged\" number is presented on a display device, the user sees the associated name and number. Alpha Ta...",""],
["../features_standard/answering_delay.html","Answering Delay","Description The Answering Delay feature allows you to configure the wait time before incoming calls ring on LS trunks. To enable this feature, you must specify the Wait Before Answering Delay (in milliseconds) duration in the EX Controller Web GU...",""],
["../features_standard/ars_programming_example.html","ARS Programming Example","In this example, a customer requires one PSTN route for long distance to area code 416, a different PSTN route for long distance to area code 514, and a third PSTN route for all other long distance PSTN calls within North America. The same custom...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_bulletin_board.html","Attendant Bulletin Board","Description The Attendant Bulletin Board is shared by all IP Console applications MiVoice Business Console on the system that have a network connection. Use it to post information that you want other attendants to see and to store speed dial numb...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_busyout_console_description.html","Attendant Busy-out (Console)","Description Attendant Busy-out (Console) places your attendant console in a busy-out condition (Operator Absent mode). This can be done manually from the console or automatically by setting a timer that forces the console Absent after a period of...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_busyout_station_description.html","Attendant Busy-out (Station)","Description Attendant Busy-Out (Station) lets you busy-out a specific station by using the attendant console. When you busy-out the station, it cannot be used or accessed. Conditions and Feature Interactions Attendant Busy-Out (Station) is availa...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_call_ans_priority.html","Attendant Call Answering Priority","Description Attendant Call Answering Priority allows you to assign priority to calls based on their destination. When multiple calls are waiting, the call with the highest priority is answered first when you press the Answer Key. Conditions and F...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_call_hold_-_remote_retrieve.html","Attendant Hold - Remote Retrieve","Description With Attendant Hold - Remote Retrieve, users can pick up calls placed on Hold by the attendant. The attendant uses paging to inform the user that a call is waiting and instructs them to dial the required digits (Console ID and Hold Sl...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_call_info_display_description.html","Attendant Call Information Display","Description The Attendant Call Information Display provides the attendant with information about called and calling parties. The information may include: Called Number Display When you dial a number, the DESTINATION display area includes the dest...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_call_selection_description.html","Attendant Call Selection","Description Attendant Call Selection lets you choose which group of incoming calls to answer first; each group is selected by pressing a softkey on the attendant console. Conditions and Feature Interactions None Programming Program softkey labels...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_cas_interface.html","Attendant CAS Interface","Description Centralized Attendant Service (CAS) Interface allows the system to be a remote node for a CAS site. CAS is an attendant call-handling service that is provided at a central office switch for calls from both public and private networks....",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_conference_description.html","Attendant Conference","Description Attendant Conference lets the attendant set up one or more conference connections between central office trunks and internal stations. Conditions and Feature Interactions Parties may be added to the conference only by the attendant. T...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_consoles_multiple_description.html","Attendant Consoles (Multiple)","Description MiVoice Business can support a maximum of twenty-four (24) consoles. The number of consoles required must be determined by the customer prior to system installation. The incoming calls are presented at the consoles in a multi-console ...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_console_firmkeys_description.html","Attendant Console Firmkeys","Description Attendant Console Firmkeys are programmable keys on your console that provide access to system services and console features. You can program one or more of the firmkeys on your console as one of the following feature keys: Bulletin B...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_console_status_display_description.html","Attendant Console Status Display","Description Attendant Console Status Display on each attendant console provides the following information: Attendant Console Status Display Status Information 5540 IP Console IP Console Applications (MiVoice Business Console) Day/Night Service (D...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_directory_number_description.html","Attendant Directory Number","Description Attendant Directory Number lets you dial an attendant directory number (typically \"0\") to reach the attendant. Separate directory numbers can be programmed for each attendant console. Conditions and Feature Interactions Calls to an in...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_hold_description.html","Attendant Hold","Description Attendant Hold lets you temporarily suspend a telephone call. While the call is on Hold, you can use the other telephone features. After a programmed period of time, the attendant console emits a tone to remind you that a call is on H...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_language_selection_description.html","Attendant Language Selection","Description Attendant Language Selection allows you to select the language of operation for the attendant console. After selecting a new language, you must then interact with the console using that language. For example, if you switch from French...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_messaging_description.html","Attendant Messaging","Description Attendant Messaging lets you activate a message waiting condition on a station (see Messaging Dialed and Messaging Callback ) from the attendant console. The condition can be queried or canceled by the attendant or by a station user w...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_metered_calls_description.html","Attendant Metered Calls","Description Attendant Metered Calls lets you use the attendant console to track the cost of outgoing trunk calls. Conditions and Feature Interactions Attendant Metered Calls applies only to outgoing trunk calls that are extended by the attendant;...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_new_call_tone.html","Attendant New Call Tone","Description Attendant New Call Tone notifies you of new calls to the attendant console by sounding a warbling tone. New calls include calls that are added to the call waiting queue and held calls that recall the console. The tone sounds once if y...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_recall_description.html","Attendant Recall","Description Attendant Recall automatically alerts the attendant when a trunk call has been extended to an idle station (including Hunt, Ring, and Pickup groups) and not answered within a specified time-out period, or when a call on Hold at the co...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_ringer_control_description.html","Attendant Ringer Control","Description Attendant Ringer Control lets you mute the attendant console ringer. When the attendant console ringer is muted, incoming calls continue to be indicated by the Call Waiting prompt at the top of the display. On the 5540 IP Console, inc...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_scratch_pad.html","Attendant Scratch Pad","Description The Attendant Scratch Pad is your own personal phone directory and Speed Dial list. Use it to save telephone numbers for faster dialing or to store the names and numbers of callers for future reference. The Scratch Pad can be used whi...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_serial_call_description.html","Attendant Serial Call","Description Attendant Serial Call allows the attendant to have a call extended to a destination within the system environment, and automatically returned to the console after the call is completed so the originating caller may be connected to ano...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_setup_and_cancel_description.html","Attendant Setup and Cancellation of Station Features","Description The attendant can set up and cancel certain station features such as Call Forward , Do Not Disturb , Callback , and Reminder . The following features can be canceled from the console: Call Forward (CFWD) for all stations in the system...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_system_login_description.html","Attendant System Login","Description The attendant has access to some of the programming functions of the system from the attendant console. To access these programming functions, the attendant must log in. Conditions and Feature Interactions None Programming Complete th...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_tone_signaling_description.html","Attendant Tone Signaling","Description Attendant Tone Signaling lets the attendant send tones over the circuit once a call has been established. The attendant console does not normally transmit tones; however, some applications (such as answering machines) require this typ...",""],
["../features_standard/attendant_trunk_group_busy_status_display.html","Attendant Trunk Group Status Display (Traffic Monitoring)","Description Attendant Trunk Group Busy Status Display lets you display the busy status of the system trunk groups from the attendant console. The busy status display is a &#39;snapshot&#39; of the current usage of outgoing trunk groups. Trunk groups may ...",""],
["../features_standard/attend_maint_ring_part_dur_recall.html","Attendant Maintain Ringing Party During Recall","Description When an attendant transfers an external caller to an extension, the attendant is recalled after the No Answer Recall Timer expires. By default, after the attendant is recalled and is ringing, the destination is released and the extens...",""],
["../features_standard/automatic_route_selection_description.html","Automatic Route Selection (ARS)","Description Automatic Route Selection (ARS) simplifies local and long distance dialing by automatically selecting the most convenient and cost-effective route, and by inserting and/or deleting digits for proper routing. When a route that is not t...",""],
["../features_standard/auto_answer_description.html","Auto-answer","Description Auto-Answer lets you automatically answer calls that ring your Prime line. Conditions and Feature Interactions Auto-Answer only works on extensions that have a speakerphone. On the 5005 IP Phone, 5010 IP Phone, and 5205 IP Phone, Auto...",""],
["../features_standard/auto_hold_description.html","Auto-hold","Description Auto-Hold lets you automatically place an active call on Hold when you press a line key to originate or receive another call. Conditions and Feature Interactions Auto-hold is only available on some phones; see Feature Availability bel...",""],
["../features_standard/auto_sense_isdn.htm","Auto Configuration","Auto Configuration Description: The Auto Configuration feature allows you to configure the digital trunks on the EX Controller Web GUI. When you perform the Auto Configuration, all the E1/T1 trunk types of the selected server are automatically co...",""],
["../features_standard/broker_s_call_description.html","Broker&#39;s Call","Description Broker&#39;s Call lets you temporarily suspend a telephone call while you originate a new call. Once the new call has been established, you can alternate between the two calls. Each call is private; neither person can overhear your conver...",""],
["../features_standard/business_schedule.html","Business Schedules","Description This feature allows you to create up to 100 weekly Business Schedules , which you can then assign to individual directory numbers (DN) listed in the Call Rerouting form. The system uses the time of day and the assigned business schedu...",""],
["../features_standard/cabinet_shelf_slot_circuit.html","Cabinet, Shelf, Slot, Circuit","Overview The 3300 ICP hardware uses terminology and concepts that were developed for the [SX-2000 - link] product. Figure 1 illustrates the usage of terms cabinet, shelf and slot. In this figure, the main controller connects to cabinets. Each cab...",""],
["../features_standard/calculator.html","Calculator","Description Calculator allows the telephone to be used as a basic four function calculator by using the telephone keypad, display, and softkeys. Conditions and Feature Interactions Calculator is only available on some phones; see Feature Availabi...",""],
["../features_standard/callback_description.html","Callback","Description Callback lets you request that the system notify you when a busy extension or a busy external line becomes idle, or when an unanswered station goes off-hook and on-hook. Note that Callbacks on external lines apply when all external li...",""],
["../features_standard/callback_system_programmable_description.html","Callback - System Programmable","Description Callback – System Programmable lets you program the destination of a matured callback set against a key line or multicall line group. The destination can be programmed so that a callback matures either at the prime member in the group...",""],
["../features_standard/called_party_features_override.html","Called Party Features Override","Description The Called Party Features Override feature allows calls from an extension to override any call redirection features, such as call forwarding, that are enabled on the destination extension. If this feature is activated before a call is...",""],
["../features_standard/caller_based_routing.html","Caller Based Routing","Description: Caller Based Routing allows the routing of incoming Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) calls from specific callers based on the Calling Line Identification (CLI), also known as Caller ID. The incoming call can be mapped as a Al...",""],
["../features_standard/call_duration_control.html","Call Duration Control","Description Call Duration Control sets a maximum time limit for telephone calls. After the maximum duration is reached, users receive a warning tone indicating that calls in progress will be cleared down. A grace period may be established to allo...",""],
["../features_standard/call_duration_display_description.html","Call Duration Display","Description The Call Duration Display shows the duration of incoming and outgoing calls. Conditions and Feature Interactions Applies to all external calls on MiNET display phones. Applies to all internal calls on the 69xx IP Phones, excluding 690...",""],
["../features_standard/call_flows.html","Call Flows","Description: Call Flows is an optional feature that adds powerful call-processing capabilities to your EMEM system. With Call Flows, you can create automated attendant and call processing applications for your organization, for departments within...",""],
["../features_standard/call_forward_cancel_all_description.html","Call Forward - Cancel All","Description Call Forward Cancel All lets you cancel all types of Call Forward. Conditions and Feature Interactions Call Forward - Cancel All is only available on some phones; see Feature Availability below for more information. Programming Assign...",""],
["../features_standard/call_forward_delay.html","Call Forward - Delay","Description While engaged in a call, the called party has the opportunity to answer an incoming call before the calling party is forwarded to an alternate answer point. The called party hears camp-on tone when there is an incoming call. Display s...",""],
["../features_standard/call_forward_description.html","Call Forward","Description Call Forward lets you redirect incoming calls to an alternate number. The following table describes the different types or modes of Call Forward. Call Forward Types and Descriptions Call Forward Type Used to redirect ... Busy (Externa...",""],
["../features_standard/call_forward_follow_me_reroute_desc.html","Call Forward - Follow Me - Reroute when Busy","Description Call Forward Follow Me Reroute when Busy redirects incoming calls to the originating telephone&#39;s First Alternative Rerouting if the call forward destination is busy. Conditions and Feature Interactions See Call Forward . See Call Rero...",""],
["../features_standard/call_forward_forced_description.html","Call Forward - Forced","Description Call Forward Forced lets you manually redirect an incoming call. Conditions and Feature Interactions Call Forward Forced is only available on some phones; see Feature Availability below for more information. Call Forward Forced is not...",""],
["../features_standard/call_forward_override_description.html","Call Forward - Override","Description Call Forward Override lets you bypass any Call Forward condition that is set at the station that you are calling. Conditions and Feature Interactions See Call Forward . You must activate Call Forward Override each time that you attemp...",""],
["../features_standard/call_forwrd_follow_me_end_chain_desc.html","Call Forward - Follow Me - End Chaining","Description When you are using Call Forward Follow Me, Call Forward Follow Me End Chaining lets you ensure that calls are not further redirected. Conditions and Feature Interactions See Call Forward . Call Forward Forced overrides Call Forward Fo...",""],
["../features_standard/call_history.html","Call History Overview","Description This feature allows you to view Call History on a range of IP phones. You can view information about calls that you have made and received on the display by pressing keys on the phone. Depending on the set, Call History can be program...",""],
["../features_standard/call_history_5550_ip_consoles.html","Call History for IP Console Applications","Description Call History allows IP Console application (MiVoice Business Console) users to search the call history of past calls handled by attendants. Users can search the Call History&#39;s database for previous calls by entering a person&#39;s name, a...",""],
["../features_standard/call_history_5xxx_ip_appliances_and_ya.html","Call History for 5xxx IP Phones","Description The Call History feature lists the following information about calls made to and from a set. For each call made, received or missed, the following information is displayed: Name of called or calling party Date and time of call Phone n...",""],
["../features_standard/call_history_5xxx_ip_phones.html","Call History for 5xxx Phones and 5660 IPT","Description This call control-based feature is recommended for the small-display sets, including: 5020, 5220, 5224, 5010, 5207, 5212, 5312, and 5215, 5304, 5324, 6905, 6910 IP Phones and Navigator. For the large-display sets (5320/5320e, 5330/533...",""],
["../features_standard/call_history_application.html","Call History Application","Description: The Call History Application is recommended for the large-display sets (5320/5320e, 5330/5330e, 5340/5340e, 5360) and the 5560 IPT. It&#39;s also available on 69xx IP Phones but works differently than its counterpart on 53xx/5560 devices...",""],
["../features_standard/call_park_description.html","Call Park/Group Park","Description Two features, Call Park and Group Park, allow you to place a call in a special hold state. You, or someone else, can then retrieve the call from another extension in the system. Both features can coexist on the same system and calls p...",""],
["../features_standard/call_pickup_clustered.html","Call Pickup - Clustered","Description Clustered Call Pickup provides Dialed Call Pickup functionality across a network or cluster. Conditions and Feature Interactions The host switches must have 3300 ICP Release 7.0 software or later. must all be part of the same Portable...",""],
["../features_standard/call_pickup_dialed.html","Call Pickup - Dialed","Description Dialed Call Pickup lets you answer a call that is ringing at another member&#39;s station in your pickup group. Membership in the Pickup group is assigned by the system administrator. When a call rings at any set in the Pickup group, the ...",""],
["../features_standard/call_pickup_directed.html","Call Pickup - Directed","Description Directed Call Pickup lets you answer a call that is ringing at another station, including an attendant console and devices within an Hunt Group. Conditions and Feature Interactions This feature works on multiline sets and consoles onl...",""],
["../features_standard/call_privacy_description.html","Call Privacy","Description Tone and Intrusion Suppression Call Privacy FAC This feature protects a call from interruptions. When activated, Call Privacy ensures that you do not receive any audible camp-on tones, and prevents intrusion of any kind (for example, ...",""],
["../features_standard/call_priv_name_num_suppress.html","Call Privacy - Name and Number Suppression","Description This feature is available for both SIP and MiNET devices and allows a caller to hide its identity to the called party (on a per call basis). Both the name and number will be suppressed and a privacy indication will be displayed on the...",""],
["../features_standard/call_priv_tone_intrusion_suppress.html","Call Privacy - Tone and Intrusion Suppression","Description This feature protects a call from interruptions. When activated, Call Privacy - Tone and Intrusion Suppression ensures that you do not receive any audible camp-on tones, and prevents intrusion of any kind (for example, Busy Override)....",""],
["../features_standard/call_rerouting_description.html","Call Rerouting","Description Call Rerouting redirects calls to alternate answering points or devices, under specified conditions. Call Rerouting may be used to redirect calls: always (applies with the system is in Day, Night 1, and/or Night 2 mode) under Busy, No...",""],
["../features_standard/call_screening.html","Call Screening","Description For devices (Secretaries) configured with Multicall and DSS/BLF appearances of other prime DNs (Boss), this feature allows the users to change the Ring Type (Ring or No Ring) of their Multicall appearances, enabling them to receive an...",""],
["../features_standard/call_waiting_swap_automatic_description.html","Call Waiting Swap Automatic","Description Call Waiting Swap has been renamed to Call Waiting - Swap Automatic to address a misconception that the Camp-on (Call Waiting) and Conference features cannot be used at the same time. Call Waiting - Swap Automatic is provided to users...",""],
["../features_standard/campon_description.html","Camp-on","Description Camp-on (also known as Call Waiting) lets you notify someone who is on the phone that you are waiting to be connected with them. An attendant may also camp a call onto a busy station. Upon hearing the Camp-on tone, the busy party can ...",""],
["../features_standard/campon_tone_security_description.html","Camp-on Tone Security","Description Camp-on Tone Security is a Class of Service option that suppresses the application of Camp-on tone. If any party in a call has this option enabled, no Camp-on tone is returned to anyone in the call. Ports connected to fax machines and...",""],
["../features_standard/class_of_restriction_description.html","Class Of Restriction (COR)","Description Class of Restriction (COR) limits a station&#39;s access to specified numbers. A station may have three CORs (Day/Night1/Night2 service), and the COR may also be changed by using a Verified Account Code . Conditions and Feature Interactio...",""],
["../features_standard/class_of_service_description.html","Class of Service (COS)","Description Class of Service (COS) defines a station or trunk&#39;s feature and timer options. A station or trunk may have three COSs (Day/Night1/Night2 service). The COS may be temporarily changed by using a Verified Account Code . Conditions and Fe...",""],
["../features_standard/clear_all_features_description.html","Clear All Features","Description Clear All Features lets you cancel most of the features activated on your extension or another user&#39;s extension. Conditions and Feature Interactions Clear All Features will cancel: Call Forward (all types) Do Not Disturb Callbacks tha...",""],
["../features_standard/clustered_hospitality.html","Clustered Hospitality Description","Clustered Hospitality provides hotel/motel feature functionality across a cluster Refers to a grouping of systems (for example, a cluster MiVoice Business systems) that share common dialing plans, or common directory information, such as Remote D...",""],
["../features_standard/clustered_hospitality_-_conditions.html","Clustered Hospitality Conditions","General Clustered Hospitality requires a fully-meshed cluster of MiVoice Business systems in which the telephone directories are maintained via RDN Synchronization . All elements in the cluster must be running 3300 ICP Release 8.0 or greater with...",""],
["../features_standard/clustered_hospitality_-_programming.html","Clustered Hospitality Programming","Programming New Installations Upgrading an Existing Cluster Changing the Gateway to a Different MiVoice Business System Re-adding Removed Elements Programming new installations Configure the Network Elements and create the cluster. See IP Network...",""],
["../features_standard/conference_description.html","Conference","Description Conference lets you join three or more people into a single multi-party audio call. While you are in a Conference, you can use any of the features that would normally be available during a two-party call. Conditions and Feature Intera...",""],
["../features_standard/conference_split_description.html","Conference Split","Description Conference Split lets you separate a 3-party conference so that you can speak privately with one of the parties. While you are speaking privately with one party, the other party is on Consultation Hold. Conditions and Feature Interact...",""],
["../features_standard/configuring_a_loopback_ip_trunk.html","Configuring a Virtual Loopback IP Trunk","Description Configuring a Virtual Loopback IP Trunk overcomes a limitation that restricts the number of Analog Gateways that MiVoice Business can host to five. The limit is imposed by ARS, which supports a maximum of six routes per route list. Th...",""],
["../features_standard/copying_key_assignments.html","Copying Key Assignments","The Multiline Set Keys form allows you to copy key assignments from one multiline set to one or more other multiline sets. NOTE: Copying keys overwrites any existing key assignments on the destination set. You cannot copy User Speedcall and User ...",""],
["../features_standard/cpn_substitution.html","Calling Party Number (CPN) Substitution","Description CPN (Calling Party Number) substitution is typically used to show the customer&#39;s corporate name and number for all outgoing calls to the public network. MiVoice Business provides two types of CPN substitution: DID-based and DN-based. ...",""],
["../features_standard/creating_an_import_file_for_integrated.html","Creating an Import File for Integrated Directories","To merge telephone directories, you need a copy of the .CSV file containing the Telephone Directory. Before being imported, telephone directory data must be saved in a Microsoft Excel&#174; 97 (SR-2), Excel 2000 (SP 3), Excel 2003 (SP 2) or higher spr...",""],
["../features_standard/creating_an_import_file_for_teldir_data.html","Creating an Import File for Telephone Directory Data","Description Before being imported, telephone directory data must be saved in a .CSV Comma Separated Values. A type of database file that separates data fields with a comma. file. Use the Import Spreadsheet provided from the Telephone Directory fo...",""],
["../features_standard/curfew_control.html","Curfew Control","Description Curfew Control is used in conjunction with Call Blocking to provide users on active calls with a warning tone and, if programmed, a grace period before Call Blocking takes affect. For more information, see Hotel/Motel Enable Call Bloc...",""],
["../features_standard/date_and_time_description.html","Date and Time","Description You can set the date and time from Configuration Date and Time in the Server Manager (for all deployments except Container-based MiVoice Business (cMiVB) from Solution Manager Time Zone for Container-based MiVoice Business (cMiVB). NO...",""],
["../features_standard/delayed_hotline.html","Delayed Hotline","Description Delayed Hotline works with Intercept Handling to give users the ability to call a particular destination without dialing. They just pick up the phone and wait for five seconds. The user is then automatically connected to an extension,...",""],
["../features_standard/destination_based_alpha_tagging.html","Destination-based Call Display","Description In some retail situations, several individuals may be assigned to various hunt groups, each of which represents a different department – Electrical, Plumbing, Lighting, and so on. When using Destination-based Call Display, the destina...",""],
["../features_standard/dialed_number_editing_description.html","Dialed Number Editing","Description Dialed Number Editing lets you edit numbers during dialing. Conditions and Feature Interactions Dialed Number Editing only applies to 5540 IP consoles and certain telephones; see Feature Availability below for more information. Speed ...",""],
["../features_standard/dialing_conflicting_numbers_description.html","Dialing - Conflicting Numbers","Description The system can differentiate between conflicting numbers, such as 1-0-0-0-0 and 1-0-0-0. In this example, if the 5th digit is not dialed within a time-out period, the system assumes that the dialed sequence is complete and makes the c...",""],
["../features_standard/dial_out_of_queue.html","Dial Out of Queue","Description The Dial Out of Queue feature allows callers queued after calling an endpoint, ring group or console to dial out of the queue during or between RAD messages, if they cannot hold until the called party answers the call. Only endpoints,...",""],
["../features_standard/dial_tone_description.html","Dial Tone","Description You will normally hear continuous dial tone when you lift the handset. You will hear discriminating dial tone (also called interrupted dial tone) or transfer dial tone under certain conditions. You will hear discriminating dial tone (...",""],
["../features_standard/dial_tone_outgoing_calls_description.html","Dial Tone - Outgoing Calls","Description The system can provide a pseudo-CO dial tone to prevent possible confusion to station users. Users hear dial tone to simulate that they have accessed a line outside the system (for example, by dialing 9). Conditions and Feature Intera...",""],
["../features_standard/directed_voice_call.html","Direct Voice Call","Description The Direct Voice Call feature allows a caller to establish a two-way handsfree call at the called party set whether or not Handsfree Answerback or Auto-Answer is enabled. One second of paging tone announces the call, which is presente...",""],
["../features_standard/direct_inward_dialing_description.html","Direct Inward Dialing (DID)","Description Direct Inward Dialing (DID) allows incoming calls on designated trunks to directly access predefined extensions (or other answer points) on a system. Incoming calls to busy answer points will automatically camp-on. The DID Service is ...",""],
["../features_standard/direct_inward_system_access_description.html","Direct Inward System Access (DISA)","Description Direct Inward System Access (DISA) lets external callers access the system by using a special trunk. The system sees the DISA trunk as a station with its own Class of Service and Class of Restriction. Calls that enter the system on DI...",""],
["../features_standard/direct_in_lines_description.html","Direct In Lines (DIL)","Description Direct In Lines (DIL) allow incoming trunks to be assigned to a specific station or hunt group so that calls from the trunk ring the station or hunt group directly. If the assigned station is busy, the call is camped onto the station....",""],
["../features_standard/direct_outward_dialing_description.html","Direct Outward Dialing (DOD)","Description Direct Outward Dialing (DOD) lets you make external calls without the assistance of the attendant. Conditions and Feature Interactions None Programming ARS Leading Digits form Program the Leading Digits (typically \"9\"). Device Support...",""],
["../features_standard/direct_page_description.html","Direct Page","Description Direct Page allows you to page another telephone over its built-in speaker, even if the telephone is in use. Direct Page makes the prime line of the paged telephone busy. A tone is heard at both the paging telephone and the paged tele...",""],
["../features_standard/direct_transfer_to_voice_mail.html","Direct Transfer to Voice Mail","Description Direct Transfer to Voice Mail transfers an active call directly to the requested party&#39;s voice mailbox instead of waiting for the system to transfer it there after ringing the party&#39;s phone. Use this feature when you know that the par...",""],
["../features_standard/display_brightness_control.html","Display Brightness Control","Description Display Brightness Control lets you adjust the brightness of the alphanumeric display on your telephone. NOTE: On MiNet 53xx series phones, you can turn off or dim the backlight after a specified period of inactivity by configuring th...",""],
["../features_standard/display_contrast_control_description.html","Display Contrast Control","Description Display Contrast Control lets you adjust the contrast of the alphanumeric display on your telephone. Conditions and Feature Interactions Display Contrast Control and applies only to some phones; see Feature Availability below for more...",""],
["../features_standard/do_not_disturb_description.html","Do Not Disturb","Description Do Not Disturb (DND) stops internal calls from ringing a user&#39;s telephone and returns busy tone to the caller. DND does not stop external calls from ringing nor does it affect the user&#39;s ability to make calls. Conditions and Feature I...",""],
["../features_standard/dtmf_keypad_support_description.html","DTMF Keypad Support","Description DTMF Keypad Support lets ONS extensions use all 16 keys on a 4x4 DTMF keypad. The additional row of four keys ( ABCD) is used to access features in the system. The user can translate the ABCD keys to other digit strings (such as Speed...",""],
["../features_standard/exporting_telephone_directory_info.html","Exporting Telephone Directory Data from MiVoice Business","Description You can export telephone directory entries from the Telephone Directory form to a comma separated file (. csv): comma-delimited file that can be imported into a spreadsheet program. Use the Export functionality of the form as describe...",""],
["../features_standard/fax_support_-_default_settings.html","FAX Over IP Support - About the Default Settings","The system defaults FAX signalling to FAX Relay (T.38) protocol at V29, 7200 bps between FAX zones (Inter-zone) G.711 pass through within the same zone (Intra-zone Profile 1). The default settings should be sufficient for most site configurations...",""],
["../features_standard/fax_support_collect_site_info.html","FAX Over IP Support - Collect Site Information","Draw a diagram of the zone topology for the FAX communication. If possible, always route FAX communication over the IP network using T.38 signaling to reduce costs and ensure quality of service. A FAX Relay (T.38) signaling session consists of a ...",""],
["../features_standard/fax_support_conditions.html","FAX Over IP Support - Conditions","The following conditions apply to facsimile (FAX) communication over IP networks using FAX Relay (T.38) protocol: This feature is supported on the following controllers: MXe III controller CX II, and CXi II controllers AX controller EX controller...",""],
["../features_standard/fax_support_configure_fax_over_ip.html","Configuring FAX Over IP Support","Plan the zone topology (see Collect Site Information ). It is recommended that you enable System Data Synchronization (SDS) for the network. License and Option Selection form Assign the required number of \"Fax Over IP (T.38) Licenses\" and the req...",""],
["../features_standard/fax_support_description.html","Fax Support - Description","Description This feature supports real-time, Group 3 facsimile (FAX) communication over IP networks using FAX Relay (T.38 standard protocol). FAX Relay (T.38) allows you to transmit and receive facsimile over IP trunks between FAX machines on MiV...",""],
["../features_standard/feature_access_codes.html","Feature Access Codes","Description: Feature Access Codes (FACs) are special sequences of characters that users dial from a telephone keypad to invoke features. For example, a user might press *6, following by 2023 to forward all incoming calls to extension 2023. FACs a...",""],
["../features_standard/feature_keys_description.html","Feature Keys","Description Feature Keys let you activate features without dialing feature access codes. NOTE: Features not available for programming to a key may still be used by dialing feature access codes. 5020 IP Phone, 5212 IP Phone, 5215 IP Phone, 5215 IP...",""],
["../features_standard/feature_phone_matrix.html","Feature-Phone Matrix","Which System Features are Supported on My Phone? See the Feature-Phone Matrix ( PDF or Microsoft Excel version) to determine if your phone supports a particular system feature. NOTE: Internet Explorer (IE) does not allow external files, including...",""],
["../features_standard/firewall.html","Firewall (CXi II and MXe III)","Description NOTE: The Firewall feature is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). For security, the CXi II and MXe III can function as a firewall, dropping or rejecting unknown packets, allowing or disallowing IPSe...",""],
["../features_standard/flash_calibrated_description.html","Flash - Calibrated","Description Calibrated Flash provides an alternative method of generating a Switchhook Flash. The Calibrated Flash is produced by using a dedicated button or by generating a Switchhook Flash of 24 ms or more (on industry-standard sets). Unlike al...",""],
["../features_standard/flash_switchhook_description.html","Flash - Switchhook","Description Switchhook Flash lets you place a call on Consultation Hold and return to dial tone so that you can invoke station features. Unlike alternative signaling methods (see Recall and Ground Button ), Switchhook Flash does not require the u...",""],
["../features_standard/flash_trunk_description.html","Flash - Trunk (for Centrex Feature Access)","Description Trunk Flash lets you single or double flash a trunk to request Centrex features. TIP: Once a user receives dial tone from the CO (after flashing a trunk), the system cannot restrict dialing. Conditions and Feature Interactions Trunk F...",""],
["../features_standard/flexible_answer_point_description.html","Flexible Answer Point","Description Flexible Answer Point lets telephone and console users send their calls to another location when the system is in Night Service. Flexible Answer Point lets station and console users program a night answer point for their incoming trun...",""],
["../features_standard/flexible_dimensioning.html","Flexible Dimensioning","Description Flexible Dimensioning allocates database memory to each feature resource. Feature Resources are equipment and services (such as single-line sets, multiline sets, hunt groups, trunks, and pickup groups), and a Dimension is the size lim...",""],
["../features_standard/float_keys.html","Float Keys","Description The 5340, 5360, 6930, and 6940 IP Phones, the 6970 IP Conference Phone and the 5560 IPT provide programmable multi-function keys for one-touch feature access. You can program three of these keys as float keys. Float keys are typically...",""],
["../features_standard/ground_button_description.html","Ground Button","Description A Ground Button (Recall Button) lets you place a call on Consultation Hold and return to dial tone so that you can invoke station features. The Ground Button provides an alternative method of producing a Switchhook Flash. Conditions a...",""],
["../features_standard/groups_key_and_multicall_description.html","Groups - Key System and Multicall","Description Key System Groups and Multicall Groups let multiple telephones share the same extension number. Incoming calls ring all of the idle stations, and the stations stop ringing when one member answers the call. Only one member of a Key Sys...",""],
["../features_standard/group_announcements.html","Group Announcements","Description Group Announcements is a Call Coverage Service available for the following groups and termination points that can have call coverage services assigned to them: Termination Type Call Coverage Index Used User Assigned Call Coverage Inde...",""],
["../features_standard/group_listen.html","Group Listen","Description With Group Listen, a user can carry on a conversation using the handset or headset while allowing others nearby to listen to the person at the far end over the handsfree speaker. The handsfree microphone is disabled in Group Listen mo...",""],
["../features_standard/group_page_description.html","Group Page","Description Group Page allows you to make an announcement to a group of people through the speaker of their telephones. A tone is heard at both the paging telephone and the paged telephone before the Group Page is established. During a Group Page...",""],
["../features_standard/group_presence.html","Group Presence","Description Group Presence allows members of call groups ( Hunt , ACD , Ring , Personal Ring , and Multi-device User ) to make themselves absent or present in a group. Only members who are present in a group are offered calls to that group. With ...",""],
["../features_standard/handoff.html","Handoff (Personal Ring Groups, Multi-device User Groups)","Description The Handoff feature for Personal Ring Groups (PRGs) allows calls to be \"Pushed\" or \"Pulled\" between group member devices. A Push passes the call to the group, where it can be answered by any other present group device. A Pull takes an...",""],
["../features_standard/handset_receiver_volume_control_desc.html","Handset Receiver Volume Control","Description Handset Receiver Volume Control lets you adjust the volume of the handset receiver. Class of Service option \"Handset Volume Adjustment - Saved\" allows you to save the handset volume on the set. However, the handset volume reverts to t...",""],
["../features_standard/handsfree_answerback.html","Handsfree Answerback","Description Handsfree Answerback allows a telephone to automatically establish a handsfree call when it receives an Off-hook Voice Announce from a telephone making a Direct Page . The Handsfree Answerback feature is enabled in the set&#39;s Class of ...",""],
["../features_standard/handsfree_operation_description.html","Handsfree Operation","Description Handsfree Operation lets you use your telephone without lifting the handset. Conditions and Feature Interactions Handsfree Operation is only available on some phones; see Feature Availability below for more information. For best resul...",""],
["../features_standard/headset_operation_description.html","Headset Operation","Description Headset Operation lets you use a headset to make and receive telephone calls. Answer calls by pressing the flashing line key. NOTE: Headset operation is not supported on the 6905 and 6970 IP Phone. Conditions and Feature Interactions ...",""],
["../features_standard/hold.html","Hold","Description Hold lets you temporarily suspend a telephone call. While the call is on Hold, you can use other telephone features. The call can be either retrieved at the telephone that placed the call on Hold or at another telephone. NOTE: Do not ...",""],
["../features_standard/hold_on_hold.html","Hold on Hold","Description Both parties of a two-party call can put the call on Hold. The call appears on Hold to both parties. The line indicator associated with the original host of the call or the Hold/Retrieve LED blinks. Hold on Hold can take place over an...",""],
["../features_standard/hotline_description.html","Hotline","Description Hotline automatically dials a specified answer point when you go off-hook. You can configure any type of single or multi-line phone to originate Hotline calls. You can also configure line appearance keys as hotlines and have them term...",""],
["../features_standard/hunt_groups_description.html","Hunt Groups","Description Hunt groups let you dial a pilot number and have the call completed to the first idle station (including voice mail, auto attendant, RAD A Recorded Announcement Device (RAD) is a device which automatically answers a call and delivers ...",""],
["../features_standard/importing_telephone_directory_data.html","Importing Telephone Directory Data into MiVoice Business","Description Use the following procedures to import telephone directory data into MiVoice Business: Preview Telephone Directory Data To preview the integrated Telephone Directory Data Go to the Telephone Directory form. Click Import. From the Impo...",""],
["../features_standard/integrating_telephone_directories.html","About Integrating Telephone Directories","MiVoice Business telephone directories can be integrated with other directories to provide one common directory. This directory integration can occur during initial installation and then intermittently as updates occur. To facilitate this integra...",""],
["../features_standard/intercept_handling_description.html","Intercept Handling","Description Intercept Handling lets the system control what happens to a call when the call cannot be completed to the required destination. A call may be routed to a tone or to a directory number. Two alternate destinations may be programmed for...",""],
["../features_standard/interconnect_restrictions_description.html","Interconnect Restrictions","Description Each peripheral device is assigned an Interconnect Number that is used to restrict one device from connecting with another. Interconnect Restrictions can be used to restrict access to certain trunks, stations, or equipment (i.e. data ...",""],
["../features_standard/language_change_description.html","Language Change","Description Language Change lets you change the language of the telephone softkeys and display messages. You can select any one of the following languages: English French EU Spanish (Europe) LA Spanish (Latin America) Dutch Italian German Portugu...",""],
["../features_standard/line_appearance_ring_types_description.html","Line Appearance Ring Types","Description Each line appearance can be programmed to ring in a different manner. You can choose Ring, Delay Ring, Ring Continuous, Delay Ring Continuous, or No Ring. Ring causes your telephone to ring immediately and continuously. If a line is s...",""],
["../features_standard/line_status_multi-color_ind.html","Line Status: Multi-Color (LED) Indication","Multi-Color LED line status is a Class of Service option that uses color to indicate to set users whether activity on a line key is of direct concern to them, or to another member of the associated Broadcast Group A directory number programmed to...",""],
["../features_standard/line_types_and_appearances_description.html","Line Types and Appearances","Description Line appearance keys are single or shared lines that appear on the telephone programmable keys (see Peripheral Devices). There are three types of lines: Prime: The Prime line is the identifying extension number of the set and is assoc...",""],
["../features_standard/location_based_accounting.html","Location Based Accounting","Description Location Based Accounting provides the capability to automatically determine a device&#39;s location based on its IP address. System administrators have the capability to attribute calls to specific locations, and bill these locations acc...",""],
["../features_standard/location_based_call_routing.html","Location Based Call Routing","Description With Location Based Call Routing, a call from an extension to a location based number (LBN) associated with destinations or services such as 911 (Emergency services), 411 (Directory Assistance ), or a corporate Help Desk is sent to th...",""],
["../features_standard/meet_me_answer_description.html","Meet-Me Answer","Description Meet-Me Answer lets you respond to a Group Page that you missed, even if you do not know the identity or location of the person that paged you. Each page group has one Meet-Me Answer timer; you could have up to 15 minutes to respond t...",""],
["../features_standard/messaging_advisory_description.html","Messaging - Advisory","Description Messaging Advisory lets you select a short message to show to display set users who call your telephone. Messaging Advisory uses only the ASCII system. Conditions and Feature Interactions Messaging Advisory is not supported on SIP dev...",""],
["../features_standard/messaging_callback_description.html","Messaging - Callback","Description Callback Messaging lets you leave a callback signal on a telephone when the called party is busy or does not answer. The callback signal can be a flashing lamp, or a name and number message (on display sets). When you receive a callba...",""],
["../features_standard/messaging_dialed_description.html","Messaging - Dialed","Description Dialed Messaging lets you leave a message waiting indication on a telephone. The message waiting indication can include the following signals: Flashing lamp (on sets equipped with message waiting lamps) Special tone when you lift the ...",""],
["../features_standard/me_meet_conference.html","Meet-Me Conference","Description Meet-Me Conference (MCC) is an alternative to the standard conference call whereby users must first call another party to add (or &#8220;pull&#8221;) them into the conference. With MMC, users can dial in to join the conference on their own accord...",""],
["../features_standard/mobile_extension.html","Unified Communicator Mobile","Unified Communicator Mobile (UC Mobile) is an application on the MAS server that enables MiVoice Business users to twin their cell phone (or other external telephone connected to the PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network. The worldwide analog vo...",""],
["../features_standard/multi-device_suites.html","Multi-device Suites","Description Multi-device suites contain members who are: programmed as Multi-Device This Service Level indicates that the directory number (DN) is assigned to a user that has only basic telephony functionality (e.g., emergency or attendant calls)...",""],
["../features_standard/multi-device_user_group.html","Multi-device User Group","Description A Multi-device User Group (MdUG) contains members who are programmed as Multi-device users. There are two types of Multi-device user groups: Standard groups are licensed collectively consuming one Multi-device Users (MDU) license per ...",""],
["../features_standard/multilingual_name_display_ext_ldap.html","Multilingual Name Display Using External LDAP","Overview The Multilingual Name Display Using External LDAP functionality (extension of the Multilingual Name Display feature) uses an external LDAP server to display names for external numbers, speed calls, groups, and other numbers that do not e...",""],
["../features_standard/multiple_message_waiting_indications.html","Multiple Message Waiting Indications","Description Line keys on multiline telephones can be programmed as message waiting indicators which are associated with the mailboxes of other stations. The indicator flashes when a message is waiting in the associated mailbox. This allows users ...",""],
["../features_standard/music-background_description.html","Music - Background","Description Background Music lets you listen to the Music On Hold music source through the speaker of your telephone. NOTE: Beginning in Release 8.0, 53xx IP Phones must have a Music feature key programmed to use this feature. Conditions and Feat...",""],
["../features_standard/music_on_hold_description.html","Music On Hold - Description","Music On Hold (MoH) provides callers with music or information while they are waiting for a call to be completed. The music or information source is provided by the customer and is played when a call is on Hold, transferred to a busy or ringing s...",""],
["../features_standard/music_on_hold_on_transfer.html","Music on Hold On Transfer","Description This feature allows external callers who are transferred to hear Music on Hold while waiting for an answer. Conditions and Feature Interactions This option only applies to external trunk calls. This feature only applies to a single sy...",""],
["../features_standard/mute.html","Mute Key","Description Mute lets you temporarily turn your phone&#39;s handset microphone, headset, or the handsfree speaker microphone off during a call. Conditions and Feature Interactions Mute is only available on some phones; see Feature Availability below ...",""],
["../features_standard/networked_group_page.html","Group Page (Networked)","Description Group Paging can be completed across a network or cluster. This allows a set on system A to page a specific group defined on system B. DISA trunks may initiate a group page. Conditions and Feature Interactions The group must have all ...",""],
["../features_standard/networked_hunt_groups.html","Hunt Groups (Networked)","Description Networked hunt groups provide hunt group functionality across a network or cluster. Conditions and Feature Interactions The controller of a network hunt group must be running Release 7.0 or later software. A remote hunt group member i...",""],
["../features_standard/night_service_-_programmed.html","Night Service - Programmed","Description You can program a schedule that changes the system from day service to night service and back to day service as required. Conditions and Feature Interactions After a system reboot, the system restores the same service (Day, Night1, or...",""],
["../features_standard/night_service_automatic_description.html","Night Service - Automatic","Description Automatic Night Service places the system into Night service automatically if all attendant consoles are unable to receive calls, or if all attendant consoles are inactive and the time-out period has expired. An attendant or telephone...",""],
["../features_standard/night_service_description.html","Night Service Indication","Description Night Service switches the system from day service to night service and vice versa. When the system is placed into night service (usually at the end of the workday) incoming external calls ring at an extension(s) selected by the Admin...",""],
["../features_standard/node_id_recognition_description.html","Node ID Recognition","Description Node ID Recognition lets a system in a network determine if an incoming call applies to it or to another system in the network. Conditions and Feature Interactions Node IDs should be unique numbers. The node ID should not conflict wit...",""],
["../features_standard/nonbusy_station_description.html","Non-busy Extension","Description Non-busy Extension (NBE) lets you program an extension never to return busy tone. This feature is used for special situations (such as emergency stations). If the NBE is idle when it is called, it rings normally. If several people cal...",""],
["../features_standard/nondid_extension_description.html","Non-DID Extension","Description Non-DID Extensions allow the system to support sets that are not directly accessible to DID trunks. These calls are transferred to Non-DID Extensions by an Intercept Handling point (such as an attendant or a station). Conditions and F...",""],
["../features_standard/offhook_voice_announce_description.html","Off-hook Voice Announce","Description Off-hook Voice Announce lets you receive a Direct Page during a handset or headset call. If Off-hook Voice Announce is activated, during a page a short ring is heard at both the paging telephone and the paged telephone before the Off-...",""],
["../features_standard/overlap_outpulsing_description.html","Overlap Outpulsing","Description Overlap Outpulsing allows the system to start processing dialed digits before the entire number has been entered. This reduces post-dialing delay when trunk calls are originated. Once a route has been determined by ARS, an analog trun...",""],
["../features_standard/override_description.html","Override (Intrude)","Description Override lets you enter a conversation at a busy station or ring a station with Do Not Disturb activated. Before you enter the conversation, all parties receive a repetitive warning tone. NOTE: The Tone Demonstration gives only the in...",""],
["../features_standard/override_security_description.html","Override Security","Description Override Security is a Class of Service option that prevents other users from using Override on your station. Ports connected to fax machines and trunks (except IP trunks) used for fax calls should have this option and the Camp-on Ton...",""],
["../features_standard/paging_description.html","Paging - Loudspeaker","Description Paging lets you connect to loudspeaker or paging equipment to make an announcement. You can access individual paging zones or all paging zones simultaneously. A one-way connection is established for \"All Zones\" paging. A two-way conne...",""],
["../features_standard/phonebook_description.html","Phonebook","Description Phonebook lets you find a user&#39;s number in the system phone directory based on last name, extension number, department, and/or location, and then place a call to that user. Conditions and Feature Interactions Phonebook is only availab...",""],
["../features_standard/phone_lock.html","Phone Lock","Description The Phone Lock feature locks a set preventing access to the majority of features, with the following exceptions: unlocking the set via a user PIN, Hot Desk Login and Logout support, and Emergency Call Notification support. Phone Lock ...",""],
["../features_standard/pin_user.html","PINs (User)","Description A Personal Identification Number (PIN) allows a user to access features that require a PIN, for example, to log into a set such as a hot desk user or securing a phone using the Phone Lock feature. Users will have one generic PIN that ...",""],
["../features_standard/post_call_destination.html","Post Call Destination","Description Automatically forwards callers to a specified destination when the called party hangs up. The destination can be any directory number across the cluster. An example destination is an IVR that presents a customer satisfaction survey to...",""],
["../features_standard/printer_support_description.html","Printer Support","Description The system supports a telnet port (LPR1) that can be programmed to view: Maintenance Logs SMDR Logs ACD Logs Software Logs Hotel/Motel Logs Support is also provided for SFTP (spooler) network printing of the following : Hotel/Motel re...",""],
["../features_standard/priority_queuing_description.html","Priority Queuing","Description Priority Queuing ensures that calls are handled in order of priority. When internal or external callers must wait for calls to be completed, they are placed into a queue and assigned a priority of access. The order of priority for Pri...",""],
["../features_standard/privacy_release_description.html","Privacy Release","Description Allows members of a Key System Group to disable automatic call privacy protection to allow another member of the group to join the call. When a new member enters the call the original members receive a conference tone and the privacy ...",""],
["../features_standard/private_line_automatic_ringdown.html","Private Line Automatic Ringdown","Description The Private Line Automatic Ringdown (PLAR) feature provides rapid connections for Mitel 5560 IPTs used by securities and commodities traders. When a trader goes off-hook on a PLAR trunk, the device at the other end automatically rings...",""],
["../features_standard/recall_description.html","Recall","Description The Recall feature automatically calls back the last person that handled an incoming call. The recall occurs when the calling party is transferred to an idle station and the call is not answered within a specified time-out period. Sim...",""],
["../features_standard/record_a_call.html","Record-a-Call","Description Record-a-Call (RAC) allows extension users to record a two-party call when one party is connected to a trunk. The recorded conversation is stored in the users&#39; voice mail mailbox. You have the option of using the ports that store voic...",""],
["../features_standard/redial_description.html","Redial","Description Redial lets you automatically dial the last number that you manually dialed. Conditions and Feature Interactions The system only saves specified numbers for Redial. If a dialed number does not fit into the Last Number Redial Source ca...",""],
["../features_standard/redial_saved_number_description.html","Redial - Saved Number","Description Redial Saved Number lets you save a number for future dialing. The number remains saved until a replacement number is saved. Conditions and Feature Interactions Redial Saved Number is not dependant on the Redial feature. Redial Saved ...",""],
["../features_standard/release_description.html","Release","Description Lets you disconnect from an attempted Call Transfer or Conference Call without hanging up the handset. Release is useful when a busy signal is encountered, or when attempting to add an unavailable external party to a Conference. Condi...",""],
["../features_standard/reminder_description.html","Reminder","Description Reminder lets you program your set to ring and provide a message at a specified time within the 24-hour period. Conditions and Feature Interactions Reminder is only available on some phones; see Feature Availability below for more inf...",""],
["../features_standard/remote_wake-up_calls.html","Remote Wake-up Calls","Description Wake-up calls can be set or cancelled remotely from a telephone or attendant console using the Hotel/Motel Room Remote Wake-up Call feature access codes. After a wake-up time is set, it can be examined in the Guest Room Window for the...",""],
["../features_standard/ringer_control_description.html","Ringer Control","Description Ringer Control lets you adjust the volume and pitch of the telephone ringer. In addition, the 69xx series phones provide: a selection of 20 distinct ring tones for signaling incoming calls. Internal and external calls can each have a ...",""],
["../features_standard/ringing_discriminating_description.html","Ringing - Discriminating","Description Discriminating Ringing lets you distinguish between incoming internal calls, incoming trunk calls, tie line calls, and Callbacks by means of different ringing patterns (cadences). The ringing patterns for Ringing - Discriminating are:...",""],
["../features_standard/ringing_discriminating_optional.html","Ringing - Discriminating (Optional)","Description Optional Discriminating Ringing lets you change the Discriminating Ringing patterns on ONS lines so that you hear internal ringing (1.0 s on and 3 s off) for both internal and external calls. The option is useful for automated machine...",""],
["../features_standard/ringing_line_select_description.html","Ringing Line Select","Description Ringing Line Select lets you answer any ringing line by going off-hook. If several lines are ringing, you will answer ringing lines in the following order: Ringing or flashing prime line. Ringing or flashing single line (descending pr...",""],
["../features_standard/ring_groups.html","Ring Groups","Description When Ring Groups are programmed, calls ring multiple telephones, stopping when any one of them picks up. The following ring modes are available for programming: Ring All - rings all members of the group in unison. Second caller is in ...",""],
["../features_standard/ring_groups_personal.html","Ring Groups - Personal","Description Personal Ring Groups (PRG) are an association of two or more devices for a single user under a common Directory Number (DN). The devices ring simultaneously (Ring All) when called. The typical scenario is a person&#39;s desktop phone and ...",""],
["../features_standard/secure_call_indication.html","Secure Call Indication","Secure Call Indication Description The Secure Call Indication is a feature by which MiVB sends an icon to be displayed on MiNET sets to indicate calls that are encrypted end-to end. NOTE: MiVB sends the Secure Call Indication to all MiNET sets. O...",""],
["../features_standard/simplified_account_codes_description.html","Simplified Account Code Entry","Description You can program Account Codes into feature keys allowing users to quickly enter verified or non-verified account codes into the SMDR record of a call. Conditions and Feature Interactions The phone sets must support softkeys. This feat...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_dect_management_integration.html","SIP-DECT Manager Integration","Description SIP-DECT Manager Integration allows you to manage SIP-DECT device records from the System Administration Tool by adding the SIP-DECT Manager (see SIP-DECT OM System Manual Administration Guide for more information) as a network elemen...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_facs.html","SIP Device Support for Feature Access Codes","The following table is a list of the Feature Access Codes A special pattern of characters dialed by a telephone user to invoke features. available to SIP phones users on the MiVoice Business system. Feature Access Code Generic SIP (Single Line) 5...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_phone_support_conditions.html","SIP Phone Support - Conditions","The following features are supported (with conditions noted) via defined SIP methods between MiVoice Business and Generic SIP Endpoints. For information on support for proprietary MiVoice Business call control features, see the System Features se...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_phone_support_description.html","SIP Phone Support - Description","Overview With generic SIP Phone Support, SIP endpoints can make use of the rich functionality provided by MiVoice Business. It also enables seamless integration of new SIP-based features, such as instant messaging, with traditional Mitel telephon...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_phone_support_maintenance.html","SIP Phone Support - Maintenance","See SIP for information about the maintenance commands available for SIP Registration statistics and MWI Subscription statistics. Related Topics SIP Phone Support - Description SIP Phone Support - Conditions SIP Phone Support - Programming ",""],
["../features_standard/sip_phone_support_programming.html","SIP Phone Support - Programming","Overview This topic applies to the programming of SIP phones (Generic and Mitel branded), including Single Line Phones . For Mitel SIP-DECT base station programming, see Programming Mitel SIP-DECT Base Station - Summary . Before You Begin Ensure ...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_satellite_office.html","SIP Satellite Office Solution","Description When the SIP Satellite Office solution is deployed, remote office IP telephones can access the features and functionality of the MiVoice Business system in the Head Office. The IP phones are deployed remotely as an extension of the Mi...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_satellite_office_applications.html","SIP Satellite Office Applications","The following call scenarios used in the Satellite Office solution are described below: calls from the Satellite Office IP Phones to the MiVoice Business system at the Head Office calls to the Satellite Office PSTN (LS lines) 911 calls calls from...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_satellite_office_programming.html","About Programming SIP Satellite Office Solutions","Recommendations and Guidelines Programming the SIP Satellite Office feature varies from application to application. Refer to the third-party documentation for information about programming the parameters for the gateways. Follow the general steps...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_trunking_call_processing.html","SIP Call Processing Features","Basic Call When a call originates from MiVoice Business to the SIP service provider, it terminates on a SIP route. This SIP route is directed to the SIP Peer and the digits dialed are presented to the service provider. When a call originates from...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_trunking_description.html","SIP Trunking for Service Provider","Description Service Providers offer SIP trunks that provide flexible and cost-effective WAN solutions for MiVoice Business. SIP trunks allow MiVoice Business to connect to the Service Provider through the SIP protocol over the IP network. (See th...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_trunking_maintenance.html","Maintaining the SIP Interface","The following information is available to maintain and troubleshoot SIP trunks: Maintenance Commands Maintenance Logs Maintenance Commands See SIP for information on the maintenance commands available for SIP peers. Maintenance Logs The following...",""],
["../features_standard/sip_uri_number_conversion.html","SIP URI Number Translation","Description SIP URI Number Translation provides a mechanism to map names to directory numbers. This bridges the gap between telephony calls established between two directory numbers and SIP-type calls established between user account names. The M...",""],
["../features_standard/smda_description.html","Station Message Detailed Accounting (SMDA)","Description Station Message Detailed Accounting (SMDA) processes data collected on trunk calls for billing and evaluating purposes. SMDA works by accumulating meter pulses (up to an assigned buffer size) that can be read, printed, and cleared fro...",""],
["../features_standard/snmp_agent_description.html","SNMP Agent","Description Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) governs the management and monitoring of network devices and their functions. The SNMP agent communicates with SNMP-compatible Network Management Stations and supports industry-standard MIB-II...",""],
["../features_standard/softkeys_description.html","Softkeys","Description: Softkeys are state sensitive keys that change depending on the state of the phone and are used to perform different functions when the phone is an idle, connected, outgoing, or busy state. The label adjacent to the key indicates the ...",""],
["../features_standard/speaker_volume_control_description.html","Speaker Volume Control","Description Speaker Volume Control lets you adjust the volume of the telephone speaker. Conditions and Feature Interactions None Programming This feature does not require programming. Device Support See the Feature-Phone Matrix ( PDF or Microsoft...",""],
["../features_standard/speech_auto_attendant.html","Speech Auto Attendant","Speech Auto Attendant uses speech recognition to route incoming calls to people or departments within a company. Typically, callers state the name of the person or department that they want to speak with, and the system routes the call to the req...",""],
["../features_standard/speed_call_-_cde_speedcall.html","Speed Call - CDE Speedcall","Description This feature allows users to speed dial telephone numbers that the administrator has programmed into the system. The administrator programs the number into a \" CDE speedcall\" key on a user&#39;s set through the Multiline Set Keys form. Us...",""],
["../features_standard/speed_call_keys_description.html","Speed Call - User","Description Speed Call Keys allow you to store external numbers under feature keys for faster dialing. You can press a Speed Call Key to dial a phone number or, during a call, to outpulse DTMF tones. Conditions and Feature Interactions If a Speed...",""],
["../features_standard/speed_call_pause_description.html","Speed Call - Pause","Description When the system encounters a Pause while dialing a Speed Call string, the system ceases dialing for the duration of the Pause. When the Pause ends, dialing resumes. To create a longer Pause, multiple Pauses may be included in a Speed ...",""],
["../features_standard/speed_call_personal_description.html","Speed Call - Personal","Description Personal Speed Calls let you store and dial frequently-used numbers by using access codes and index numbers. Conditions and Feature Interactions The number of Speed Call users cannot exceed 500. Speed Call Digit String (average 12 dig...",""],
["../features_standard/speed_call_system_description.html","Speed Call - System","Description This feature allows users to speed dial telephone numbers that the administrator has programmed into the system. Users initiate a system speed call by dialing an abbreviated Speed Call Number. Only the administrator can store system s...",""],
["../features_standard/station_to_station_dialing_description.html","Station-to-station Dialing","Description Station-to-station Dialing lets you dial any other station directly. Conditions and Feature Interactions The dialing capabilities of each station are dependent upon the features available and the COS and/or COR of the station. The cal...",""],
["../features_standard/superkey_description.html","Superkey","Description The Superkey is a multi-purpose key available on certain Mitel telephones. Pressing it launches a softkey A key on a phone that changes function based on state of the call you are handling or the feature you are using.-driven menu for...",""],
["../features_standard/swap_description.html","Swap","Description Swap lets you alternate between two calls (one internal, the other external) by pressing this personal key. Each call is private; neither person can overhear your conversation with the other. Conditions and Feature Interactions Swap d...",""],
["../features_standard/system_access_authorization_description.html","System Access Authorization","Description Administrative access to the system is controlled by passwords and policies that limit access to forms in the System Administration Tool. Different usernames and passwords are assigned for each of the four levels of access available. ...",""],
["../features_standard/tandem_trunking_description.html","Tandem Trunking","Description Trunk circuits originating from one CO or system and terminating on another (tandem trunking) can be transparently interconnected without attendant intervention. Tandem Trunking is dependent upon regulatory provisions imposed by the l...",""],
["../features_standard/telephone_directory_privacy_description.html","Telephone Directory - Privacy Option","Description Any extension number in the system telephone directory can be designated as private so that the number is not displayed on other users&#39; telephones. During a call, a caller&#39;s name and number normally appear in the display of the called...",""],
["../features_standard/teleworker.html","Teleworker Solution","Teleworker Solution connects a remote IP Phone to the corporate voice network to provide full access to voice mail, conferencing and all the other features of the office phone system. See the Applications &#38; Solutions section on the Mitel Customer...",""],
["../features_standard/tie_trunk_support_description.html","Tie Trunk Support","Description Tie trunks terminate on the attendant console, at station sets, in hunt groups, or on night bells. They may also be arranged as dial-in tie trunks or tandem trunks. Like CO trunks, tie trunks are arranged in groups. Dial-in tie trunks...",""],
["../features_standard/toll_control_description.html","Toll Control","Description Toll control allows or denies you access to specified routes, CO exchanges, and directory numbers. The members of COR groups appearing against a route are denied access to that route. An outgoing trunk call is allowed to proceed when ...",""],
["../features_standard/tone_demonstration_description.html","Tone Demonstration","Description Tone Demonstration allows you to hear the tones provided on the system. Conditions and Feature Interactions Dialing any string of digits (other than the specified two-digit identification code) results in either termination of the Ton...",""],
["../features_standard/tone_detection_description.html","Tone Detection","Description The system can detect and analyze call progress tones that originate from the central office during the course of a trunk call. Conditions and Feature Interactions None. Programming Complete the ARS Call Progress Tone Detection form. ...",""],
["../features_standard/transfer_description.html","Transfer","Description Transfer lets you move a call from one telephone to another. Before completing a Transfer, you can consult privately with the third party and swap between private conversations with each of the parties. Conditions and Feature Interact...",""],
["../features_standard/transmission_tests_description.html","Transmission Tests","Description Transmission Tests let you perform the following tests on a trunk: milliwatt test balance test 100 test Conditions and Feature Interactions None Programming System Access Points form Program milliwatt test, balance test, and 100 test ...",""],
["../features_standard/traveling_class_marks.html","Traveling Class Marks","Description Traveling Class Marks allow callers in a private network to access features and services based on the their own Class Of Service (COS), Class of Restriction (COR), and Interconnect Number, rather than on those of the incoming trunk on...",""],
["../features_standard/trunk_access_description.html","Trunk Access","Description Trunk Access lets you access a specific trunk directly. No toll control or ARS checking is done when you use Trunk Access. This feature is used when a maintenance phone is required. NOTE: On the EX platform, individual trunk access is...",""],
["../features_standard/trunk_answer_from_any_station_description.html","Trunk Answer From Any Station (TAFAS)","Description Trunk Answer From Any Station (TAFAS) lets you answer any call that rings a night bell. Once you answer the call, you can use any of the features that are normally available at the station. TAFAS works in a similar manner to Call Pick...",""],
["../features_standard/trunk_busyout_description.html","Trunk Busy-out","Description Trunk Busy-out lets you busy-out a specific trunk so that it cannot be accessed. When you perform a Trunk Busy-out, the trunk is immediately busied out if it is idle. If the trunk is in use, it is busied out as soon as it becomes idle...",""],
["../features_standard/trunk_group_hunting_description.html","Trunk Group Hunting","Description Trunk Group Hunting lets you search for trunk groups in either a terminal or circular pattern. If the trunk group is programmed as a terminal hunt group, trunks are always selected in a predetermined order. If the trunk group is progr...",""],
["../features_standard/trunk_labels_description.html","Trunk Labels","Description Trunk Labels may be assigned to individual trunks or groups of trunks. When a trunk call appears at an attendant console, the trunk label and trunk number are displayed. Trunk labels operate differently depending on the device and its...",""],
["../features_standard/trunk_select_direct_description.html","Trunk Select - Direct","Description Direct Trunk Select lets you access an outside trunk so that you can make and receive external calls. Because the trunk is assigned to a line appearance, you can access the trunk without the need for trunk access codes. Calls complete...",""],
["../features_standard/trunk_support_description.html","Trunk Support","Description The system supports most public network trunk types (analog, digital, and SIP). Conditions and Feature Interactions None Programming Complete the following forms (as required): Digital Trunks Trunk Attributes Trunk Circuit Descriptor ...",""],
["../features_standard/two_b_channel_transfer.html","Two B-Channel Transfer","Description Two B-Channel Transfer (TBCT; also known as Release Line Transfer) allows a MiVoice Business set user to transfer an external call to another external destination and have the two external parties connected through the trunks at the C...",""],
["../features_standard/uniform_numbering_plan_description.html","Uniform Numbering Plan","Description A network Uniform Numbering Plan allows you to use the same digits to reach a station from any location in the network. A network Uniform Numbering Plan has the following characteristics: the identity of each station within the networ...",""],
["../features_standard/workgroup_and_branch_office_moh.html","Workgroup/Branch Office Music on Hold","Description Workgroup and Branch Office Music on Hold (MoH) plays different audio sources to PSTN and internal callers who are placed on hold or queued to a ring group or other destination. The source played is determined by the Call Coverage Ser...",""],
["../ff0369.jpg","ff0369.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0370.jpg","ff0370.jpg","JPEG file, size 523x61","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0370x.jpg","ff0370x.jpg","JPEG file, size 609x64","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0373.jpg","ff0373.jpg","JPEG file, size 529x62","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0374.jpg","ff0374.jpg","JPEG file, size 527x62","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0375.jpg","ff0375.jpg","JPEG file, size 494x63","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0376.jpg","ff0376.jpg","JPEG file, size 354x264","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0377.jpg","ff0377.jpg","JPEG file, size 495x64","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0378.jpg","ff0378.jpg","JPEG file, size 359x165","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0379.jpg","ff0379.jpg","JPEG file, size 291x214","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0380.jpg","ff0380.jpg","JPEG file, size 503x44","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0381.jpg","ff0381.jpg","JPEG file, size 529x47","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0382.jpg","ff0382.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x45","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0383.jpg","ff0383.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x45","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0386.jpg","ff0386.jpg","JPEG file, size 280x118","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0388x.jpg","ff0388x.jpg","JPEG file, size 234x218","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0389.jpg","ff0389.jpg","JPEG file, size 436x179","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0390.jpg","ff0390.jpg","JPEG file, size 434x128","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0393.jpg","ff0393.jpg","JPEG file, size 264x283","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0393x.jpg","ff0393x.jpg","JPEG file, size 402x296","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ff0398.jpg","ff0398.jpg","JPEG file, size 527x64","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox-add-on-bar.jpg","firefox-add-on-bar.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox.jpg","firefox.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox_add_exception.jpg","firefox_add_exception.jpg","JPEG file, size 938x557","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox_add_exception_thumb.jpg","firefox_add_exception_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 281x167","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox_allow_dialogbox.jpg","firefox_allow_dialogbox.jpg","JPEG file, size 681x143","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox_confirm_exception.jpg","firefox_confirm_exception.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x538","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox_confirm_exception_thumb.jpg","firefox_confirm_exception_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 212x207","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox_more_information.png","firefox_more_information.png","PNG file, size 693x318",""],
["../firefox_permissions_tab.png","firefox_permissions_tab.png","PNG file, size 600x550",""],
["../firefox_right_arrow.png","firefox_right_arrow.png","PNG file, size 712x235",""],
["../firefox_site_information.png","firefox_site_information.png","PNG file, size 712x235",""],
["../firefox_switch_to_tab.png","firefox_switch_to_tab.png","PNG file, size 600x550",""],
["../firefox_untrusted.jpg","firefox_untrusted.jpg","JPEG file, size 926x496","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../firefox_untrusted_thumb.jpg","firefox_untrusted_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 277x148","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../followmetemplate.gif","followmetemplate.gif","GIF file, size 402x222","../gif.jpg"],
["../forms/5010_5215_key_numbering.html","5010 IP Phone, 5215 IP Phone Line and 5215 IP Phone (Dual Mode) Select Key Numbering","NOTE: 5320 and 5330 IP Phones follow the same numbering pattern. Related Topics Multiline Set Keys ",""],
["../forms/5020_5220_key_numbering.html","5020 IP Phone, 5220 IP Phone and 5220 IP Phone (Dual Mode) Line Select Key Numbering","NOTE: 5340 and 5360 IP Phones follow the same numbering pattern. Related Topics Multiline Set Keys ",""],
["../forms/about_the_mitel_application_center.html","About the Mitel Application Management Center (AMC)","The Mitel AMC is a web-based service that automatically generates licensing keys on-demand, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The AMC is also the procurement and provisioning interface for AMC-delivered products and services. As a reseller of Mitel ...",""],
["../forms/acd_express_group_assignment.html","ACD Express Groups","Purpose ACD Express Groups are similar to ACD Paths and ACD Agent Skill Groups . Use this form to perform the following tasks: configure ACD Express Groups Conditions ACD Express Groups require a main or pilot directory number (DN), through which...",""],
["../forms/administrative_group_assignment.html","Admin Groups","Purpose Use this form to define SDS Administrative Groups . System Data Synchronization allows you to share system form data among groups of elements at different sharing scopes. Administrative groups are sub-groups of elements within a network g...",""],
["../forms/advice_of_charge.html","Advice of Charge","Purpose This form is used to configure Advice of Charge (AOC) on embedded BRI or embedded PRI. This form is not used to configure AOC for NSUs or DSUs. Use the Advice of Charge form when performing the following tasks: Program Embedded BRI Trunks...",""],
["../forms/agent_group_assignment.html","ACD Agent Skill Groups","Purpose The ACD Agent Skill Groups form is used to configure ACD agent skill groups. Use this form to perform the following tasks: ACD Programming Networked ACD Programming ACD Express Group Programming Conditions Before you complete this form, y...",""],
["../forms/agent_id_assignment.html","ACD Agent IDs","Purpose The ACD Agent IDs form displays the agent type: Traditional, Hot Desk, Express , or External Hot Desk . You also use the ACD Agent IDs form to assign identification numbers to traditional ACD agents. Use this form to perform the following...",""],
["../forms/alarm_email_notification.html","Alarm Email Notification","Purpose Use this form to set up email notification of appropriate personnel when the following events occur: the system alarm status is at the Minor, Major, or Critical level or when any alarm transitions to that level or levels below it. For exa...",""],
["../forms/all_ip_telephones.html","All IP Telephones","This screen displays all the IP telephones, including softphones and IP consoles, hosted by the system and information concerning their status plus their hardware and software version. For troubleshooting information, refer to the MiVoice Busines...",""],
["../forms/analog_device_assignment.html","Analog Sets","Purpose The Analog Sets form is used to assign directory numbers, circuit descriptor numbers, and interconnect numbers to ONS circuits. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Program Analog Telephones Program Analog Sets and Trunks on an A...",""],
["../forms/analog_trunk_assignment.html","Analog Trunks","Purpose The Analog Trunks form is used to assign a trunk number, trunk service number (or a DTS service number), circuit descriptor number, and interconnect number to all analog trunk circuits in the system. Use this form to perform the following...",""],
["../forms/application_group_license_distribution.html","Application Group License Distribution","Purpose Use this form to track license usage for an AMC application group that is sharing licenses. The form is divided into two parts. The top part provides a summary of the total number of licenses that have been purchased, allocated and used f...",""],
["../forms/application_group_licensing.html","Application Group Licensing","Purpose Use this form to enable a Designated License Manager (DLM) for an AMC application group that is sharing licenses. The form is divided into two parts. Use the top part to program the local system as the DLM and enter the Group Application ...",""],
["../forms/application_logical_port_assignment.html","Application Logical Ports","Purpose The Application Logical Ports form is used to assign port names to each of the physical ports which service the input and output requirements of applications (such as Hotel/Motel). Use this form to perform the following tasks: Hotel/Motel...",""],
["../forms/ars_digits_dialed_assignment.html","ARS Digits Dialed","Purpose The Automatic Route Selection (ARS) Digits Dialed form initiates the routing of trunk calls when certain digits are dialed from a station. A number of forms can be used to arrange digit strings into groups, each group with a unique set of...",""],
["../forms/ars_leading_digits_assignment.html","ARS Leading Digits","Purpose The Automatic Route Selection (ARS) Leading Digits form initiates the routing of trunk calls when certain digits are dialed from a station. A number of forms can be used to arrange digit strings into groups, each group with aunique set of...",""],
["../forms/associated_dn_assignment.html","Associated Directory Numbers","Purpose The Associated Directory Numbers form allows you to set up a Hotline or CPN Substitution for a specified directory number (DN). You can also use this form to program a billing number for each DN. See Call Billing for SIP Gateway for detai...",""],
["../forms/asu_configuration.html","Analog Services Units","Purpose The Analog Services Units form defines the analog services units that are supported by the system. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Program an ASU Program an ASU II Program a Universal ASU Program Embedded Analog Program Anal...",""],
["../forms/audit_trail_logs.html","Audit Trail Logs","Purpose Audit Trail Logs provide a historical record of changes made to the system from the System Administration Tool and various other user interfaces and applications. It does this by recording certain actions (such as who logged in and when) ...",""],
["../forms/bandwidth_historical_15_minute.html","15 Minute Historical Bandwidth Statistics","Purpose This form allows you to display historical bandwidth statistics for 15-minute intervals related to zone access points (ZAPs) managed by the local MiVoice Business system. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Use Bandwidth St...",""],
["../forms/bandwidth_management_configuration.html","Bandwidth Management","Purpose The Bandwidth Management form is used to set the parameters to manage bandwidth on MiVoice Business and to enable the Bandwidth Management feature. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Bandwidth Management Model Netw...",""],
["../forms/bearer_capabilities.html","Bearer Capabilities","Purpose You can define bearer capabilities on either a Fixed or a Call by Call basis. If you choose Fixed, you need to specify whether the fixed capability will be for voice or for data. No further digit modification is required for ARS programmi...",""],
["../forms/bssid_to_cesid_mapping.html","BSSID to CESID Mapping","Purpose The BSSID to CESID Mapping form allows you to map CESIDs to on-premise WAPs. This form only needs to be configured for 5624/5634 wireless devices. NOTE: The form is empty by default and there are no limits on number of entries. Field Desc...",""],
["../forms/business_hours_form.html","VM Business Hours Settings","Purpose The VM Business Hours Settings form is used to define the time periods when the Auto Attendant plays the open and closed greetings and the time zone to use for voice mail messages and auto-attendant greetings. Use this form when performin...",""],
["../forms/business_schedules.html","Business Schedules","Purpose Business Schedules form is used to configure up to 100 weekly business schedules, which once assigned to Directory Numbers (DN) in the Call Rerouting form, switch the destination DNs from day to night mode and vice versa, using the destin...",""],
["../forms/caller_based_routing_service.html","Caller Based Routing Service","Purpose The Caller Based Routing Service form is used to assign Allow-List and Deny-List service types to callers for using the Caller Based Routing feature. This form is used to configure the Caller Based Routing feature. Conditions The Caller I...",""],
["../forms/calling_line_id_restriction.html","Calling Line ID Restriction","Purpose Calling Line ID Restriction (CLIR) controls the presentation of caller identity If CLIR is allowed, the caller&#39;s ID is not presented to the called party. You can define Calling Line ID Restriction (CLIR) on a fixed (global) basis or on a ...",""],
["../forms/call_coverage_services.html","Call Coverage Services","Purpose The Call Coverage Services form is used to provision the following features: Group Announcements Hot Desk PIN Security Direct Transfer to Voice Mail Post Call Destination Workgroup and Branch Office Music on Hold Field Descriptions Parame...",""],
["../forms/call_forwarding_profile.html","Call Forwarding Profile","Purpose Use this form to set up Call Forwarding or to change or delete the Call Forwarding currently in effect at one or more extensions. Deleting Call Forwarding turns it off and removes the destination number. Each deletion applies to only one ...",""],
["../forms/call_park_paging_assignment.html","Call Park","Purpose The Call Park form associates a park destination directory number with either Loudspeaker Paging or a Direct Page . When users park a call on the directory number, the system automatically connects them to paging. They can then announce t...",""],
["../forms/call_progress_tone_detection_plan_assignment.html","ARS Call Progress Tone Detection","Purpose The ARS Call Progress Tone Detection form specifies which call progress tones should be detected during call set-up and the action to take in response to each tone. A maximum of 100 call progress tone detection plans can be programmed. Di...",""],
["../forms/call_recognition_service_form.html","Call Recognition Service","Purpose Use this form to search for External Hot Desk user (EHDU) entries or to identify mapping between external Direct Inward Dialing (DID) numbers and their destination numbers. This form contains: All EHDU data entries, as well as all DID dat...",""],
["../forms/call_rerouting_always_alternative_assignment.html","Call Rerouting Always Alternatives","Purpose The Call Rerouting Always Alternatives form is used to specify routing information for calls routed to the \"always alternative\" numbers. The rerouting information is defined based on the originating device (DID trunk, TIE trunk, CO trunk ...",""],
["../forms/call_rerouting_assignment.html","Call Rerouting","Purpose The Call Rerouting form defines rerouting functions on a per-directory number basis for intercepts due to conditions at the called party&#39;s number which do not permit call completion. The form defines three alternative methods of rerouting...",""],
["../forms/call_rerouting_first_alternative_assignment.html","Call Rerouting First Alternatives","Purpose The Call Rerouting First Alternatives form is used to specify the routing information for the first alternative rerouting. The routing information is defined based on: the condition at the called number that caused rerouting (busy/do not ...",""],
["../forms/call_rerouting_second_alternative_assignment.html","Call Rerouting Second Alternatives","Purpose The Call Rerouting Second Alternatives form is used to define the routing treatment for calls that go unanswered at the First Alternative directory number. The routing information is defined for busy, do not disturb, and no answer conditi...",""],
["../forms/card_assignment.html","Card Assignment","Purpose Use the Card Assignment form to program each card supported by the AX Controller Peripheral Services. The AX Controller supports up to 12 analog cards with up to 288 ports; the ASU II supports up to 2 analog cards with up to 48 ports. Val...",""],
["../forms/change_attribute_assignment.html","User and Device Attributes","Purpose The User and Device Attributes form provides the system manager with a facility to make changes to an operational database for multiline and industry-standard telephones. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Change a Telephone&#39;s ...",""],
["../forms/changing_pbx_numbers.html","Tips on Assigning and Changing PBX Numbers","Follow these recommendations to avoid problems when changing the PBX Numbers in the ICP/PBX Networking and Network Elements forms. When assigning a new PBX number, always select a new unused value or a number that references an entry in the ICP/P...",""],
["../forms/class_of_restriction_group_assignment.html","Class of Restriction Groups","Purpose The Class of Restriction (COR) Groups form gathers Class of Restriction numbers into groups. The COR Groups define which Classes of Restriction cannot access an outgoing trunk route. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Advanced ...",""],
["../forms/class_of_service_options_assignment.html","Class of Service Options","Purpose The Class of Service Options form is used to create or edit a Class of Service and specify its options. Classes of Service, identified by Class of Service numbers, are referenced by the Station Attributes form and Trunk Attributes form . ...",""],
["../forms/cluster_element_assignment.html","Cluster Elements","Purpose In a standard network, each element is assigned a unique Primary Node Identifier (PNI), which is used to route calls between the elements. In a cluster, however, each element shares the same PNI. Calls are routed between elements using th...",""],
["../forms/codec_settings.html","Codec Settings","Purpose Use this form to filter the list of audio codec(s) negotiated by devices at each end of a call within the MiVoice Business network. Filtering removes the codec from the call negotiation offer and can be used, for example, in a bandwidth-m...",""],
["../forms/compression_zone_assignment.html","Network Zones","Purpose The Network Zones form is used to create zones for compression and bandwidth management, to associate the zones to time zones for the display of local time on IP sets, to configure the zone&#39;s Location Based Number (LBN) prefix to be used ...",""],
["../forms/compute_card.html","Hardware Compute Cards","Purpose Displays the details of the RTC and E2T (if present) cards in the controller. For controllers with both RTC and E2T cards, the first slot reported is always the RTC. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Checking System Hardware P...",""],
["../forms/controller_module_configuration.html","Controller Module Configuration","Purpose The Controller Module Configuration form identifies the modules that are in the controller. NOTE: The EX controller does not support the Controller Module. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Program Controller Modules Program E...",""],
["../forms/co_tone_detection.html","CO Tone Detection","Purpose The CO Tone Detection form allows you to enable or disable Tone Detection for Central Office trunks. You can also change the parameters for tone detection. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Change Tone Detection for CO Trunks ...",""],
["../forms/cpn_substitution_table_setup.html","DID Ranges for CPN Substitution","Purpose The outgoing Calling Party Number (CPN) feature delivers the calling party&#39;s Direct Inward Dialing (DID) number to the network on embedded PRI/QSIG trunks, embedded BRI trunks (\"T\" interface only), and SIP trunks. Rather than sending the ...",""],
["../forms/current_bandwidth_statistics.html","Current Bandwidth Statistics","Purpose This form allows you to display current statistics related to zone access points (ZAPs) managed by the local MiVoice Business system. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Program Bandwidth Management Network Zone Topology Display...",""],
["../forms/customer_emergency_services_id_assignment.html","CESID Assignment","Purpose The CESID Assignment form is used to assign a Customer Emergency Services ID (CESID) number to each prime directory number in the system. You can also use this form to assign CESID numbers to mobile users who log in from external location...",""],
["../forms/customer_emerg_serv_id_assign_default.html","Default CESID","Purpose The Default CESID form allows you to assign default CESID parameters that will be used for all CESID calls. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Customer Emergency Services ID Assignment Emergency Services - CESID Programming Day...",""],
["../forms/day_and_time_zone_assignment.html","ARS Day and Time Zones","Purpose The ARS Day and Time Zones form defines Day and Time Zone Numbers used for Automatic Route Selection. Each Day and Time Zone Number includes up to three Day Zones and up to four Time Zones. For each Day and Time Zone Number, the combinati...",""],
["../forms/default_account_code_definition.html","Default Account Codes","Purpose The Default Account Codes form defines device-specific account codes under which SMDR data is to be collected when the devices sharing a given account code are used to place or receive calls. The form is used to assign account codes to al...",""],
["../forms/default_cpn_substitution.html","CPN Substitution","Purpose The outgoing CPN feature delivers the calling party&#39;s DID number to the network on embedded PRI trunks and embedded BRI trunks (\"T\" interface only). You can define CPN substitution for individual DID numbers or ranges of DID numbers. Use ...",""],
["../forms/department_assignment.html","Departments","Purpose The Departments form is used to list all department names used in the telephone directory. The form consists of one column in which all required department names are entered. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Exporting Te...",""],
["../forms/device_connectivity_all.html","Device Connectivity - All","Purpose The Device Connectivity - All form displays the network location of IP devices registered with the controller. The network location is indicated by the following parameters: the MAC (Media Access Control) address and port of the Layer 2 s...",""],
["../forms/device_connectivity_moved.html","Device Connectivity - Moved","Purpose The Device Connectivity - Moved form displays the previous and last known network locations for moved IP devices. The network location is indicated by the following parameters: the MAC (Media Access Control) address and port of the Layer ...",""],
["../forms/dial_out_of_queue_lists.html","Dial Out of Queue Lists","Purpose The Dial Out of Queue Lists form is used to assign destination DNs to dialpad keys (0-9, #,or *); a caller waiting in queue after calling an endpoint, ring group or console, can dial out of the queue during or between RAD messages to conn...",""],
["../forms/digital_link_assignment.html","Digital Links","Purpose The Digital Links form assigns descriptor numbers to circuits that serve as digital links. The descriptor numbers are assigned, on a per-link basis, to digital trunk cards. The form also provides space for comments to be made on a per-lin...",""],
["../forms/digital_trunk_assignment.html","Digital Trunks","Purpose The Digital Trunks form is used to assign identification numbers to all digital trunk circuits in the system. It is also used to assign Trunk Service Numbers that link the trunks to entries in the Trunk Attributes form and the appropriate...",""],
["../forms/digit_modification_assignment.html","ARS Digit Modification Plans","Purpose The ARS Digit Modification Plans form defines digit modification plans, each identified by a Digit Modification Number. A digit modification plan specifies the number of digits to absorb from the dialed number and the digits to insert dur...",""],
["../forms/dimension_selection.html","Dimension Selection","Purpose The Dimension Selection form is used to modify or display dimension values. These values indicate the distribution of all flexible dimensions. For programming instructions, see: Change Resource Dimensions For more information, see: Flexib...",""],
["../forms/direct_inward_dialing_service.html","Direct Inward Dialing Service","Purpose Use this form to configure a pool of external DID numbers mapped to their destination numbers (that is, internal directory numbers or other answer points on the system). Use this form when performing the following tasks: Programming Direc...",""],
["../forms/distribution_lists_form.html","VM Distribution Lists","Purpose The VM Distribution Lists form is used to manage lists of mailbox numbers that allow subscribers to send messages to several people at one time. Up to 49 global distribution lists can be created. A fiftieth list is already set up to broad...",""],
["../forms/dnd.html","DND","Purpose Use this form to change the Do Not Disturb status for one or more extensions. NOTES: If a Directory Number (DN) is member of a MdUG , then DNs of only prime members are displayed in this form. In the Call Rerouting form, if All is not sel...",""],
["../forms/dts_service_assignment.html","DTS Service Profiles","Purpose The Direct Trunk Select (DTS) Service Profiles form is used to assign Class of Service (COS) and an intercept number to each DTS service number. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Direct Trunk Select Field Descript...",""],
["../forms/dual_e1_t1_framer_configuration.html","Dual T1/E1 Framers","Purpose The Dual T1/E1 Framers form is used to program the two configurable hybrid ports on each Dual T1/E1 Framer. Each hybrid port can be programmed for an embedded PRI, DNPSS, or T1D4 trunk. Use this form when performing the following tasks: P...",""],
["../forms/e1_t1_framer_configuration.html","Resilient T1/E1 Framers","Purpose The Resilient T1/E1 Framers form is used to program the unit to which each module connects, and to select the interface type for each port. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Embedded PRI/QSIG Program Embedded T1/D...",""],
["../forms/embedded_media_sources.html","Embedded Media Sources","Purpose The Embedded Media Sources form lists the embedded audio files that are used for embedded Music on Hold. You can also use this form to change the label of an audio file, or to delete an audio file. The files are listed by audio file IDs T...",""],
["../forms/embedded_um_settings.html","Embedded UM Settings","Purpose Use this form to configure global settings for the Embedded Unified Messaging (UM) feature. Conditions Embedded UM does not work if the server address is invalid or the server is not reachable. Embedded UM cannot be enabled for special ma...",""],
["../forms/emergency_email_notification.htm","Emergency Email Notification","Emergency Email Notification Conditions and Feature Interactions The Emergency Email Notification form allows you to send an Emergency Email Notifications. Maximum 255 characters are allowed for both Email Address and Comment fields. Email Notifi...",""],
["../forms/enterprise_gateways.html","Enterprise Gateways","Purpose: The Enterprise Gateways form is used to configure the IP address and the SNMP details of the EX controller. NOTE: This form is applicable only to the EX Controller. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Add or modify the IP ...",""],
["../forms/external_ftp_server_parameters.html","External FTP Server","Purpose MiVoice Business can connect to an external FTP server or an external FTP server that supports FTP over SSH (SFTP) and use it for backing up and restoring databases and File Transfers using Scheduler . The External FTP Server form is used...",""],
["../forms/external_vvm_server.html","External Visual VM","Purpose The External Visual VM form allows you to specify the NuPoint Unified Messaging or MiCollab Nupoint UM server parameters for the Visual Voice Mail application. For more information, see About Visual Voice Mail . Field Descriptions Paramet...",""],
["../forms/fax_advanced_settings.html","Fax Advanced Settings","Purpose Use this form to enable interoperability between a V.34 fax machine connected to a MiVoice Business system over SIP trunks to another V.34 fax machine on a 3rd-party SIP gateway. NOTES As with Fax over IP using T.38 between MiVoice Busine...",""],
["../forms/fax_configuration.html","Fax Service Profiles","Purpose The Fax Service Profiles form is used to define the settings for FAX communication over the IP network. You can modify the default settings for the: Inter-zone FAX profile: defines the FAX settings between different zones in the network. ...",""],
["../forms/fax_detection_form.html","VM Fax Detection","The VM Fax Detection form is used to enable or disable fax tone detection on incoming calls. When enabled, incoming fax calls handled by the Auto Attendant will automatically transfer to the fax machine. Use this form when performing the followin...",""],
["../forms/feature_access_code_assignment.html","Feature Access Codes","Purpose The Feature Access Codes (FACs) form is used to define codes that users can dial to access system features, such as Do Not Disturb. These include: codes for IP phones and digital phones (that can include * and #), alternative codes for ro...",""],
["../forms/firewall_control.html","Firewall Control (CXi II and MXe III)","Purpose NOTE: The Firewall Control form is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). The Firewall Control form is used to program and verify the firewall settings for the Internet gateway. The firewall examines all p...",""],
["../forms/form_comparison.html","SDS Form Comparison","Purpose This form allows you to compare the data from a specified, shareable form on both the local network element and any member of its data-sharing network or cluster. Before starting a synchronization, compare forms to identify discrepancies....",""],
["../forms/gateway_configuration_scripts.htm","Gateway Configuration Scripts","Gateway Configuration Scripts (EX Controller) Purpose: The Gateway Configuration Scripts form allows you to execute various gateway configuration scripts. The default configuration scripts of the specified gateway server can be either executed, o...",""],
["../forms/gateway_sets.html","Gateway Sets","Purpose: The Gateway Sets form is a read-only form. This form displays the list of analog devices that are connected to the MiVoice Business network through the Open Network Service (ONS) ports on the EX controller. The SIP Device Capabilities fo...",""],
["../forms/gateway_trunks.html","Gateway Trunks","Purpose: The Gateway Trunks form maps the EX Controller&#39;s endpoints to the trunk profiles that are created using Gateway Trunk Profiles form. This form displays all the available trunk end points on the EX Controller NOTE: This form is applicable...",""],
["../forms/gateway_trunk_descriptors.html","Gateway Trunk Descriptors","Purpose: The Gateway Trunk Descriptors form allows you to configure the EX Controller&#39;s trunk-specific data and provide status information on the selected trunk. This form consists of two grids: The upper grid displays the list of available endpo...",""],
["../forms/gateway_trunk_profiles.html","Gateway Trunk Profiles","Purpose: The Gateway Trunk Profiles form is used to create Gateway Trunk Profiles for the EX Controller. This form helps create logical grouping of the gateway trunks. You must create a profile before EX Controller trunks can be used. When the EX...",""],
["../forms/greetings_assignment_form.html","VM Greetings","The VM Greetings form is used to assign greetings to voice mail ports. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Assigning System Greetings to Ports Conditions Before you complete this form, you must complete the VM Greetings Definition ...",""],
["../forms/greeting_definitions_form.html","VM Greetings Definition","The VM Greetings Definition form is used to name the various Auto Attendant greetings for easier management. The system provides nine sets of greetings: a primary set and eight alternate sets. The alternate greetings are optional; define them onl...",""],
["../forms/guest_room_assignment.html","Guest Rooms","Purpose This form is used to identify hotel guest rooms to MiVoice Business by linking them to room extensions or to suites previously defined in the Suites form. Guest Rooms in a hospitality cluster can be programmed either on the Hospitality Ga...",""],
["../forms/high_layer_compatibility.html","High Layer Compatibility","Purpose This form allows you to define High Layer Compatibility (different services available from your Telco) on a Fixed or Call-by-Call basis. The optional values for fixed or call by call are independent of protocol and variants (E1 only). Use...",""],
["../forms/hotel_options_assignment.html","Hotel Options","Purpose The Hotel Options form is the system interface to the Hotel/Motel feature. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Hotel/Motel Programming Clustered Hospitality Programming Program Property Management System Feature Program Cur...",""],
["../forms/hourly_historical_bandwidth_statistics.html","Hourly Historical Bandwidth Statistics","Purpose This form allows you to display historical bandwidth statistics for hourly intervals related to zone access points (ZAPs) managed by the local MiVoice Business system. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Bandwidth M...",""],
["../forms/hunt_group_assignment.html","Hunt Groups","Purpose The Hunt Groups form is used to gather directory numbers into terminal or circular groups. The form consists of a group pilot number, hunt mode, name and a list of all directory numbers belonging to the group. In order to create hunt grou...",""],
["../forms/icp_pbx_assignment.html","ICP/PBX Networking","Purpose The ICP/PBX Networking form is used to set up signaling links between systems and to establish how long the signaling session will stay up after the call clears down. It is also used to program the incoming and outgoing digits used for XN...",""],
["../forms/idle_softkey_assignment.html","5235 Idle Softkeys","Purpose The 5235 Idle Softkeys form allows the user to customize the six softkeys of the Mitel 5235 IP Phone. Users can retain the six default softkeys or they can choose Personal Softkeys to replace the defaults. All six keys must be used for ei...",""],
["../forms/ids_connection.html","IDS Connection","Purpose The IDS Connection form allows the administrator to configure the connection between the MiVoice Business Integrated Directory Server (IDS) and the directory server domain controller A computer server that responds to security authenticat...",""],
["../forms/ids_data_management.html","IDS Data Management","Purpose The IDS Data Management form has the following functions: Displays entries from the directory server that have not yet been updated on the MiVoice Business IDS. These entries may be detained (waiting to be processed manually), pending (wa...",""],
["../forms/import_spreadsheet.html","About the Import Spreadsheet","Purpose The Import Spreadsheet is a Microsoft Excel (.xls) worksheet that allows you to collect and record system configuration data in a single file. The .xls file can then be validated for format errors, and converted into a . csv file for impo...",""],
["../forms/independent_account_code_definition.html","Independent Account Codes","Purpose The Independent Account Codes form defines account codes. Account codes are entered when dialing from a given device to permit access to ARS and to assign an account code-dependent COS and COR to the device for the duration of the call. A...",""],
["../forms/intercept_handling_assignment.html","Intercept Handling","Purpose The Intercept Handling form allows the customer to program how the system treats various intercept conditions as they arise in call processing. There are two categories of intercepts in the system: Intercepts due to incorrect operations p...",""],
["../forms/interconnect_restriction_table.html","Interconnect Restriction","Purpose The Interconnect Restriction form is used to specify the device categories (represented by interconnect numbers) which can and cannot be interconnected by the system during call processing. Since the number of devices that may be intercon...",""],
["../forms/inward_dialing_config.html","Inward Dialing Prefixes","Purpose This form allows you to prefix Calling and Called Party Numbers with up to four digits for each type of number (International, National, Subscriber, and Unknown) being delivered. The Inward Dialing Prefixes form is system-based and applie...",""],
["../forms/inward_dialing_mod.html","Inward Dialing Modification","Purpose The Inward Dialing Modification feature allows you to alter dial strings contained in inbound SIP and E1 ISDN calls. After adding substitution rules, you can apply them to both \"Called Party\" and \"Calling Party\" SIP/ISDN headers. To progr...",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Purpose The System IP Properties form is used for the following functions: to program and verify the IP settings for the system to configure the voice VLAN ID for voice traffic This form is a step in the process of setting up your system. See Set...",""],
["../forms/ip_console_configuration.html","IP Consoles","Purpose The IP Consoles form is used to: assign directory numbers and interconnect numbers to attendant consoles register the IP consoles to the system decommission (delete) IP consoles The form is used to assign directory numbers and interconnec...",""],
["../forms/ip_console_softkey_assignment.html","Console Softkeys","Purpose The Console Softkeys form assigns directory numbers, defined in the Telephone Directory form to the softkeys of an attendant console. Associated softkey labels are also defined in the Telephone Directory form. The form is used to define t...",""],
["../forms/ip_routing.html","IP Routing (CXi, CXi II, and MXe only)","Purpose NOTE: The IP Routing form is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). The IP Routing form allows you to configure some of the routing capabilities available on the CXi II and MXe III. Both controllers suppor...",""],
["../forms/ip_turret_master_slave_association.html","5560 IPT Master/Slave Association","Purpose This form allows you to associate the DN of the master phone with the DN of the slave phone. 5560 IPTs are typically used in financial institutions by stock traders and allow users to handle two calls at the same time. From a user&#39;s persp...",""],
["../forms/isdn_called_num_inward_dial_num_mod.html","ISDN Called Party Inward Dialing Modification","Purpose Inward Dialing Modification allows you to alter the dial strings of inbound calls for a link. Use this form to select the digit modification rule to apply to the ISDN \"called party\" type headers of inbound calls. Use the Inward Dialing Mo...",""],
["../forms/isdn_calling_num_inward_dial_num_mod.html","ISDN Calling Party Inward Dialing Modification","Purpose Inward Dialing Modification allows you to alter the dial strings of inbound calls for a link. Use this form to select the digit modification rule to apply to the ISDN \"calling party\" type headers of inbound calls. Use the Inward Dialing M...",""],
["../forms/isdn_calling_party_outward_dialing_number_modification.html","ISDN Calling Party Outward Dialing Modification","Purpose Outward Dialing Modification allows you to alter the calling party number on outgoing calls over ISDN E1 links programmed as EURO Standard protocol. To alter strings you create rules which tell the system how to identify the numbers to mo...",""],
["../forms/key_template.html","Key Templates","Purpose You can program key templates with a subset of the customer data contained on the Multiline Set Keys form, and then reuse this data when adding new users. Configure a key template for each device type you intend to use, including Mitel mu...",""],
["../forms/l2_switch.html","Layer 2 (L2) Switch (CXi II, MXe III, and AX only)","Purpose NOTE: The Layer 2 (L2) Switch form is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). The Layer 2 (L2) Switch form is used to program global settings and to configure the Ethernet ports for the Layer 2 switch. This...",""],
["../forms/l2_to_cesid_mapping.html","L2 to CESID Mapping","Purpose The L2 to CESID Mapping form is used to assign a Customer Emergency Services ID (CESID) number to a Layer 2 switch port. The CESID is sent to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) in the event of an Emergency Call and used as a key in ...",""],
["../forms/lan_policy.html","LAN Policy (QoS)","Purpose The LAN Policy form provides quality of service (QoS) configuration using Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) or DiffServ. It allows you to give priority to voice media and voice signaling traffic and to map DSCP to Layer 2 (L2) Pri...",""],
["../forms/ldap_client_configuration.html","LDAP Client Configuration","Purpose The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Client Configuration form is used to provide configuration data for LDAP clients to connect either to the embedded MiVoice Business LDAP server or to an external LDAP server. NOTE: LDAP Cli...",""],
["../forms/license_and_option_selection.html","License and Option Selection","Purpose Use the License and Option Selection form to modify licenses through the Applications Management Center (AMC). On MiVoice Business, licenses are required for options, features, and system capacity. For example, each IP Phone user that you...",""],
["../forms/line_quality_measurement.html","Line Quality Measurement","Purpose Use this form to perform line quality measurements on Loop Start ( LS) trunks that are connected to the AX controller, Analog Main Board, Analog Option Board, or ASU II. Any new test conducted on a trunk overwrites the previous results wi...",""],
["../forms/line_type_values.html","Line Type Values","Value Description Account Code Non Verified The key is programmed as an Account Code key for non-verified account codes. Account Code Verified The key is programmed as an Account Code key for verified account codes. ACD This is key programmed as ...",""],
["../forms/linked_suite_assignment.html","Linked Suites","Purpose The Linked Suites form is used to maintain the association of each Linked Suite Pilot number to the current Member Suites. Provisioning of Linked Suites can be performed through Property Management System (PMS) or system programming in th...",""],
["../forms/link_descriptor_assignment.html","Digital Link Descriptors","Purpose The Digital Link Descriptors form defines the protocol characteristics of DASS II links and T1/D4 links. Both CEPT and DS1 trunk characteristics are defined by this form. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Digital ...",""],
["../forms/local_only_directory_number_list.html","Local-only Directory Number List","Purpose Use this form to identify the local-only directory numbers that exist in the cluster. This form lists the local-only directory entries in read-only format. Do NOT use this form: If your system is standalone. If your system belongs to a no...",""],
["../forms/location_assignment.html","Locations","Purpose The Locations form is used to list all location names used in the telephone directory. This form consists of one column in which all the required location names are entered. For more information: About Telephone Directories Field Descript...",""],
["../forms/location_based_numbers.html","Location Based Numbers","Purpose Use this form to provision Directory Numbers (DN) for services or destinations considered to be location-based, such as Emergency (911), Directory Assistance (411), Security, Help Desk, etc. When these numbers are dialed, the system perfo...",""],
["../forms/location_specification.html","Location Specification","Purpose Location Based Accounting provides the capability to automatically determine a device&#39;s location based on its IP address. Use this form to specify IP address ranges and map them to zone IDs. When an IP device registers with the ICP, its I...",""],
["../forms/location_specification_ipv6.html","Location Specification IPv6","Purpose Location Based Accounting provides the capability to automatically determine a device&#39;s location based on its IP address. Use this form to specify IP address range in Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) format and map them to zone IDs. ...",""],
["../forms/loudspeaker_paging_assignment.html","Loudspeaker Paging","Purpose The Loudspeaker Paging form is used to assign zone numbers and interconnect numbers to loudspeaker paging circuits. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Loudspeaker Paging Paging Field Descriptions Parameter Descript...",""],
["../forms/manually_creating_dhcp_options_43_or_125.html","Rules for creating DHCP options 43 or 125","Although not recommended, string values for Options 43 and 125 can be entered from scratch into the DHCP Options form. The preferred entry method for Option 125 is to use the Mitel Tags fields in the form. Using the fields guarantees a correctly ...",""],
["../forms/mass_audio_notification.html","Mass Audio Notification","Purpose The Mass Audio Notification form allows you to associate a Zone ID preconfigured in the Network Zones form with a Multicast Address and Multicast Port, thus connecting all supported telephone sets in the specified network zone to the mult...",""],
["../forms/maximum_dialed_digits.html","ARS Maximum Dialed Digits","Purpose The ARS Maximum Dialed Digits form is used to define the maximum number of digits that may be dialed from stations or trunks having the associated COR. If the maximum is exceeded, the call follows intercept handling for that COR. This arr...",""],
["../forms/miscellaneous_assignment.html","System Access Points","Purpose The System Access Points form is used to assign values to various devices in the system which require no special programming other than one parameter. Field Descriptions Parameter Description Default Value Night Bell Directory Number Ente...",""],
["../forms/mixml_applications.html","MiXML Applications","Purpose The MiXML Applications form allows you to view and delete MiXML Applications and associated features. The data displayed is obtained from Third Party MiXML applications that have registered with the system. The top part of the form displa...",""],
["../forms/mlaa_configuration.html","VM Multi-Level Auto Attendants","Purpose Multi-level Auto Attendant allows callers to work down a tree structure of menus, refining their requirements at every level until they reach their desired destination. For example: \"Press 1 for Sales. Press 2 for Accounts\" then \"Thank yo...",""],
["../forms/modules.html","Hardware Modules","Purpose 3300 ICP Controller For a 3300 ICP Controller, the Hardware Modules form displays details about the various cards installed in the 3300 ICP controller. Use this form to perform the following tasks: Program Controller Modules Controller Mo...",""],
["../forms/multi-device_suites.html","Multi-device Suites","Purpose Use this form to manage suites containing members who are: programmed as Multi-Device This Service Level indicates that the directory number (DN) is assigned to a user that has only basic telephony functionality (e.g., emergency or attend...",""],
["../forms/multi-device_user_groups.html","Multi-device User Groups","Purpose Use this form to manage personal ring groups (PRGs) that contain members who are: programmed as Multi-Device This Service Level indicates that the directory number (DN) is assigned to a user that has only basic telephony functionality (e....",""],
["../forms/multiline_ip_set_configuration.html","Multiline IP Sets","Purpose The Multiline IP Sets form is used to assign a device type, prime directory number, and interconnect number to all MiVoice IP Phones. It is also used to create ACD Hot Desk users and External Hot Desk Agents . The Media Access Control (MA...",""],
["../forms/multiline_ip_set_key_assignment.html","Multiline Set Keys","Purpose The Multiline Set Keys form is used to assign line type, ring type, and directory number to each line select key of Mitel multiline telephones, 5560 IPTs, Programmable Key Modules, and generic SIP devices. In programming the Line Select k...",""],
["../forms/multiline_set_group_assignment.html","Multiline Appearance Groups","Purpose The Multiline Appearance Groups form gives the system manager a tool for changing group types from key system to multicall, or multicall to key system for multiline sets. It provides easy management of key system and multicall groups and ...",""],
["../forms/multiline_set_status_message_assignment.html","Multiline Advisory Messages","Purpose The Multiline Advisory Messages form defines up to 20 status messages that may appear on display telephones. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Messaging - Advisory Language Change Field Descriptions Parameter Description ...",""],
["../forms/multi_node_management_alarms_summary.html","Admin Group Alarm Summary","Purpose This form displays a summary of the alarm status for the member elements in the SDS Administrative Group. For more information, see Fault Management - Description Fault Management - Conditions Using Fault Management Multi-Node Management ...",""],
["../forms/multi_node_management_fault_config.html","Admin Group Management","Purpose Use this form to enable or disable the presentation of alarm information for the SDS Administrative Group. WARNING: The Admin Group Management application is intended for Admin Groups of up to 20 nodes. If the number of nodes exceeds 20, ...",""],
["../forms/music_on_hold.html","E&#38;M Trunks","Purpose This form allows you to program E&#38;M Trunks. Refer to Music on Hold for a description of the types of Music on Hold that are available. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Analog Music On Hold Field Descriptions Para...",""],
["../forms/networked_voice_mail_servers.html","VM Network Servers","Purpose The VM Network Servers form is used to program and manage VM Network Servers. Up to 200 voice mail servers can be programmed. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Programming Networked Voice Mail VM Network Users For more in...",""],
["../forms/networked_voice_mail_users.html","VM Network Users","Purpose Use this form when performing the following tasks: Programming Networked Voice Mail See also, About Networked Voice Mail VM Network Servers Conditions IMPORTANT: Data in this form is not propagated by SDS to other nodes in the network/clu...",""],
["../forms/network_element_assignment.html","Network Elements","Purpose The Network Elements form manages all elements within a network. Use this form to view, define, and manage the basic attributes of network elements, such as name, IP address, type, data-sharing status, and zones. specify the elements that...",""],
["../forms/network_specific_facilities.html","PRI/QSIG Network Specific Facilities","Purpose The PRI/QSIG Network Specific Facilities form is used to define network specific facilities on a Fixed or Call-by-Call basis. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Embedded PRI/QSIG Conditions PRI/QSIG Network Specifi...",""],
["../forms/network_specific_facilities_d.html","Network Specific Facilities Dependencies","Protocol Variant Applicable Options DMS-100 DMS-250 Unassigned Default Private FX Tie Trunk Outwats 4ESS Unassigned Default SDN Megacom Accunet NI-2 Bellcore Unassigned Default FX Tie Trunk Unb. OW Band. OW NI-2 5ESS Unassigned Default FX Tie Tru...",""],
["../forms/network_synchronization.html","Network Synchronization","Purpose The Network Synchronization form defines the external clock source used for network synchronization. The external source can be derived from any of the digital links. A maximum of eight sources can be defined. When no external source is d...",""],
["../forms/network_topology.html","Network Zone Topology","Purpose The Network Zone Topology form allows you to model the IP network connectivity and assign bandwidth limits at bottleneck points. You model the data network by building a Spanning Tree topology, where the network is divided into zones that...",""],
["../forms/node_identity_assignment.html","ARS Node Identities","Purpose The ARS Node Identities form provides a means of assigning a directory number or identifier, and synonyms of that directory number, to systems operating as tandem switches with line terminations. Incoming digit strings are analyzed for th...",""],
["../forms/online_services_config.html","5140/5240 Web Services","Purpose The 5140/5240 Web Services form allows you to assign web addresses and identifiers to Mitel 5140 IP and 5240 IP Phones. Users can access this system-wide list of URLs through the Online Services button on each 5140 IP and 5240 IP Phone. U...",""],
["../forms/online_service_urls.html","Online Service URLs","Purpose Online Service URLs point to external servers where 69xx series IP phones can: Download screen saver and branding application files (not supported on 6905 and 6910 IP Phones). Connect to a MiCollab server to get user avatars (photos) for ...",""],
["../forms/ons_ops_circuit_descriptor_assignment.html","ONS/OPS Circuit Descriptors","Purpose The ONS/OPS Circuit Descriptors form assigns signaling and timing parameters to groups of ONS circuits. This form completes the basic hardware definition of ONS lines. The circuit descriptor numbers in this form are required in the Analog...",""],
["../forms/outgoing_number_assignment.html","ISDN Outgoing Numbers","Purpose This form allows you to select the outgoing numbering plans for Euro ISDN Standard trunk variants provided by the embedded PRI/ BRI functionality available on the 3300 ICP controller. To meet the specific ISDN requirements of a European r...",""],
["../forms/outward_dialing_modification.html","Outward Dialing Modification","Purpose Outward Dialing Modification allows you to define rules for altering dial strings contained in outbound ISDN E1 (Euro standard protocol only) and SIP Trunk calls. To program a rule, select an index number and program it with match criteri...",""],
["../forms/page_group_assignment.html","Page Groups","Purpose The Page Groups form identifies the directory numbers that are members of a page group. You can program up to 64 page groups. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program IP Paging Unit Group Page Conditions A Multi-Device T...",""],
["../forms/path_assignment.html","ACD Paths","Purpose The ACD Paths form is used to configure ACD paths. The path contains the information necessary to move an incoming call through the ACD system. It specifies the resources used, the order in which they are encountered, and the timing of th...",""],
["../forms/path_interflow_dialist_assign_path_i.html","ACD Path Interflow Dialing Lists","Purpose The ACD Path Interflow Dialing Lists form defines the destination to be dialed when a caller presses a single digit. The number can be used to dial destinations such as a set, a voice mail port or a speedcall number. Up to 500 instances o...",""],
["../forms/personal_ring_group_assignment.html","Personal Ring Groups","Purpose Use this form to manage personal ring groups containing members who are: programmed as Full Service This Service Level indicates that the directory number (DN) is assigned to a standard user and device with full telephony functionality. o...",""],
["../forms/personal_speed_call_assignment.html","Personal Speed Call Allocation","Purpose The Personal Speed Call Allocation form is used to allocate resources, on a per-directory number basis, to permit the definition and storage of personal speed calls. It is used to allocate a quantity of personal speed call numbers to ONS ...",""],
["../forms/personal_speed_call_directory.html","Personal Speed Calls","Purpose The Personal Speed Calls form is used to list the personal speed call numbers defined for each station in the system. It is a read-only form that allows the site manager to view a list of the personal speed call numbers for each station o...",""],
["../forms/phone_applications_update.html","Phone Applications Update","Purpose: Use this form to upload screen saver, branding, and applications for distribution to supported 53xx and 69xx IP phones. The distribution of apps is automatic for 69xx phones. For 53xx phones, the distribution happens when apps (HTML) are...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m2006.html","Phone Model M2006","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M2006 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 Hold 3 Prime Line 4 Feature Key 2 5 Feature Key 3 6 Fea...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m2008.html","Phone Model M2008","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M2008 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 Hold 3 Prime Line 4 Feature Key 2 5 Down Arrow 6 Transf...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m2616_a2008.html","Phone Model M2616/A2008","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M2616 or A2008 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type2 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 Hold 3 Prime Line 4 Feature Key 2 5 Feature Ke...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m3110.html","Phone Model M3110","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M3110 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type2 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Message Indicator Light 2 Hold 3 Cancel 4 Handsfree 5 Mute 6 Pri...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m3310.html","Phone Model M3310","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M3310 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Message Indicator Light 2 Hold 3 Cancel 4 Handsfree 5 Mute 6 Pri...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m3820.html","Phone Model M3820","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M3820 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type2 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 Hold 3 Mute 4 Handsfree 5 Prime Line 6 Unused 7 Prime L...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m3901.html","Phone Model M3901","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M3901 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Function 2 Cancel 3 Prime Line 4 Hold 5 Message Indicator Light ...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m3902.html","Phone Model M3902","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M3902 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Feature Key 4, Feature Key 3, Feature Key 2 2 Superkey 3 Previou...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m3903.html","Phone Model M3903","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M3903 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 Hold 3 Quit 4 Handsfree 5 Mute 6 Headset 7 Program 8 Me...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m3904.html","Phone Model M3904","When you connect a Nortel Meridian M3904 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 Hold 3 Quit 4 Handsfree 5 Mute 6 Headset 7 Program 8 Me...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m7100.html","Phone Model M7100","When you connect a Nortel Norstar M7100 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: NOTE: The M7100 does not support any personal keys. Button Label Function 1 Transfer/Conf...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m7208.html","Phone Model M7208","When you connect a Nortel Norstar M7208 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 SuperKey 2 Cancel 3 Hold 4 Microphone/Speaker 5 Prime Line 6 Tran...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m7208n.html","Phone Model M7208N","When you connect a Nortel Norstar M7208N phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 SuperKey 3 Hold 4 Microphone/Speaker 5 Prime Line 6 Tra...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m7310.html","Phone Model M7310","When you connect a Nortel Norstar M7310 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type2 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 SuperKey 2 Cancel 3 Hold 4 Microphone/Speaker 5 Prime Line 6 Line...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m7310n.html","Phone Model M7310N","When you connect a Nortel Norstar M7310N phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type2 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 SuperKey 3 Hold 4 Microphone/Speaker 5 Prime Line 6 Lin...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_m7324.html","Phone Model M7324","When you connect a Nortel Norstar M7324 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type2 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 SuperKey 3 Hold 4 Microphone/Speaker 5 Prime Line 6 Line...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_t7100.html","Phone Model T7100","When you connect a Nortel Norstar T7100 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: NOTE: The T7100 does not support any personal keys. Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 Down...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_t7208.html","Phone Model T7208","When you connect a Nortel Norstar T7208 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type1 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 SuperKey 2 Hold 3 Cancel 4 Microphone/Speaker 5 Prime Line 6 Tran...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_t7316.html","Phone Model T7316","When you connect a Nortel Norstar T7316 phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type2 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 SuperKey 2 Hold 3 Cancel 4 Microphone/Speaker 5 Prime Line 6 Line...",""],
["../forms/phone_model_t7406_cordless.html","Phone Model T7406 cordless","When you connect a Nortel Norstar T7406 cordless phone to a 3300 CITELlink Gateway and program it as a CITELlink Type2 device, the phone supports the following keys: Button Label Function 1 Cancel 2 SuperKey 3 Hold 4 Prime Line 5 Line Select Key ...",""],
["../forms/pickup_group_assignment.html","Pickup Groups","Purpose The Pickup Groups form identifies the directory numbers that are members of a pickup group. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Call Pickup - Dialed Call Pickup - Clustered Conditions A Multi-Device This Service Level indic...",""],
["../forms/port_forward_table.html","Port Forward Table (CXi II and MXe III only)","Purpose NOTE: The Port Forward Table form is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). The Port Forward Table form allows external traffic to reach resources on the internal network. The table can contain up to 40 en...",""],
["../forms/pptp.html","Remote Access (PPTP) (CXi, CXi II, and MXe III only)","Purpose NOTE: The Remote Access (PPTP) form is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). The PPTP form is used to program the Internet gateway as a Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) server for a remote client ...",""],
["../forms/programmed_telephones.html","IP Telephones - Programmed","This screen shows all of the programmed IP telephones, including softphones and IP consoles, on the system along with information concerning their status plus their hardware and software version. For troubleshooting information, refer to the MiVo...",""],
["../forms/prompt_language_form.html","VM Prompt Languages","Purpose The VM Prompt Languages form is used to set the default prompt language, the alternate language for bilingual prompting (if required), and to define the number dialed by users to switch between languages. By default, menu option 8 is used...",""],
["../forms/protocol_assignment.html","ISDN Protocol","Purpose After a digital link has been programmed in the Digital Links form, the ISDN Protocol form is used to program the protocol type and variant for the links. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Embedded PRI/ QSIG Trunk...",""],
["../forms/protocol_type_and_variant.html","Protocol Type and Variant","Protocol Type Variant InterfaceType T1 E1 BRI DMS-100 N/A DMS-250 N/A 4ESS N/A NI-2 Bellcore 5ESS GTD5 QSIG ISO ETSI Euro-ISDN Euro-Standard Euro-Numeris Euro-Cayman Telecom Italia ISDN-BRI Telecom Australia Telecom Italia IDA-P (Hong Kong) N/A D...",""],
["../forms/quad_bri_framer_configuration.html","Quad BRI Framers","Purpose The Quad BRI Framer module provides BRI without requiring the installation of a BRI NSU and Universal NSU solution. Each Quad BRI Framer has four ports. Program the unit to which each module connects. Use this form when performing the fol...",""],
["../forms/rad_greeting_configuration.html","VM RAD Greetings","Purpose The VM Recorded Announcement Device (RAD) Greetings form is used to manage greeting sets. Up to 30 RAD greeting sets (10–39) can be created, with 1 to 5 greetings per set. Use this form when performing the following tasks: RAD Greetings F...",""],
["../forms/range.html","Range Form Fields","Purpose Range programming makes it easy to add, change, or delete a group of records. You can define the number of records, the change action for each field, assign values, and choose the number by which the value increases. For read only fields,...",""],
["../forms/registry_config.html","Controller Registry","Purpose The Controller Registry form allows you to modify controller options and settings. Conditions The four OPS Manager Registry Key fields may start with &#39;7100NM&#39; instead of &#39; OpsMgr&#39; if you created your customer database in Release 3.0 or 3....",""],
["../forms/remote_agent_subgroup_assignment.html","ACD Remote Agent Subgroups","Purpose The ACD Remote Agent Subgroups form is only available with Networked ACD and can be used to program priority and agent blocking. NOTE: A remote agent subgroup&#39;s ID number and name and access number may be programmed in Telephone Directory...",""],
["../forms/remote_busy_lamp_assignment.html","Remote Busy Lamps","Purpose The Remote Busy Lamps form allows you to program remote appearances of a local device. The form lists the device&#39;s local appearances as programmed in the Multiline Set Keys form and allows you to enter remote directory numbers of devices ...",""],
["../forms/remote_directory_number_assignment.html","Remote Directory Numbers","Purpose The Remote Directory Numbers form lists the remote portable directory numbers in a cluster network that is configured with the portable directory number feature. Remote portable directory numbers belong to devices that are hosted by remot...",""],
["../forms/ring_group_assignment.html","Ring Groups","Purpose The Ring Groups form is used to assign directory numbers to ring groups . The form consists of a group pilot number, ring mode, name and a list of all directory numbers belonging to the group. This form supports Range programming . Use th...",""],
["../forms/route_assignment.html","ARS Routes","Purpose The ARS Routes form assigns Trunk Group number, COR group, and Digit Modification Numbers to Route Numbers. It also specifies the routing medium (TDM, IP, SIP) that the route uses, the point in the output stream at which overlap outpulsin...",""],
["../forms/route_list_assignment.html","ARS Route Lists","Purpose The ARS Route Lists form provides a list of trunk routes to call according to customer requirements and cost. A type of terminal hunting is performed through this form by the ARS software in that the list of routes is scanned beginning wi...",""],
["../forms/route_plan_assignment.html","ARS Route Plans","Purpose The ARS Route Plans form defines Routes and Route Lists that are dependent on day and time. Each plan accepts up to 12 different routes or route lists, arranged in groups of four. Each group represents a selection of routes for a given da...",""],
["../forms/sample_feature_access_codes.html","Sample Feature Access Codes","Feature Name Primary Code Alternate Code Account Code **3 ACD Silent Monitor *04 ACD Agent Login *05 ACD Agent Logout #11 Active Maintenance Port Access Blank ADL - Call Blank ADL - Disconnect Blank ADL - Loopback Blank Attendant Hold – Remote Re...",""],
["../forms/server_certificate.html","Device Certificate","Purpose This form deals with the SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. or enterprise Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) certificate that authentic...",""],
["../forms/shared_data_updates.html","SDS Distribution Errors (All, User, and System)","Purpose The SDS Distribution Errors form allows you to view and manage all pending (in-progress) SDS distribution updates and update errors. Using this form, you can retry erroneous updates, or remove them and fix data discrepancies manually. Use...",""],
["../forms/shared_forms_configuration.html","SDS Form Sharing","Purpose The SDS Form Sharing form manages the data-sharing scope of a given shareable form. Use this configuration form before you start sharing the local network element with the members of its data-sharing network or cluster. It allows you to d...",""],
["../forms/shared_system_options.html","Shared System Options","Purpose Use this form to configure or modify system options common to all MiVoice Business systems within a cluster or network. Conditions Options in this form should be consistent across all nodes in a cluster or a network. Field Descriptions Pa...",""],
["../forms/single_line_ip_set_config.html","Single Line IP Sets","Purpose The Single Line IP Sets form is for programming the 5001 and 5201 single-line IP phones. The form supports Range programming . Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Single Line IP Telephones Conditions When deleting I...",""],
["../forms/sip_devices_capabilities_assignment.html","SIP Device Capabilities","Purpose This form provides configuration options that can be applied to various types of SIP devices. The association between the SIP device and the form is similar to how the Class of Service options work. A SIP Device Capability profile can be ...",""],
["../forms/sip_peers.html","SIP Peer Profile","Purpose This SIP Peer Profile form is used to configure SIP trunks with the following: the local account information the outbound proxy server the Calling Line ID information the policies applicable to the SIP trunk the authentication information...",""],
["../forms/sip_peer_profile_called_party.html","SIP Peer Profile Called Party Inward Dialing Modification","Purpose The Inward Dialing Modification feature allows you to alter the dial strings of inbound calls for a link. Use this form to select which digit modification rules you wish to apply to the SIP \"called party\" type headers of inbound calls. Th...",""],
["../forms/sip_peer_profile_calling.html","SIP Peer Profile Calling Party Inward Dialing Modification","Purpose The Inward Dialing Modification feature allows you to alter the dial strings of inbound calls for a link. Use this form to select which digit modification rules you wish to apply to the SIP \"calling party\" type headers of inbound calls. T...",""],
["../forms/sip_peer_profile_for_incoming.html","SIP Peer Profile Assignment by Incoming DID","Purpose This form can be used to assign incoming digits from both SIP Service Providers and Gateways. You can associate a telephone number assigned by a SIP Service Provider to a particular SIP Peer based on the information present in the Request...",""],
["../forms/sip_peer_profile_outward_called_party.html","SIP Peer Profile Called Party Outward Dialing Modification","Purpose The Outward Dialing Modification feature allows you to alter the dial strings of outbound calls for a link. Use this form to select which digit modification rules you wish to apply to the SIP \"called party\" type headers of outbound calls....",""],
["../forms/smdr_options_assignment.html","SMDR Options","Purpose The SMDR Options form is used to select SMDR options. If no entry is made for a given option that requires a \"Yes/No\" value, the default value \"No\" will be applied; if no entry is made for an option that requires another kind of value, th...",""],
["../forms/spanning_tree.html","Spanning Tree","Purpose NOTE: The Spanning Tree form is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). This form is used to configure Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) parameters on the CXi II, MXe III and AX controllers. The STP param...",""],
["../forms/spectralink_phone_key_mapping.html","SpectraLink Wireless Telephone Line Select Key Mapping","Both the SpectraLink NetLink e340 (show below) and the NetLink i640 Wireless Telephones support 14 line select keys. The line select keys appear in the menu display of the handsets as shortcut keys. Line Select key 1 is pre-assigned to the Prime ...",""],
["../forms/station_service_assignment.html","Station Attributes","Purpose Use the Station Attributes form to assign a Class of Service, Class of Restriction, Intercept Number, and Default Account Code number to each station in the system. This form uses Range programming . NOTE: When an IP Phone is added to the...",""],
["../forms/stp_default_settings.html","STP Default Settings (LX, 700-user, 250-user Controllers)","When STP is enabled, MiVoice Business uses the following STP configuration values by default: Parameter Description Default Value Port enabled (each of L2 external ports 1-4) True L2 STP Fast Convergence False Path Cost (all ports) 10 Port Priori...",""],
["../forms/suite_assignment.html","Suites","Purpose The Suites form is used to maintain the configuration for each suite and its current telephone extensions (up to six). Each Suite Extension is assigned a call delivery type to determine the call behavior associated with each extension. NO...",""],
["../forms/system_account_code_definition.html","System Account Codes","Purpose The System Account Codes form defines account codes to be outpulsed on trunk routes during Automatic Route Selection. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Account Codes - System ARS Digit Modification Plans form Field Descri...",""],
["../forms/system_admin_policy_config.html","Admin Policies","Purpose The Admin Policies form only displays when you log into the System Administration Tool using the ROOT policy account. All forms that MiVoice Business supports regardless of type and licenses purchased are displayed. This form allows you t...",""],
["../forms/system_audio_files_update.html","System Audio Source Update","Purpose Use this form to upload an audio file to a single MiVoice Business node. You can upload an audio file and use it as a Music on Hold source, an Auto Attendant system greeting , an Auto Attendant Park and Page greeting, a mailbox greeting ,...",""],
["../forms/system_capacity_display.html","System Capacity","Purpose This is a read-only form that displays the licenses and options available for use on this system versus the amount allocated. You may reference this form when performing the following tasks: Change Licenses and Options Change Resource Dim...",""],
["../forms/system_ip_port_assignment.html","System IP Ports","Purpose The System IP Ports form is used to associate the SIP transport protocol used with the port on the local host. If a value other than the default is used, the user should validate that the port is not being used elsewhere. Use this form wh...",""],
["../forms/system_options_assignment.html","System Options","Purpose The System Options form is used to specify parameters that are used system-wide during call processing and data switching. Field Descriptions Parameter Description Default Value AC System Select \"Yes\" if the system is powered by AC power ...",""],
["../forms/system_port_assignment.html","System Ports","Purpose The System Ports form provides a centralized means of associating logical names to each RS-232 port. The form also displays the baud rate and parity for each port. Logs can be sent to the Mitel Log Viewer or sent to the LPR1 telnet port 1...",""],
["../forms/system_security_management.html","System Security Management","Purpose Use this form to set the password strength used to log into the System Administration Tool and the duration of the session inactivity timer which automatically logs out the user after a period of inactivity. You can also configure a Login...",""],
["../forms/system_speed_call_assignment.html","System Speed Calls","Purpose The System Speed Calls form defines the system speed call numbers accessible from all phones and special sets in the system. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Programming Speed Calls - System Field Descriptions Parameter ...",""],
["../forms/telephone_directory.html","Telephone Directory","Purpose The Telephone Directory form serves as an information base for call processing functions. The form is used to assign name, department, and location to all directory numbers in the system, and to enable private numbers where required. It i...",""],
["../forms/tenant_assignment.html","Tenants","Purpose The Tenants form is used to define tenants. You can have up to 64 tenants in a system. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Tenanting For more information: Tenanting - Detailed Description Field Descriptions Parameter Descri...",""],
["../forms/traffic_options_assignment.html","Traffic Report Options","Purpose The form gives the communications site manager a form-driven method of obtaining time-based traffic reports about system usage. Reports may be generated as required, covering attendant usage, channel utilization, system activity, data sta...",""],
["../forms/trunk_circuit_descriptor_co.html","Trunk Circuit Descriptor - CO","Purpose The CO Trunk Circuit Descriptors form is used to assign signaling and timing parameters to groups of CO trunk circuits (loop start). This form completes the basic definition of CO trunk characteristics. NOTE: Ground start trunks are no lo...",""],
["../forms/trunk_circuit_descriptor_did.html","Trunk Circuit Descriptor - DID","Purpose The DID Trunk Circuit Descriptors form is used to assign signaling and timing parameters to groups of DID trunk circuits. This form completes the basic definition of DID trunk characteristics. The circuit descriptor numbers in this form a...",""],
["../forms/trunk_circuit_descriptor_digital_co.html","Trunk Circuit Descriptor - Digital CO","Purpose The Digital CO Trunk Circuit Descriptor form is used to assign signaling and timing parameters to groups of DS1 CO trunk circuits using channel associated signaling (CAS). Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program T1/D4 T...",""],
["../forms/trunk_circuit_descriptor_digital_did.html","Trunk Circuit Descriptor - Digital DID","Purpose The Digital DID Trunk Circuit Descriptor form is used to assign signaling and timing parameters to groups of DS1 DID trunk circuits using channel associated signaling (CAS). Use this form when performing the following tasks: Direct Inward...",""],
["../forms/trunk_circuit_descriptor_digital_e_and_m.html","Trunk Circuit Descriptor - Digital E&#38;M","Purpose The Digital E&#38;M Trunk Circuit Descriptor form is used to define the characteristics of the DS1 trunk circuits used for Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) over DS1 E&#38;M trunks. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program T1/D...",""],
["../forms/trunk_circuit_descriptor_e_and_m.html","Trunk Circuit Descriptor - E&#38;M","Purpose The E&#38;M Trunk Circuit Descriptor form completes the basic definition of E&#38;M trunk characteristics. With this form, trunk signaling and timing parameters are set for groups of E&#38;M trunk circuits. The circuit descriptor numbers in this form...",""],
["../forms/trunk_circuit_descriptor_loop_tie.html","Trunk Circuit Descriptor - Loop Tie","Purpose The Loop Tie Trunk Circuit Descriptor form completes the basic definition of loop tie trunk characteristics. With this form, trunk signaling and timing parameters are set for groups of loop tie trunk circuits. The circuit descriptor numbe...",""],
["../forms/trunk_circuit_descriptor_msdn_dpnss_dassii.html","Trunk Circuit Descriptor - MSDN-DPNSS-DASSII","Purpose The MSDN-DPNSS-DASSII Trunk Circuit Descriptor form is used to identify the protocol characteristics of digital trunks. The characteristics are listed under a Trunk Circuit Descriptor Number. The characteristics are then associated with s...",""],
["../forms/trunk_group_assignment.html","Trunk Groups","Purpose The Trunk Groups form is used to gather outgoing trunks into groups for the Automatic Route Selection forms. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Automatic Route Selection NOTE: Trunk groups are not supported on the ...",""],
["../forms/trunk_service_assignment.html","Trunk Attributes","Purpose The Trunk Attributes form is used to assign a Class of Service, Class of Restriction, Baud Rate, Intercept Numbers and a Trunk Label to all trunks. This form also defines Answer Points for Non-Dial-In (attendant-handled) trunks under the ...",""],
["../forms/unit_configuration_display.html","Unit Configuration","Purpose The Unit Configuration form is used to identify the unit numbers associated with installed hardware. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Checking System Hardware Profile Field Descriptions Parameter Description Default Valu...",""],
["../forms/unprogrammed_telephones.html","IP Telephones - Unprogrammed","Shows you the IP telephones that have not yet been assigned or programmed in Multiline IP Sets or User and Services Configuration form along with information concerning their status plus their hardware and software version. For troubleshooting in...",""],
["../forms/uri_number_translation.html","URI/Number Translation","Purpose This form allows you to import a .csv file containing directory numbers and Microsoft Office Communicator sign-in names (SIP URIs) into MiVoice Business. Directory numbers of Office Communicator users need to be translated into Name URI-b...",""],
["../forms/user_and_device_templates.html","User and Service Templates","Purpose You can program user and service templates with a subset of the customer data contained on the User and Services Configuration form, and then reuse this data when adding new users or services. Templates and roles are shared. In a network ...",""],
["../forms/user_authorization_profiles.html","User Authorization Profiles","Purpose The User Authorization Profiles form allows you to create, modify, and delete user profiles for the Desktop Tool, the Group Administration Tool, and the System Administration Tool. Use this form to modify or create a small number of user ...",""],
["../forms/user_authorization_profiles_rdn.html","User Authorization Profiles","Purpose The User Authorization Profiles form allows you to create, modify, and delete user profiles which are required to access the following MiVoice Business management interfaces: System Administration Tool Group Administration Tool Desktop To...",""],
["../forms/user_configuration_rdn.html","User and Services Configuration","Purpose The User and Services Configuration form displays a list of the users and the following services: Locally-hosted phone services – programmed on MiVoice Business and fully managed through ESM Remotely-hosted phone services – hosted within ...",""],
["../forms/user_roles.html","User Roles","Purpose The User Role form displays a list of roles programmed in the MiVoice Business system. Use the User Role form to Quickly add, change or delete role data, using a single form. Easily add a large number of new roles by importing configurati...",""],
["../forms/user_service_data_to_ldap.html","User Service Data to LDAP Attributes Mapping","Purpose Use this form to map corporate directory ( LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is a software protocol for enabling anyone to locate organizations, individuals, and other resources such as files and devices in a network. LDAP is a \"...",""],
["../forms/vm_call_flow_administration.html","VM Call Flow Administration","Purpose: The VM Call Flow Administration form allows for the configuration of Call Flows with specific actions to handle incoming calls for your organization as a whole, for departments within your organization, and for individual mailboxes and e...",""],
["../forms/voicemail_port_capacity.html","VM Port Capacity","Purpose The VM Port Capacity form sets the number of ports available for voice mail use. Each port supports a single Auto Attendant, RAD, or a voice mail session. The maximum number of usable ports available varies by controller type. Refer the E...",""],
["../forms/voice_mailboxes_forms.html","VM Mailboxes","Purpose The VM Mailboxes form is used to add and delete voice mailboxes, edit mailbox settings and edit call flows. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Embedded Voice Mail Programming Mailboxes Programming Embedded Unified ...",""],
["../forms/voice_mail_options_form.html","VM Options","Purpose The VM Options form is used to define parameters for Notification Calls (i.e., calls to mailbox subscribers to notify them of new messages), call transfers by the Auto Attendant, and directory prompts (i.e., prompts on using call-by-name ...",""],
["../forms/voice_mail_port_assignment.html","VM Ports","Purpose The VM Ports form assigns prime directory numbers and interconnect numbers to all voice mail ports. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Program Embedded Voice Mail Conditions All available ports must be programmed. Field De...",""],
["../forms/voice_quality_configuration.html","Voice Quality Monitoring","Purpose The Voice Quality Monitoring form is used to enable or disable voice quality monitoring. Use this form when performing the following tasks: Voice Quality Monitoring For more information: Voice Quality Statistics Field Descriptions Paramet...",""],
["../forms/voice_quality_statistics.html","Voice Quality Statistics","Voice quality statistics are stored as records (called \"intervals\") of 100 seconds or less in length. They record the events that occur between IP endpoints that have established voice streams in each direction (see diagram below). There is a sep...",""],
["../forms/wan_settings.html","WAN Settings (CXi II and MXe III only)","Purpose NOTE: The WAN Settings form is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). NOTE: The MXe III-L controller does not support WAN functionality. The WAN Settings form is used to enable the WAN interface and provid...",""],
["../forms/wireless_ip_set_config.html","Wireless IP Sets","Purpose The Wireless IP Sets form is used to program Symbol IP devices, SpectraLink Wireless Telephones, and Mitel IP-DECT OpenPhones on the MiVoice Business system. To display the next page of entries, click Next. To display the first page of en...",""],
["../forms/xnet_trunk_group_assignment.html","IP/XNET Trunk Groups","Purpose The IP/XNET Trunk Groups form is used to gather trunks into groups for the Automatic Route Selection forms. NOTE: The number of XNET trunk groups is based on the Maximum Number of Elements per cluster (assigned in the License and Option S...",""],
["../forms/xnet_trunk_profile_assignment.html","IP/XNET Trunk Profiles","Purpose The IP/XNET Trunk Profiles form is used to program trunk service or interconnect restriction parameters specific to IP Networking or XNET. Use this form when performing the following tasks: IP Networking/XNET Planning IP Networking Progra...",""],
["../gg0422.jpg","gg0422.jpg","JPEG file, size 503x168","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../gg0423.jpg","gg0423.jpg","JPEG file, size 505x162","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../gg0424.jpg","gg0424.jpg","JPEG file, size 476x181","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../gg0425.jpg","gg0425.jpg","JPEG file, size 399x171","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../gg0684.jpg","gg0684.jpg","JPEG file, size 600x334","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../group_zones.gif","group_zones.gif","GIF file, size 500x245","../gif.jpg"],
["../grp_licensing03.jpg","grp_licensing03.jpg","JPEG file, size 1002x624","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../grp_licensing04.jpg","grp_licensing04.jpg","JPEG file, size 1002x624","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../grp_licensing05.jpg","grp_licensing05.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../grp_licensing06.jpg","grp_licensing06.jpg","JPEG file, size 1414x729","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../grp_licensing07.jpg","grp_licensing07.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../grp_licensing08.jpg","grp_licensing08.jpg","JPEG file, size 997x747","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../iframe.html","No title","",""],
["../image12.png","image12.png","PNG file, size 311x312",""],
["../image19.gif","image19.gif","GIF file, size 529x684","../gif.jpg"],
["../image28.gif","image28.gif","GIF file, size 576x277","../gif.jpg"],
["../image29.gif","image29.gif","GIF file, size 686x375","../gif.jpg"],
["../image30.gif","image30.gif","GIF file, size 669x415","../gif.jpg"],
["../image31.gif","image31.gif","GIF file, size 737x427","../gif.jpg"],
["../image32.gif","image32.gif","GIF file, size 562x572","../gif.jpg"],
["../image33.gif","image33.gif","GIF file, size 367x173","../gif.jpg"],
["../image34.gif","image34.gif","GIF file, size 563x524","../gif.jpg"],
["../image35.gif","image35.gif","GIF file, size 486x609","../gif.jpg"],
["../image45.jpg","image45.jpg","JPEG file, size 640x530","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image45_thumb.jpg","image45_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 167x208","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image47.png","image47.png","PNG file, size 450x270",""],
["../image48.jpg","image48.jpg","JPEG file, size 640x530","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image48_thumb.jpg","image48_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 205x186","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image49.jpg","image49.jpg","JPEG file, size 602x441","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image50.png","image50.png","PNG file, size 450x299",""],
["../image51.png","image51.png","PNG file, size 454x324",""],
["../image55.jpg","image55.jpg","JPEG file, size 640x530","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image55_thumb.jpg","image55_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 252x208","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image56.gif","image56.gif","GIF file, size 260x78","../gif.jpg"],
["../image59.jpg","image59.jpg","JPEG file, size 640x530","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image59_thumb.jpg","image59_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 231x185","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image6.gif","image6.gif","GIF file, size 549x648","../gif.jpg"],
["../image61.jpg","image61.jpg","PNG file, size 516x471","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image61_thumb.jpg","image61_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 123x111","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image62.jpg","image62.jpg","PNG file, size 500x415","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image62_thumb.jpg","image62_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 118x97","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image67.gif","image67.gif","GIF file, size 326x229","../gif.jpg"],
["../image7.gif","image7.gif","GIF file, size 604x239","../gif.jpg"],
["../image70.jpg","image70.jpg","JPEG file, size 640x530","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image70_thumb.jpg","image70_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 205x186","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../image8.gif","image8.gif","GIF file, size 609x156","../gif.jpg"],
["../images/default_configuration_files.png","default_configuration_files.png","PNG file, size 756x461",""],
["../insertaction1.png","insertaction1.png","PNG file, size 233x96",""],
["../insertaction2.png","insertaction2.png","PNG file, size 288x158",""],
["../insertaction3.png","insertaction3.png","PNG file, size 299x139",""],
["../instructions_for_reviewers.doc","instructions_for_reviewers.doc","Requirements Adobe Reader XI or later (Note: XI requires Win XP SP3 or Win7 and above. (Click here to download the latest version, Acrobat Reader DC) A browser (any kind). Ideally, it should be configured to open PDFs in Adobe Reader not in the b...",""],
["../ip0613.jpg","ip0613.jpg","JPEG file, size 503x289","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0614.jpg","ip0614.jpg","JPEG file, size 455x265","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0615.jpg","ip0615.jpg","JPEG file, size 409x285","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0636.jpg","ip0636.jpg","JPEG file, size 543x309","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0684_-_administratormailbox.png","ip0684_-_administratormailbox.png","PNG file, size 1277x1499",""],
["../ip0687.jpg","ip0687.jpg","JPEG file, size 362x324","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0688.jpg","ip0688.jpg","JPEG file, size 350x335","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0735.jpg","ip0735.jpg","JPEG file, size 509x363","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0764.jpg","ip0764.jpg","JPEG file, size 1368x681","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0765.jpg","ip0765.jpg","JPEG file, size 1920x755","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0766.jpg","ip0766.jpg","JPEG file, size 1025x383","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0768.jpg","ip0768.jpg","JPEG file, size 1019x357","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0785.jpg","ip0785.jpg","JPEG file, size 328x301","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0786.jpg","ip0786.jpg","JPEG file, size 560x185","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0787.jpg","ip0787.jpg","JPEG file, size 556x170","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0789.jpg","ip0789.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0791.jpg","ip0791.jpg","JPEG file, size 458x309","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0792.jpg","ip0792.jpg","JPEG file, size 716x428","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0794.jpg","ip0794.jpg","JPEG file, size 507x449","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0795.jpg","ip0795.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0802.jpg","ip0802.jpg","JPEG file, size 710x274","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0803.jpg","ip0803.jpg","JPEG file, size 760x490","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0804.jpg","ip0804.jpg","JPEG file, size 781x508","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0806.jpg","ip0806.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0807.jpg","ip0807.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0808.jpg","ip0808.jpg","JPEG file, size 528x440","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0809.jpg","ip0809.jpg","JPEG file, size 332x204","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0810.jpg","ip0810.jpg","JPEG file, size 332x204","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0811.jpg","ip0811.jpg","JPEG file, size 331x204","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0812.jpg","ip0812.jpg","JPEG file, size 331x204","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0813.jpg","ip0813.jpg","JPEG file, size 331x203","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0814.jpg","ip0814.jpg","JPEG file, size 331x203","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0815.jpg","ip0815.jpg","JPEG file, size 509x308","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0816.jpg","ip0816.jpg","JPEG file, size 290x343","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0817.jpg","ip0817.jpg","JPEG file, size 489x79","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0822.jpg","ip0822.jpg","JPEG file, size 490x256","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0834.jpg","ip0834.jpg","JPEG file, size 499x341","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0835.jpg","ip0835.jpg","JPEG file, size 500x338","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0850.jpg","ip0850.jpg","JPEG file, size 464x389","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0872.jpg","ip0872.jpg","JPEG file, size 540x357","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0873.jpg","ip0873.jpg","JPEG file, size 422x241","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0874.jpg","ip0874.jpg","JPEG file, size 422x186","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0877.jpg","ip0877.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0909.jpg","ip0909.jpg","JPEG file, size 555x460","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0957.jpg","ip0957.jpg","JPEG file, size 647x291","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0958.jpg","ip0958.jpg","JPEG file, size 553x185","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0961.jpg","ip0961.jpg","JPEG file, size 480x260","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0965.jpg","ip0965.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0973.jpg","ip0973.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0978.jpg","ip0978.jpg","JPEG file, size 493x270","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip0986.jpg","ip0986.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1021.jpg","ip1021.jpg","JPEG file, size 387x269","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1022.jpg","ip1022.jpg","JPEG file, size 457x215","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1023.jpg","ip1023.jpg","JPEG file, size 520x469","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1024.jpg","ip1024.jpg","JPEG file, size 371x208","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1025.jpg","ip1025.jpg","JPEG file, size 449x297","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1026.jpg","ip1026.jpg","JPEG file, size 416x318","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1027.jpg","ip1027.jpg","JPEG file, size 312x296","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1028.jpg","ip1028.jpg","JPEG file, size 422x268","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1029.jpg","ip1029.jpg","JPEG file, size 437x398","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1031.jpg","ip1031.jpg","JPEG file, size 505x376","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1032.jpg","ip1032.jpg","JPEG file, size 331x208","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1033.jpg","ip1033.jpg","JPEG file, size 410x263","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1035.jpg","ip1035.jpg","JPEG file, size 398x304","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1036.jpg","ip1036.jpg","JPEG file, size 410x292","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1037.jpg","ip1037.jpg","JPEG file, size 398x272","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1038.jpg","ip1038.jpg","JPEG file, size 487x259","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1039.jpg","ip1039.jpg","JPEG file, size 473x259","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1040.jpg","ip1040.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1041.jpg","ip1041.jpg","JPEG file, size 502x237","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1042.jpg","ip1042.jpg","JPEG file, size 433x181","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1043.jpg","ip1043.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1044.jpg","ip1044.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1073.jpg","ip1073.jpg","JPEG file, size 450x305","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1073_thumb.jpg","ip1073_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 135x91","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1087.jpg","ip1087.jpg","JPEG file, size 495x169","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1088.jpg","ip1088.jpg","JPEG file, size 660x232","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1089.jpg","ip1089.jpg","JPEG file, size 743x313","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1090.jpg","ip1090.jpg","JPEG file, size 743x327","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1092.png","ip1092.png","PNG file, size 526x399",""],
["../ip1093.jpg","ip1093.jpg","JPEG file, size 660x394","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1094.jpg","ip1094.jpg","JPEG file, size 679x296","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1101.jpg","ip1101.jpg","JPEG file, size 615x427","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1102.jpg","ip1102.jpg","JPEG file, size 629x484","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1115.jpg","ip1115.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1116.jpg","ip1116.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1118.jpg","ip1118.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1119.jpg","ip1119.jpg","JPEG file, size 726x530","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1120.jpg","ip1120.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1121.jpg","ip1121.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1122.jpg","ip1122.jpg","JPEG file, size 669x450","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1139.jpg","ip1139.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1140.jpg","ip1140.jpg","JPEG file, size 714x571","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1141.jpg","ip1141.jpg","JPEG file, size 714x571","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1150.jpg","ip1150.jpg","JPEG file, size 678x277","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1151.jpg","ip1151.jpg","JPEG file, size 557x282","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip11517.jpg","ip11517.jpg","JPEG file, size 283x134","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1154.jpg","Auto Attendant Call Processing","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1155.jpg","ip1155.jpg","JPEG file, size 403x70","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1158.jpg","ip1158.jpg","JPEG file, size 283x143","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1159.jpg","ip1159.jpg","JPEG file, size 283x140","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1160.jpg","ip1160.jpg","JPEG file, size 283x136","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1161.jpg","ip1161.jpg","JPEG file, size 312x220","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1176.jpg","ip1176.jpg","JPEG file, size 599x423","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1178.jpg","ip1178.jpg","JPEG file, size 450x321","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1179.jpg","ip1179.jpg","JPEG file, size 497x310","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1180.jpg","ip1180.jpg","JPEG file, size 493x368","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1181.jpg","ip1181.jpg","JPEG file, size 493x297","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1183.jpg","ip1183.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1184.jpg","ip1184.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1185.jpg","ip1185.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1186.jpg","ip1186.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1187.jpg","ip1187.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1188.jpg","ip1188.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1189.jpg","ip1189.jpg","JPEG file, size 534x166","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1193.jpg","ip1193.jpg","JPEG file, size 557x75","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1194.png","ip1194.png","PNG file, size 545x342",""],
["../ip1203.jpg","ip1203.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1207.jpg","ip1207.jpg","JPEG file, size 420x576","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1210a.jpg","ip1210a.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1210b.jpg","ip1210b.jpg","JPEG file, size 431x390","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1240.jpg","ip1240.jpg","JPEG file, size 534x608","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1245.jpg","ip1245.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1246.jpg","ip1246.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1366.jpg","ip1366.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1372.jpg","ip1372.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1373.jpg","ip1373.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1374.jpg","ip1374.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1375.jpg","ip1375.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1376.jpg","ip1376.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1377.jpg","ip1377.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1378.jpg","ip1378.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1379.jpg","ip1379.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1380.jpg","ip1380.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1381.jpg","ip1381.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1382.jpg","ip1382.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1383.jpg","ip1383.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1384.jpg","ip1384.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1385.jpg","ip1385.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1386.jpg","ip1386.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1387.jpg","ip1387.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1388.jpg","ip1388.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1389.jpg","ip1389.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1390.jpg","ip1390.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1395.jpg","ip1395.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1396.jpg","ip1396.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1397.jpg","ip1397.jpg","JPEG file, size 700x268","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1398.jpg","ip1398.jpg","JPEG file, size 700x284","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1413.jpg","ip1413.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1414.jpg","ip1414.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ip1415.jpg","ip1415.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ipphoneregistration_draft1.png","ipphoneregistration_draft1.png","PNG file, size 1752x586",""],
["../jump-to-form-links.png","jump-to-form-links.png","PNG file, size 361x324",""],
["../ll0109.jpg","ll0109.jpg","JPEG file, size 502x485","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0110.jpg","ll0110.jpg","JPEG file, size 632x479","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0111.jpg","ll0111.jpg","JPEG file, size 630x422","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0112.jpg","ll0112.jpg","JPEG file, size 706x406","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0113.jpg","ll0113.jpg","JPEG file, size 695x482","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0114.jpg","ll0114.jpg","JPEG file, size 696x393","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0115.jpg","ll0115.jpg","JPEG file, size 585x460","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0116.jpg","ll0116.jpg","JPEG file, size 580x515","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0117.jpg","ll0117.jpg","JPEG file, size 663x464","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0118.jpg","ll0118.jpg","JPEG file, size 324x413","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0146.jpg","ll0146.jpg","JPEG file, size 61x42","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0147.jpg","ll0147.jpg","JPEG file, size 61x42","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0150.jpg","ll0150.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x330","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0151.jpg","ll0151.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x325","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0152.jpg","ll0152.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x351","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0153.jpg","ll0153.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x297","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0154.jpg","ll0154.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x294","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0155.jpg","ll0155.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x274","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0156.jpg","ll0156.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x336","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0157.jpg","ll0157.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x355","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0158.jpg","ll0158.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x333","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0159.jpg","ll0159.jpg","JPEG file, size 530x349","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0182_name_display.jpg","ll0182_name_display.jpg","JPEG file, size 755x427","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0182_name_display2.jpg","ll0182_name_display2.jpg","JPEG file, size 755x539","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0182_name_display2_thumb.jpg","ll0182_name_display2_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 179x120","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ll0182_name_display_thumb.jpg","ll0182_name_display_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 179x96","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../lmitelc.gif","lmitelc.gif","GIF file, size 202x58","../gif.jpg"],
["../lmitelc.jpg","lmitelc.jpg","JPEG file, size 202x58","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../maintenance_commands/alarms.html","ALARMS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays circuit fault information for all alarm categories . Details: See alarm categories for a description of the alarms and SHOW FAULTS for details about the faults that are responsible for them. If digital links sho...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/arpshow.html","ARP SHOW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers None Purpose: Use this command to display the current Internet-to-Ethernet address mappings in the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. Example: Entry: ARP SHOW System Response: Address HWtype HWaddress Flags Mask Iface 10.211.60.7...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/blf_allow_logs.html","BLF ALLOW LOGS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Removes the system filter that restricts BLF maintenance logs to one per hour. Details: By default, the system limits BLF maintenance logs to one per hour. Enter this command to view all BLF maintenance logs. After you e...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/blf_filter_logs.html","BLF FILTER LOGS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Applies the system filter that restricts BLF maintenance logs to one per hour. Details: After removing the filter using the BLF Allow Logs command, use the BLF Filter Logs command to re-apply the system filter. Example: ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/blf_logs_status.html","BLF LOGS STATUS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Shows the status of the BLF maintenance logs filter. Details: Enter this command to determine if the system is filtering the BLF logs. Example: Entry: BLF LOGS STATUS System Response: BLF maintenance logs are not filtere...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/blf_refresh.html","BLF REFRESH (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: CEID CEID ALL Purpose: Refreshes remote busy lamps after work on inter-system trunks. Details: The command functions from a broadcasting system perspective. Both variants of the command refresh only remote busy lamps monitoring device...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/blocked_calls.html","BLOCKED CALLS (Maintenance Command)","Blocked_Calls Clea r Blocked_Calls Show ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/blocked_calls_clear.html","BLOCKED CALLS CLEAR (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Resets the Blocked Calls totals to zero. Details: The BLOCKED_CALL SHOW command lists the number of calls that were blocked. ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/blocked_calls_show.html","BLOCKED CALLS SHOW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Lists the number of blocked calls. Details: Lists the number of calls that were blocked because they were made to unacceptable destinations. Calls that were blocked because a barred feature was invoked (such as attemptin...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/bri.html","BRI (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: CONFIGURATION MMC ALL CONFIGURATION MMC Purpose: Queries the system for configured embedded BRI port types (NT or LT) at all Quad BRI Framer sites, or at a specified site. Example: Entry: BRI CONFIGURATION MMC ALL System Response: BRI...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/busy.html","BUSY (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: EXTENSION RESET TRUNK GROUP XNET ALL XNET ALL IP XNET ALL ISDN XNET ICP XNET ICP IP XNET ICP ISDN Purpose: Busies the designated cabinet, trunks, or extension. Details: If call processing is in progress (indicated by the expression \"h...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/bwm_statistics_reset.html","BWM STATISTICS RESET (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Deletes all 15-minute and hourly intervals for Bandwidth Management that are in persistent storage on the MiVoice Business system. It also resets the cumulative counters to zero. Details: If Bandwidth Reporting and Stati...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/calling_party_pays_(maintenance_command).html","CALLING PARTY PAYS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: calling_party_pays display calling_party_pays rebuild_tree calling_party_pays find Purpose: Displays the memory usage, rebuilds or updates the Calling Party Pays (CPP) list, and searches for a number in the CPP list. Details: The disp...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/cancel_print.html","CANCEL PRINT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL ALL /PORT /PORT /PORT Purpose: Allows you to cancel a print request waiting on the print queue or a job that is currently being printed. Details: The ALL qualifier cancels all jobs on the default printer. The ALL /PORT qualifier c...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/catalog_info.html","CATALOG INFORMATION (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: FULL SUBCATALOGS TOTAL Purpose: Displays all files and catalogs contained in . Details: The FULL qualifier displays a description of the specified files and catalogs. The SUBCATALOGS qualifier displays information on all subcatalogs a...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/cbm.html","CBM (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ENABLE LOG DISABLE LOG Purpose: Enables or disables Callback Messaging logs. ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/ccs.html","CCS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: RESET DASS2 RESET DPNSS ROUTE_OPT_STATISTICS SHOW DASS2 FEATURE_STATUS SHOW DASS2 ROUTE_OPT_STATISTICS SHOW DPNSS FEATURE_STATUS CCS SHOW DPNSS ROUTE_OPT_STATISTICS DETAILED CCS SHOW DPNSS ROUTE_OPT_STATISTICS SUMMARY TRACE CLEAR CONT...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/cd_(maintenance_command).htm","CD (Maintenance Command)","CD Qualifiers: None Purpose: This command is required as a follow up response commands that require a response. For example the command CD is required as a response of the BUSY command. Examples: Entry: CD System Response: ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/commands.html","Using Maintenance Commands","Maintenance Commands are used to ensure that the system is functioning properly and to isolate problems that may occur. NOTES You cannot use the maintenance commands if the system is a member of a SDS data-sharing network and there is a SDS sync ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/congestion.html","CONGESTION (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Obtains an immediate printout of the Traffic Congestion Report, listing system resource shortages. Details: The Traffic Congestion Report is reset to zero after printing. The report is printed every 4 hours (when there a...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/cp_service.html","CP SERVICE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: DAY DISPLAY NIGHT1 NIGHT2 Purpose: Sets the default (tenant group 1) to the specified day/night service. Use the DISPLAY qualifier to query the current service mode. NOTE: This command is used for debugging purposes only, and does not...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/crsquery.html","CRS QUERY (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: CRS QUERY ALLOW_LIST CRS QUERY DENY_LIST CRS QUERY DID CRS QUERY EHDU CRS QUERY EMERGENCY_DID Purpose: Searches for EHDU External Hot Desk User external digits (as entered in the Multiline IP Sets form) or for DID external digits to f...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/crs_purge.html","CRS PURGE","Qualifiers: EMERGENCY_DID Purpose Deletes all the Emergency DID entries from the MiVoice Business database. Example Entry: CRS PURGE EMERGENCY_DID System Response -------------- Start Purge of Emergency DID Entries --------------- DID Number: 342...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/crs_show.html","CRS SHOW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: EHDU EMERGENCY_DID DID ALL ALLOW_LIST DENY_LIST Purpose: Searches the CRS database for EHDU, Emergency DID, DID internal DNs, or Allow-List and Deny-List entries to find the matching entries for the specified service type. Details: is...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dbms.html","DBMS (Maintenance Command)","DBMS Check DBMS Client DBMS Flag Off DBMS Save DBMS Status ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dbms_check.html","DBMS CHECK (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: BRIEF (B) FULL (F) KILL (K) ON OFF TIME (T) Purpose: Performs a variety of checking functions on the call control database. Details: The BRIEF qualifier checks the sanity of the database. There should be no detected errors. The FULL q...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dbms_client.html","DBMS CLIENT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Lists which users or applications are accessing the database. Example: Entry: DBMS CLIENT System Response: DBMS Info: Current database client list DBMS Info: There are no clients. ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dbms_flag_off.html","DBMS FLAG OFF (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Deletes the call control portion of the database. The balance, which includes system databases for the Management Layer (ML) System, ISDN, Applications, IP Networking, and embedded voice mail are NOT affected. IMPORTANT:...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dbms_save.html","DBMS SAVE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Saves a copy of the database and turns the DBMS flag on. NOTE: If you do not perform DBMS Save at initial setup, E2T and DHCP will not start. Example: Entry: DBMS SAVE System Response: DBMS info: Starting DBMS SAVE DBMS ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dbms_status.html","DBMS STATUS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Provides general information about the state of the call control database, including debug, traffic level, and dimension status. Details: If the DBMS check is off, the line marked * will be replaced by: DBMS Info: DBMS C...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dbtab.html","DBTAB (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: The DBTAB command provides database table information and the ability to display the contents of a specific table record. Details: DBTAB - displays information about the requested database table. Table id 0 (zero) contains a ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/db_audit.html","DB AUDIT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to verify the current condition of the following system databases: Management Layer (ML) System, ISDN, Applications, IP Networking, and Voicemail (excluding the EMEM data). NOTES The Call Control databas...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dgt_trace.html","DGT TRACE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: DGT AT , where is 1 to 20 dialable digits. DGT TRACE , where is 1 to 26 dialable digits. DGT LBN , where is 1- to 7-digit Location Based Number (LBN) and is 1- to 999-digit Zone ID. Purpose: Translates the specified digit string, then...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/disk_usage.html","DISK USAGE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to display the amount of disk space available on the controller. This command is typically used to determine the free space available in the voice mail partition before a database backup. If there is ins...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/display_asu_info.html","DISPLAY ASU INFO (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the hardware version, status, and other information about the ASU (Embedded ASU, AMB, AOB, ASU, and ASU II) devices connected to the CIM ports on the MiVoice Business system. Details: The command output is as fo...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dns.html","DNS (Maintenance Command)","DNS SHOW DNS CLEAR ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dns_clear_(maintenance_command).html","DNS CLEAR (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None. Purpose: Command clears the MiVoice Business system&#39;s DNS cache. Example: Entry: DNS CLEAR System Response: DNS Cache - Cleared ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dns_show_(maintenance_command).html","DNS SHOW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None. Purpose: Displays the current state of queries, the mappings that are in use (for non-SIP services), and the addresses used for the query type (IPv4, IPv6, or any). Example: Entry: DNS SHOW System Response: DNS Cache - Start Ent...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dtstat.html","DTSTAT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: DTSTAT CLEAR DTSTAT READ DTSTAT READ LAST Purpose: Lists or erases statistics on any of the Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) or Common Channel Signaling (CCS) digital links connected to a system. Details: The READ qualifier specifie...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/dumpdspbootinfo.html","DUMPDSPBOOTINFO (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to display DSP resource allocation on the system. Example: Entry: DUMPDSPBOOTINFO System Response: Dsp(0,0): mmcSlot=1 (1-based) Load Type: TELEPHONY(1,\"/sysro/DspConfig/TELEPHON) Mod Type: NOCONFERENCE(...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_cancel_handoff.html","EDT CANCEL HANDOFF (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL (default port is 1) Purpose: Use this command to cancel the EDT Courtesy Handoff command and keep any resilient T1/E1 trunks circuits that have not already been handed off to the secondary on the primary controller. After you ente...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_courtesy_handoff.html","EDT COURTESY HANDOFF (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL (default port is 1) Purpose: This command applies to the T1/E1 trunk resiliency feature. Use this command to test the configuration of the T1/E1 trunks on the secondary controller without taking the primary controller out of servi...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_delete.html","EDT DELETE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: DBFILES Purpose: Deletes the contents of the debug files for Embedded Digital Trunks diagnostics. Details: Use this command to clear the debugging flag table and the log file for a specified link. This command clears both the TSP and ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_disable.html","EDT DISABLE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: LOGTOFILE DBFLAGS Purpose: The LOGTOFILE qualifier stops logging traces to the /db/DigTrkTrace file on the hard drive. The DBFLAGS qualifier resets the debug flag setting on the specified link. Examples: Entry: EDT DISABLE LOGTOFILE 6...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_enable.html","EDT ENABLE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: LOGTOFILE LOGTOFILE DBFLAGS Purpose: The LOGTOFILE qualifier starts logging traces to the /db/LDS_Trace file (/db/DigTrkTrace file prior to 3300 ICP Release 6.0) on the hard drive. The DBFLAGS qualifier resets the debug flag setting o...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_forced_failback.html","EDT FORCE FAILBACK (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL (default port is 1) Purpose: This command applies to the T1/E1 trunk resiliency feature. It allows you to force a resilient T1/E1 trunk to fail back immediately from the secondary controller to the primary controller. If the prima...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_forced_failover.html","EDT FORCE FAILOVER (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL (default port is 1) Purpose: This command applies to the T1/E1 trunk resiliency feature. It allows you to force a resilient T1/E1 trunk to fail over immediately from the primary controller to the secondary controller. Use this com...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_help.html","EDT HELP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the maintenance commands that are provided for embedded digital trunks (PRI, BRI, QSIG, and T1/D4). Example: Entry: EDT HELP System Response: 2005-03-11 11:36:09 All commands begin with EDT followed by either Te...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_info.html","EDT (Maintenance Command)","The Embedded Digital Trunk (EDT) commands provide diagnostic information for embedded digital trunks (PRI, BRI, QSIG, and T1D4). For information about using EDT maintenance commands to troubleshoot digital trunks, see the MiVoice Business Trouble...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_show.html","EDT SHOW (Maintenance Command)","EDT SHOW FRAMER HELP EDT SHOW FRAMER CONFIG EDT SHOW FRAMER REGS EDT SHOW FRAMER STATS EDT SHOW LINK CONFIG EDT SHOW LINK STATUS EDT SHOW LINK INFO EDT SHOW TSP DBFLAGS EDT SHOW FRAMER HELP Qualifiers: None Purpose: Defines the abbreviations that...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_show_resiliency_info.html","EDT SHOW RESILIENCY (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Enter this command to show the resiliency status of a T1/E1 Combo MMC ( PN 50005160) card. Details: Local Link: Link number (0 to 7) on the local ICP. The local ICP is the ICP that you are currently logged into. State: \"...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/edt_trace.html","EDT TRACE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: TSP L2L3 TSP CC TSP MTCE TSP SRVC VDSU Purpose: The TRACE command toggles the display of messages that pass through the system. Each time you issue the TRACE command it turns message display on or off and updates the state of the comm...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/force_(maintenance_command).htm","FORCE (Maintenance Command)","FORCE Qualifiers: None Purpose: This command is required as a follow up response commands that require a response. For example the command FORCE is required as a response of the BUSY command. Examples: Entry: FORCE System Response: ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/gdm_check_userandservice.html","GDM CHECK USERANDSERVICE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Checks GDM Gobal Data Model. Database framework used by SDS for storing information about users, devices, and services in a data-sharing network. Also referred to as RDN Synchronization Mode. data on the local node for m...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/gdm_repair_userandservice.html","GDM REPAIR USERANDSERVICE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Checks GDM Gobal Data Model. Database framework used by SDS for storing information about users, devices, and services in a data-sharing network. Also referred to as RDN Synchronization Mode. data on the local node for m...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/handoff_service_commands.html","HANDOFFSERVICE Shell Maintenance Commands","The following shell commands are used to perform various resiliency-related maintenance and troubleshooting operations: hsHelp hsShowIcps hsShowSets hsHandoff hsHandback hsPushback hsDebug hsTrace These commands are supported on all ICP platforms...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/history.html","HISTORY (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Used to delete history records from the database. Records can be deleted from individual phones (specified by extension number), or from all extensions. Details: To delete history records for a particular phone: HISTORY ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hsdebug_shell_command.html","HSDEBUG (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: 1 or 0 Purpose: Enables or disables the generation of additional software logs, which provide more information about system reactions to the handoff operations. Details: To use the commands, establish a secure telnet Telnet or Teletyp...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hshandback_shell_command.html","HSHANDBACK (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Cancels the hsHandoff command. The hsHandoff command is equivalent to the HST Courtesy Handoff maintenance command in the System Administration Tool. After you enter this command, any resilient devices that have NOT alre...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hshandoff_shell_command.html","HSHANDOFF (Maintenance Command)","Purpose: Initiates a managed failover of resilient devices to their secondary ICP. Use this command when the primary ICP needs to be taken out of service for a reboot or other reason. The hsHandoff command is equivalent to the HST Courtesy Handof...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hshelp_shell_command.html","HSHELP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays a list of the HandoffService commands with a brief description of their function. Details: To use the commands, establish a secure telnet Telnet or Teletype Network is an Internet standard protocol for remote te...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hspushback_shell_command.html","HSPUSHBACK (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Forces failed over resilient devices back to their primary ICP. Use this command as an alternative fix when an hsHandback operation fails to return devices to their primary ICP because of network problems or other reason...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hsshowicps_shell_command.html","HSSHOWICPS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Displays the primary ICP(s) from which resilient device(s) have failed over. Details: To use the commands, establish a secure telnet Telnet or Teletype Network is an Internet standard protocol for remote terminal connection s...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hsshowsets_shell_command.html","hsshowsets (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Displays the MAC address On a local area network or other network, the MAC (Media Access Control) address is your computer&#39;s or IP telephone&#39;s unique hardware number. On an Ethernet device the MAC address is hard coded into t...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hst.html","HST (Maintenance Command)","The following Handoff Services Type (HST) commands are available: HST Courtesy_Handoff HST Cancel_Handoff HST Status_Handoff HST POLL_HANDOFF ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hstrace_shell_command.html","HSTRACE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: 1 or 0 Purpose: Enables or disables monitoring of events associated with the handoff operations (hsHandoff. hsHandback, hsPushback) on the telnet console screen. Details: To use the commands, establish a secure telnet Telnet or Telety...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hst_cancel_handoff.html","HST CANCEL HANDOFF (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to cancel the HST COURTESY_HANDOFF command. After you enter this command on the primary controller Any IP resilient sets that have not already been handed off to the secondary remain on the primary contr...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hst_courtesy_handoff.html","HST COURTESY HANDOFF (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to transfer IP resilient sets to the secondary controller when the primary controller needs to be rebooted. Enter this command on the primary controller. The primary controller waits until each IP resili...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hst_poll_handoff_(maintenance_command).html","HST POLL HANDOFF (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to periodically display the status of the HST COURTESY_HANDOFF command. Details: Use the HST POLL_HANDOFF command on the controller on which you initiated the Courtesy Handoff. Example: Entry: HST POLL_H...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/hst_status_handoff.html","HST STATUS HANDOFF (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to display the status of the HST Courtesy_Handoff command. Details: Use the HST STATUS_HANDOFF command on the controller on which you initiated the HST Courtesy_Handof command. Example: Entry: HST STATUS...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/htmlappupgrade.html","HTMLAPPUPGRADE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Upgrades MiVoice Business, and subsequently the IP phones, with the most recently installed HTML applications. HTML apps are installed on MiVoice Business using the HTML Application Uploader. See the HTML Toolkit Develop...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/i.html","I (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: I Purpose: Use this command to display information concerning tasks for all system processes or for specific tasks only. To target a specific process use the PS or PI commands instead. NOTE: Since this command displays obsolete inform...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/inetstatshow.html","INETSTATSHOW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: INCLUDE_TCP_SHOW Purpose: Use this command to display statistics about Internet protocol sockets for the Ethernet network. Interpreting these statistics requires detailed knowledge of Internet networking protocols. This information ma...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/l2_poe_status.html","L2 POESTATUS (Maintenance Command)","NOTES This maintenance command applies to the CXi II only. This maintenance command is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays Power over Ethernet (PoE) status information for the...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/l2_stat_maclist.html","L2 STAT MACLIST (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Lists the MAC addresses of devices connected to the Layer 2 ports and the VLAN it belongs to. NOTE: This maintenance command is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). Details: Entering the com...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/l2_stat_port_.html","L2 STAT PORT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: NOTE: This maintenance command is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). Displays the current operational status of the Layer 2 ports based on parameters configured in the Layer 2 (L2) Switch ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/l2_stat_spanning_tree.html","L2 STAT SPANNING TREE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: NOTE: This maintenance command is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). Displays Spanning Tree information at the bridge and port level. Details: The command output is divided into Bridg...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/l2_stat_sw.html","L2 STAT SWITCH (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: NOTE: This maintenance command is not applicable to server-based MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Server, MiVoice Business Virtual MiVoice Business platforms. Provides general Layer 2 (L2) switch information. For m...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/l2_vlan_show.html","L2 VLAN SHOW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: NOTE: This maintenance command is not applicable to MiVoice Business for Industry Standard Servers (ISS). Shows the VLAN ID assigned to the embedded L2 switch ports in the CXi, CXi II, MXe, and AX and whether the port is...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/language_display.html","LANGUAGE DISPLAY (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: SETS DEFAULT SETS AUX1 SETS AUX2 Purpose: Displays the selected language of the sets on the system. NOTE: This command is not applicable to Symbol wireless phones as they only support English. Details: The current language for each of...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/language_select.html","LANGUAGE SELECT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: LANGUAGE ADD SETS AUX1 FROM *LANGSEL LANGUAGE ADD SETS AUX2 FROM *LANGSEL LANGUAGE ADD SETS DEFAULT FROM *LANGSEL LANGUAGE DISPLAY LANGUAGE SELECT SETS AUX1 FROM *LANGSEL LANGUAGE SELECT SETS AUX2 FROM *LANGSEL LANGUAGE SELECT SETS DE...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/lgmr_show.html","LGMR SHOW","LGMR SHOW CGPN LGMR SHOW GROUP LGMR SHOW MEMBER LGMR SHOW TOTALS ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/lgmr_show_cgpn.html","LGMR SHOW CGPN","Qualifiers: Purpose: Displays the Last Group Member Routing (LGMR) feature data (CgPN or ANI of the caller, ring group to which the call was made, and the ring group member&#39;s number that answered the call) for the Calling Party Number (CgPN or AN...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/lgmr_show_group.html","LGMR SHOW GROUP","Qualifiers: Purpose: Displays the Last Group Member Routing (LGMR) feature data (CgPN or ANI of the caller, ring group to which the call was made, and the ring group member&#39;s number that answered the call) for the ring group. Details: Applies to ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/lgmr_show_member.html","LGMR SHOW MEMBER","Qualifiers: Purpose: Displays the Last Group Member Routing (LGMR) feature data (CgPN or ANI of the caller, ring group to which the call was made, and the ring group member&#39;s number that answered the call) for the ring group member. Details: Appl...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/lgmr_show_totals.html","LGMR SHOW TOTALS","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the number of Last Group Member Routing (LGMR) feature data (CgPN or ANI of the caller, ring group to which the call was made, and the ring group member&#39;s number that answered the call) entries for all ring grou...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/license_status.html","LICENSE STATUS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: This command provides the following license status information: License violation level Length of time in license violation mode Time until the license violation level escalates Cause of license violation event on the lo...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/list_maintenance_commands.html","List of Maintenance Commands","Maintenance Commands A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z ALARMS ARPSHOW BLF ALLOW LOGS BLF FILTER LOGS BLF LOGS STATUS BLF REFRESH BLF REFRESH CEID BLF REFRESH CEID ALL BLOCKED_CALLS BLOCKED_CALLS SHOW BLOCKED_CALLS CLEAR BRI BRI ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/load.html","LOAD (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD ALL LOAD ALL LOAD ALL LOAD FIRMWARE TO LOAD IPDEVICE TO LOAD IPDEVICE NOTES When issuing this command to upgrade firmware on IP sets, all users, including Hot Desk users, will be logged out when the set reboots. Th...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate.html","LOCATE (Maintenance Command)","LOCATE AGENT LOCATE ALL FREE LOCATE AUTO_DN LOCATE EXTENSION LOCATE EXPRESS GROUP LOCATE FEATURE LOCATE FIRST FREE LOCATE GROUP PARK LOCATE GROUP PRESENCE LOCATE GROUP_REPORTING_NUM LOCATE HOT_DESK_USER LOCATE HUNT GROUP LOCATE LICENSE LOCATE MOB...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_agent.html","LOCATE AGENT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Determines where an ACD agent is logged in the agent groups the agent is a member of the agent&#39;s Group Presence (Absent or Present) status the type of agent Details: An External Hot Desk Agent appears as a Hot Desk ACDII agen...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_all_free.html","LOCATE ALL FREE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: DN TO PLID PLID PLID PLID PLID TO Purpose: Identifies all directory numbers (DN) or location IDs that have not been assigned. Details: The qualifiers and represent the directory numbers at the lower and upper bounds of the search. The...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_auto_dn.html","LOCATE AUTO_DN (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Identifies all free (unassigned) directory numbers (DN) within an Automatic DN Selection Range . Can be used to test the current or a new Auto DN Selection range and to determine the configuration values for the following ran...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_express_group.html","LOCATE EXPRESS_GROUP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Locates the specified ACD Express Group. Details: The use of this keyword is modeled on that for the LOC Hunt Group keyword. Example: Entry: LOCATE EXPRESS_GROUP 4100 System Response: Pilot Number: 4100 NOTE: ACD Express Grou...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_extension.html","LOCATE EXTENSION (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Determines the physical location of a line for a given extension number. Details: If the extension is a Hot Desk user&#39;s DN, the command will result in one of the following messages: \"Hot Desk: Currently Not Logged in\" or \"Hot...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_feature.html","LOCATE FEATURE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: EXT HUNT_GROUP RING_GROUP ACD_PATH PERSONAL_RING_GROUP PLID PLID Purpose: Provides a list of active features for a specified extension number, pilot number, or PLID. If the DN is configured with a business schedule number in the Call ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_first.html","LOCATE FIRST FREE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: DN TO PLID PLID PLID PLID PLID TO Purpose: Locates the first location that has no device or number attached. Details: The qualifiers and represent the directory numbers at the lower and upper bounds of the search. The qualifiers must ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_group_park.html","LOCATE GROUP_PARK (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Lists all the devices that have a Group Park key that parks calls on the specified destination DN. Also shows which key is programmed. Details: If the specified number is valid but no Group Park keys are assigned, the command...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_group_presence.html","LOCATE GROUP_PRESENCE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Lists all the locally programmed Hunt, Agent Skill, Ring, Multi-device User Groups, and Personal Ring groups to which a specified directory number or Agent ID belongs and whether it is present in or absent from the group. Thi...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_group_reporting.html","LOCATE GROUP_REPORTING_NUM (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Provides information on the location of a report path. Example: Entry: LOCATE GROUP_REPORTING_NUM 1 System Response: Agent Group Reporting Number: 1 Pilot Number: 111 ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_hot_desk.html","LOCATE_HOT_DESK_USER (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL TARGETS ACTIVE INACTIVE Purpose: Provides information about Hot Desk users and directory numbers. NOTES This command provides the same information as the Locate Mobile DN command. This command does not locate Hot Desk users who ha...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_hunt_group.html","LOCATE HUNT GROUP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Identifies the ICP where a hunt group resides. Details: In the example provided below, the output is interpreted as follows: Hunt group pilot number 4001 is a resilient DN, located on primary ICP with local element identifier...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_license.html","LOCATE IP_LICENSE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Shows the distribution of IP User (IPU), External Hot Desk User (EHDU), and Multi-device User (MDU) licenses. Details: Displays the number of licenses consumed: IP User and EHDU licenses consumed among Full Service users...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_mobile_dn.html","LOCATE MOBILE_DN (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL TARGETS ACTIVE INACTIVE Purpose: Provides information about Hot Desk users and directory numbers. NOTES This command provides the same information as the Locate Hot Desk User command. This command does not locate Hot Desk users wh...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_number.html","LOCATE NUMBER (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Provides a quick reference about where a directory number is being used. Details: An External Hot Desk Agent appears as a Hot Desk ACDII agent. If the directory number is a member of a Personal Ring Group, Multi-device User G...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_operators.html","LOCATE OPERATORS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays information about consoles hosted by the local MiVoice Business system. The information includes the following: Directory Number (DN) Software Version Service State - In/Out Present/Absent Status Active Operator...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_path_reporting.html","LOCATE PATH_REPORTING_NUM (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Provides information about the location of a path. Details: Example: Entry: LOCATE PATH_REPORTING_NUM 1 System Response: The number is not in use. ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_plid.html","LOCATE PLID (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Generates information about the circuit specified by the given Physical Location IDentifier (PLID). Details: When the located trunk does not belong to a trunk group, the following response message is displayed: Trunk does not...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_remote.html","LOCATE REMOTE_DN (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Locates the Cluster Element ID and the routing digits of the extension number. Details: The qualifier refers to an extension number. Examples: Entry: LOCATE REMOTE_DN 37014 System Response: Remote DN to CEID 37, routing digit...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_ring_group.html","LOCATE RING_GROUP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Locates the specified ring group. Details: The command results differ depending on whether the ring group pilot number is resilient or non-resilient. If the number is non-resilient, the system responds with the pilot number o...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_service_level.html","LOCATE SERVICE LEVEL (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: DEVICE_ONLY MULTI_DEVICE PENDING_USER TRUSTED SUMMARY Purpose: Locates DNs based on their service level. Details: The DEVICE_ONLY qualifier displays the directory number (DN) of all devices that have a Service Level of IP Device Only ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_tenant.html","LOCATE TENANT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Lists the tenant ID, status, and name of the group numbers specified. Details: If no qualifier is entered, the response displays all tenant groups. Example: Entry: LOCATE TENANT 5 System Response: Tenant &#124; State &#124; Name &#124;...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/locate_trunk.html","LOCATE TRUNK (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Locates the specified trunk. Details: When the LOCATE TRUNK command is invoked on a trunk circuit belonging to a trunk group, the trunk group number to which the trunk belongs is displayed, and the set of groups that contains...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logout_hotdesk.html","LOGOUT HOTDESK (Maintenance Command)","LOGOUT HOTDESK ALL LOGOUT HOTDESK EXTERNAL ALL LOGOUT HOTDESK INTERNAL ALL ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logout_hotdesk_all.html","LOGOUT HOTDESK ALL (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Log outs all Hot Desk users (internal and external). Details: Only idle users are logged out. Busy users will be logged out when they terminate their calls. If an External Hot Desk user (EHDU) has the Permanent Login COS...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logout_hotdesk_external_all.html","LOGOUT HOTDESK EXTERNAL ALL (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Log outs all External Hot Desk users . Details: Only idle users are logged out. Busy users will be logged out when they terminate their calls. If an External Hot Desk user (EHDU) has the Permanent Login COS Class of Serv...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logout_hotdesk_internal_all.html","LOGOUT HOTDESK INTERNAL ALL (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Log outs all internal Hot Desk users . Details: Only idle users are logged out. Busy users will be logged out when they terminate their calls. Example(s): Entry: LOGOUT HOTDESK INTERNAL ALL System Response: received logo...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logsys.html","LOGSYS (Maintenance Command)","Logsys Attributes Logsys Cancel Logsys Print Logsys Read Logsys Read OTHER Logsys Size ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logsys_attributes.html","LOGSYS ATTRIBUTES (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Displays the operating parameters and attributes for any log file. Details: The logname may be abbreviated to the first two characters. Valid log names are MAintenance or SMdr. Log Parameters Log Parameter Description FILE ro...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logsys_cancel.html","LOGSYS CANCEL (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: P Purpose: Allows a previous Logsys command or instruction to be terminated. Details: The LOGSYS CANCEL command will terminate a LOGS READ command previously input. The P qualifier terminates a LOGS PRINT or event-triggered printout i...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logsys_print.html","LOGSYS PRINT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL Purpose: Prints all entries of the specified log. Details: If the ALL qualifier is entered, all of the entries (both previously printed or unprinted) will be printed. If the ALL qualifier is omitted, only previously unprinted entr...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logsys_read.html","LOGSYS READ (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALL ALL MATCH INTO ALL INTO ALL MATCH X NEWEST X NEWEST X MATCH INTO NEWEST X INTO NEWEST X MATCH X OLDEST X INTO OLDEST X INTO OLDEST X MATCH X Purpose: Reads all or part of the specified log on the Maintenance Command window. Detail...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/logsys_size.html","LOGSYS SIZE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: RAM FILE Purpose: Sets the size of the RAM buffer (RAM) or buffer file (FILE) for the specified log. Details: It is recommended that you do not change the RAM buffer size. However, with Internal SMDR, the logs capacity may have to be ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/message.html","MESSAGE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: REMOTE SUBSYSTEM Purpose: Displays the status of a group of message links. Details: The REMOTE qualifier is used to display the status of remote message links. Idle or unassigned links are not displayed. The SUBSYSTEM qualifier is use...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/mitaidisplaymonsummary_(maintenance_command).htm","MITAIDISPLAYMONSUMMARY (Maintenance Command)","MITAIDISPLAYMONSUMMARY Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays a summary of applications connected to MiTAI, active monitors and feature monitors for each application, remaining monitors, maximum number of allowed active and feature monitors. Example:...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/mitaishowmonstat.html","MITAISHOWMONSTAT (Maintenance Comand)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the following information on the applications connected to MiTAI: Connection ID Company name Application name and the IP address of the system running the application Version of MiTAI driver internal component N...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/monitor_display.html","MONITOR DISPLAY (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to list the monitors established by a particular host command interface (HCI) session. Details: Field Name Description Mon Device monitor identification number. LID PABX software identifier of the monito...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/move_swap.html","MOVE SWAP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: WITH Purpose: Allows two users to swap telephones. Details: The following attributes are swapped in the Move Swap operation: Name, department, and location Directory number Interconnect number Default account code Class or Service inf...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/netsync.html","NETSYNC (Maintenance Command)","Netsync Setsource Netsync State Netsync Summary ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/netsync_setsource.html","NETSYNCY SETSOURCE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: AUTO FREERUN Purpose: Selects and locks the active clock source to a specific synchronizing source. Details: The successful selection of a sync source remains in effect for 24 hours, after which the system automatically returns to its...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/netsync_state.html","NETSYNC STATE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Provides a report on the status of the synchronizing sources from both system clocks. Details: The NETSYNC STATE command shows the clock sources of the system. If the NETSYNC STATE command is issued on a master node or i...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/netsync_summary.html","NETSYNC SUMMARY (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: LAST Purpose: Provides a report on the behavior of the synchronization source. Details: The NETSYNC SUMMARY command shows the clock sources of the system. The qualifier identifies the shelf (1 or 2) on which the system clock being obs...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/next_(maintenance_command).htm","NEXT (Maintenance Command)","NEXT Qualifiers: None Purpose: This command is required as a follow up response commands that require a response. For example the command NEXT is required as a response of the BUSY command. Examples: Entry: NEXT System Response: ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/no_(maintenance_command).htm","NO (Maintenance Command)","NO Qualifiers: None Purpose: This command is required as a follow up response commands that require a response. For example the command NO is required as a response of the HISTORY DELETE ALL command. Examples: Entry: NO System Response: ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/pcm.html","PCM (Maintenance Command)","PCM Status PCM Totals ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/pcm_status.html","PCM STATUS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: RX TX Purpose: Displays the status of any receive or transmit link or path. Details: The command will cause all of the channels for the specified link to be printed. PCM Status Command Printout Headings (see Example) Heading Descripti...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/pcm_totals.html","PCM TOTALS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Obtains a list of PCM fault totals. Details: This command lists the assigned PCM links and indicates for each the number of isolated or unisolated faults. The first part of the report (Circuit Switch Matrix) shows all th...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/ping.html","PING (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: PING Purpose: Use the ping command to determine whether or not a remote system is accessible. Ping works by sending a packet to the specified address (IPv4, IPv6, or FQDN) and waiting for a reply. Ping is used primarily to troubleshoo...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/platformtype.html","PLATFORMTYPE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the controller type. Example(s): Entry: PLATFORMTYPE System Response: MXe ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/pms.html","PMS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: TRACE ENABLE TRACE DISABLE STATE Purpose: Checks a Property Management System (PMS) to ensure that it is receiving and sending messages to MiVoice Business and examines the message contents. Details: PMS TRACE ENABLE/DISABLE turns the...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/programmed_failback.html","PROGRAMMED FAILBACK (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ON OFF DISPLAY SCHEDULE Purpose: This command allows you to schedule a one hour time slot during which the system will automatically transfer a resilient T1/E1 trunk back from the secondary controller to the primary controller. You is...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/programmed_reboot.html","PROGRAMMED REBOOT (Maintenance Command)","CAUTION: System reboots take a significant amount of time during which the system will be non-operational. To prevent service outage, Mitel recommends that a Universal ASU with emergency phones be provided (the System Fail Transfer feature allows...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/programmed_service.html","PROGRAMMED SERVICE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: The following command variants can be used: Command First Parameter Second Parameter Command Function Schedule Night1 Daily Configures the Night 1 service start time. Schedule Night1 ON/OFF Turns the scheduled switch to Night 1 servic...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/ps.html","PS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to check the status of all processes that are running on your system. The information provided is used by Mitel Product Support for diagnostic purposes. Key information displayed includes amount (in perc...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/readdatetime.html","READDATETIME (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the date and time on the system. Details: Example: Entry: READDATETIME System Response: 2003-June-3 12:8:39 ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/reconcile_cluster_rdn.html","RECONCILE CLUSTER AND RDN (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Removes the existing DoNotSpawnReconcileCCNetworkTable flag. Triggers reconcile cluster and RDN table directly. Details: You cannot run this command during an SDS synchronization . Conversely, you cannot perform SDS sync...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/removedlmdata.html","REMOVEDLMDATA","Qualifiers: Purpose: Removes the DLM data from the database. NOTE: This command must be run on a non-SDS sharing system. Details: This command is for removing the DLM data from the database. Without removing the DLM data, the network element cann...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/remove_courtesy_down.html","REMOVE COURTESY DOWN (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: EXTENSION Purpose: Cancels the Courtesy Down operation requested during a busying operation and subsequently found to be unnecessary. Details: Courtesy Down requests are automatically removed upon logout from a maintenance session. Th...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/remove_ne.html","REMOVENE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Removes the specified non-local element from the network. The REMOVENE command does not distribute the deletions to other elements or nodes in the data-sharing network. To completely remove the element from the network, the c...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/remove_sharing_ne.html","REMOVESHARINGNE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Removes the specified non-local element from its Data Sharing Community A cluster of elements that share database information via the System Data Synchronization (SDS) mechanism.. Details: This command is for removing an inac...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/renewfwtables.html","Renewfwtables","Qualifiers: None Purpose: The tables are used to compare the firmware on the sets when they register to determine whether they need to be upgraded. Details: Firmware tables are stored in memory and refreshed each time the system reboots. Anytime ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/reset.html","RESET (Maintenance Command)","Reset System RESET IGW RESET L2SWITCH RESET MIPS ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/resetallloginpassword.html","RESET_ALL_LOGIN_PASSWORDS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Resets a user&#39;s login password for all system interfaces including the System Administration Tool, Group Administrator Tool and Desktop Tool to the factory default password. Example(s): Command in Embedded System Managem...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/resete2t.html","RESET E2T (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Resets the E2T Ethernet to TDM converter. Gateway between the traditional circuit-switched, time division multiplexed telephone systems and IP devices on the Ethernet. card in Expanded MXe systems. NOTE: This command sho...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/resetigw.html","RESET IGW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Resets the Layer 2 Switch or Internet Gateway Subsystem. NOTE: This command applies to only MXe (I, II and III) and CX(i) II platforms. Example: Entry: RESET IGW System Response: please wait... .. Reset Layer 2 Switch/In...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/resetl2switch.html","RESET L2SWITCH (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Resets the Layer 2 Switch or Internet Gateway Subsystem. NOTE: This command applies to only MXe (I, II and III) and CX(i) II platforms. Example: Entry: RESET L2SWITCH System Response: please wait... .. Reset Layer 2 Swit...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/resetloginpassword.html","RESET_LOGIN_PASSWORD (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Resets the login password for the specified user to the factory default. Example(s): Command in Embedded System Management (ESM) Entry: RESET_LOGIN_PASSWORD DEALER System Response: Password successfully reset. Command in RTC ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/resetmips.html","RESET MIPS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Resets the Layer 2 Switch or Internet Gateway Subsystem. NOTE: This command applies to only MXe (I, II and III) and CX(i) II platforms. Example: Entry: RESET MIPS System Response: please wait... .. Reset Layer 2 Switch/I...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/reset_system.html","RESET SYSTEM (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Performs a system restart. Example: Entry: RESET SYSTEM System Response: System reset in progress... Related Topics Shutdown ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/resource.html","RESOURCE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: XNET Purpose: Displays information about the resources used by the call process which owns a specified circuit. Details: A Resource display may only be requested for a single circuit and that circuit must be participating in an active...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/restart_callserver.html","RESTART CALLSEVER (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Reset the system. Example: Entry: RESTART CALLSERVER System Response: System reset in progress... ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/return_to_service.html","RTS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: RTS EXTENSION RTS MATE RTS TRUNK GROUP RTS XNET ALL RTS XNET ALL IP RTS XNET ALL ISDN RTS XNET ICP RTS XNET ICP IP RTS XNET ICP ISDN Purpose: Returns a busied card, circuit, or channel to service. Details: The command does not apply t...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/rmess.html","RMESS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: VERIFY PBX LAN VERIFY PBX PPP Purpose: Verifies remote message link establishment. Details: The VERIFY qualifier attempts to establish a remote message link to the specified PBX. After the connection is made, a test is performed to se...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/routeshow.html","ROUTESHOW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to inspect the contents of the routing table. The output includes a list of destinations along with the next-hop gateway and associated interface for each entry. Network routes are displayed separately f...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/sastats.html","SASTATS (Maintenance Command)","The System Accumulated Statistics (SASTATS) command displays usage statistics for calls, features, and resources that have been accumulated from the point the system was started to the current time. The statistical counters can be reset by issuin...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/schedule.html","Schedule","Qualifiers: DISPLAY DN , where is 1- to 7-digit Directory Number (DN) listed in the Call Rerouting form DISPLAY SCH , where is business schedule number (1 to 100) and is Zone ID (1 to 999) Purpose: Displays Business Schedule details associated wi...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/set_ex_configuration.html","SET EX CONFIGURATION (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Modifies the specified EX parameter to the new value. Details: Enter this command to modify the specified EX parameter to the new value. The following list of parameters can be changed: Pots.FxoDialToneDetectionMode - When di...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/set_threshold.html","SET THRESHOLDS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: Purpose: Defines the threshold values at which a call control resource loss will trigger a minor, major, or critical alarm. NOTE: This maintenance command does not change the system free memory alarm levels (50M minor, 25M major, 15M ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/show.html","SHOW (Maintenance Command)","Show Faults Show Print Show Status ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/showdspstatus.html","SHOWDSPSTATUS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to display the current status of all detected DSP MMCs on the system. Example: Entry: SHOWDSPSTATUS System Response: Dsp Status: (Warning! This only displays the current state of the dsps in the system. ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/show_ex_configuration.html","SHOW EX CONFIGURATION (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the current values for all the supported, configurable EX parameters. Details: Displays the list of all supported, configurable EX parameters with their respective values. Example(s): Entry: SHOW EX CONFIGURATIO...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/show_ex_configuration_help.html","SHOW EX CONFIGURATION HELP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays help text for the supported, configurable EX parameters. Details: This command displays the following details about the supported, configurable EX parameters: Parameter Name Help text for the parameters (for exa...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/show_faults.html","SHOW FAULTS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALARMS Purpose: Provides a list of all the faults that are responsible for the alarm status. Details: The ALARMS qualifier provides a list of faults for all those alarm categories that have alarms raised. NOTE: IP125Ax IP Line in the ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/show_print.html","SHOW PRINT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None ALL Purpose: Displays the print queue. Details: If the ALL qualifier is used, a printer information line is displayed for each printer output port. If no qualifier is entered, information for the default printer will be shown. Ex...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/show_status.html","SHOW STATUS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: ALARMS ALARMS ALL RAID REDUNDANT RESOURCE Purpose: Provides status information for the system and for alarms. Details: Refer to the available alarm categories and alarm thresholds . The REDUNDANT qualifier applies only to the EX, CX I...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/show_status_dsp_(maintenance_command).html","SHOW STATUS DSP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Provides the current status of the installed DSPs in the system. Details: This command applies only to 3300 ICP controllers. Example: Entry: SHOW STATUS DSP System Response: Dsp Status: (Warning! This only displays the c...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/shutdown.html","SHUTDOWN (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: This command has no affect on the 3300 ICP controller. You must log into Server Manager and perform a shutdown. NOTE: The SHUTDOWN command is not applicable to Container-based MiVoice Business (cMiVB). ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/siloshowmaxfree.html","SILOSHOWMAXFREE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Shows the amount of unused physical memory available on the system. Example(s): Entry: SILOSHOWMAXFREE System Response: Global free memory (bytes) = 173215744 ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/sip.html","SIP (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: SIP BUSY FORCE PEER SIP BUSY PEER SIP CONFIGURATION SIP DEBUG SIP EXTENSION SIP HELP SIP LINK STATE ALL SIP LINK STATE PEER SIP LINK STATUS SIP REGISTRAR ALL SIP REGISTRAR DECT SIP REGISTRAR DEVCAP SIP REGISTRAR HOTDESK SIP REGISTRAR ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/sipdect_(maintenace_command).html","SIPDECT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers SIPDECT CHECK SIPDECT CREATE PROFILE SIPDECT SYNC Purpose Provides maintenance commands to sync and configure SIP-DECT device records from a MiVoice Business system to a SIP-DECT Manager that has been added as a network element . NOTE:...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/sip_dns_(maintenance_command).html","SIP DNS (Maintenance Command)","SIP DNS SHOW SIP DNS CLEAR ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/sip_dns_clear_(maintenance_command).html","SIP DNS CLEAR (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None. Purpose: Clears the system&#39;s SIP DNS cache. Details: If certain entries are InUse at the time of using this command, then the system marks these entries as invalid, and clears the SIP DNS cache. Example: Entry: SIP DNS CLEAR Sys...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/sip_dns_show_(maintenance_command).html","SIP DNS SHOW (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None. Purpose: Displays the mappings used by SIP NAPTR, SRV, A/AAAA records. Details: For a SIP NAPTR query, the system displays NAPTR records, SRV and A/AAAA records found and used to resolve the address. Also, indicates whether the ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/sip_traffic.html","SIP TRAFFIC (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: XMLPRINT NEXT XMLPRINT OLDEST XMLPRINT NEWEST PRINT NEXT PRINT OLDEST PRINT NEWEST Purpose: Displays SIP trunk traffic reports in an XML or table format. Details: Before running the command, ensure that you have activated a time slot ...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/slotallinfo.html","SLOTALLINFO (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Use this command to show the type of card installed in each slot in the system. Example: Entry: SLOTALLINFO System Response: Info returned by SystemDiscovery:: MmcInfo(): MMC slotID : 0 moduleid : 12 driverid : 1 resetTi...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/state.html","STATE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: EXTENSION MLS TRUNK GROUP TRUNK GROUP TRAFFIC TRUNK GROUP VIRTUAL TRUNK GROUP ALL XNET ICP XNET ALL XNET ALL IP XNET ALL ISDN XNET TRUNK XNET LINK Purpose: Provides information on the current call-processing or maintenance state of th...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/system_totals.html","SYSTEM TOTALS (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the total number of programmed trunks, lines, stations, and attendants (with a breakdown by device type). Details: The information provided by this command is used by PTT for charging purposes and, as such, accu...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/tracert.html","TRACERT (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: RTC /HOPS n /WAIT n IPSET to /HOPS n /WAIT n Purpose: Traces the path from the RTC 1. Real Time Clock. 2. Real Time Complex. The RTC is a card that is used for the IP phones signaling, and for the ESM, DHCP, FTP and TFTP servers, amon...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/traffic.html","TRAFFIC (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: DELETE or D FILES or F PRINT or P STATUS or STA STOP or STO Purpose: Allows traffic measurement on the system. Details: Qualifier Description of the Qualifier DELETE Deletes the specified traffic-related files from the mass storage sy...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/type.html","TYPE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: *.DR.LOGFILE_1 Purpose: Displays logs resulting from a database migration failure. Use this command to view logs after migrating an SX-2000 or 3200 ICP database if a &#39;failure&#39; dialog box appears. ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/upgradebootrom.html","UPGRADEBOOTROM (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: CFE RTC E2T ALL Purpose: Installs firmware for the MIPS Processor (CFE) load on CX II, EX, MXe III, and AX platforms, the RTC 1. Real Time Clock. 2. Real Time Complex. The RTC is a card that is used for the IP phones signaling, and fo...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/uptime.html","UPTIME (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Shows the current local time and how long the system has been running since the last reboot. Example(s): Entry: UPTIME System Response: -------------------------- Uptime: 17:44 up 5 days, 22:16:11 ",""],
["../maintenance_commands/version.html","VERSION (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Displays the Call Control software version. Details: The resulting output identifies the Call Control load name and build version, followed by the date and time associated with the build. Additional identification inform...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/where.html","WHERE (Maintenance Command)","Qualifiers: None Purpose: Indicates which Main Controller has been accessed by the Maintenance Terminal, and whether it is active or inactive. Displays the software revision of the system. Details: The system name is entered using the System Opti...",""],
["../maintenance_commands/yes_(maintenance_command).htm","YES (Maintenance Command)","YES Qualifiers: None Purpose: This command is required as a follow up response commands that require a response. For example the command YES is required as a response of the HISTORY DELETE ALL command. Examples: Entry: YES System Response: ",""],
["../maintenance_information/alarms.html","Alarms","The system alarms contain constant, up-to-date records of all detected faults. Maintenance personnel may view the system alarms at any time via the System Administration Tool. If an alarm threshold is reached, the system raises an alarm condition...",""],
["../maintenance_information/alarm_categories.html","Alarm Categories","The table below lists the alarm categories found in the Alarms Details form and/or when using the Show Faults , Show Status and Set Thresholds maintenance commands. Categories found in the Alarm Details form and that do not apply to the maintenan...",""],
["../maintenance_information/alarm_details.html","Alarm Details","This form provides the following alarm details for each fault: category name alarm status level total in the system % unavailable / number of faults threshold information Field Descriptions Parameter Description Default Category Name The system r...",""],
["../maintenance_information/alarm_status_leds_and_levels.html","Alarm Status LEDs and Levels","The system&#39;s alarm status is displayed on the top-left corner of the System Administration screen. The time and date next to the alarm status indicates when the last alarm was raised or cleared. The date and time may not be related to the alarm s...",""],
["../maintenance_information/alarm_thresholds.html","Alarm Thresholds","Alarm thresholds set the lower limits of an alarm level. When the severity of an alarm (measured by the percentage of a device type that is faulted or unavailable) exceeds an alarm threshold, a new alarm level is reached. Use the Show Faults comm...",""],
["../maintenance_information/circuit_indicators.html","Circuit Indicators (LEDs)","The system has Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) on the front of each component that indicate the status of the power, trunk circuits, line circuits, message links, and alarms. For details, please refer to the Technician&#39;s Handbook . ",""],
["../maintenance_information/maint-soft_logs.html","Maintenance and Software Logs","Maintenance Logs record all maintenance-related information, including anything that affects the functioning or capacity of the system in any way. Examples of typical Maintenance Log entries are those reporting the busying of circuits, or those l...",""],
["../maintenance_information/remote_maintenance.html","Remote Maintenance","The system can be interrogated from a remote site, allowing remote diagnostics to be performed. This is useful in servicing a system located at some distance from the maintenance center. The faulty unit can be identified and a replacement can the...",""],
["../maintenance_information/system_logs.html","System Logs","You can access the following logs from the System Administration Tool: Maintenance Logs record all maintenance-related information, including anything that affects the functioning or capacity of the system in any way. Software Logs record unusual...",""],
["../maintenance_information/temporary_data.html","Temporary Data","When a user logs in to a system through SSH or a communication application, the system by default sets the current directory as the user&#39;s home directory. For example, if you log in as user root, then the user’s home directory is /root. Any user-...",""],
["../maintenance_information/voice_quality_monitoring.html","Voice Quality Monitoring","MiVoice Enterprise Manager and MiVoice Business work together with a voice quality monitoring tool to gather and analyze data for select MiVoice IP Phones. The following information can be identified and recorded: voice quality problems requiring...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/auditing_logins_and_logouts.html","Auditing Logins and Logouts","The Login/Logout Audit Logs form enables you to identify who has accessed the system. If there is an unexplained programming change or an unexpected system activity, such as an unscheduled database backup, another administrator could be responsib...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/backup_procedure.html","Backing up a Database","About Backups You can back up the system database to the hard drive of the System Administration Tool client PC, or to an external FTP server or an external FTP server that supports FTP over SSH (SFTP) In addition, if the MiVoice Business system ...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/checking_the_online_help_version.html","Determining the Online Help Version","To determine the version of the online Help, click in the top right-hand corner of the main Help window. Related Topics Determining the System Software Version ",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/checking_the_system.html","Checking the System Health","To check the system: Click Maintenance Commands. Enter the following commands: SHOW STATUS RESOURCE - Provides diagnostic information for use in troubleshooting a system that is running slow or overloaded. You can also refer to the Administration...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/checking_the_system_software_version.html","Determining the System Software Version","To determine the version of the system software: Launch the System Administration Tool for the system. Click About in the top right-hand corner of the System Administration Tool window. NOTE: The About dialog box always displays the version of th...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/checking_voice_services_security.html","Checking Voice Services Security","CAUTION: See Knowledge Base articles, 09-5127-00021, 13-1263-00095, 09-5191-00132, and 13-5191-00310 for information on how to protect against toll fraud. To maintain a secure system If someone leaves the company, delete the user&#39;s name from the ...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/creating_a_virtual_directory_within_iis.html","Creating a Virtual Directory Within Microsoft IIS","To support remote help that is hosted on a Microsoft IIS web server, you should create a virtual directory. A virtual directory provides web access to a folder that is located outside of the home directory. To create a virtual directory in IIS: C...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/dbms_save_procedure.html","DBMS Save","If you are installing new MiVoice Business software to rebuild a corrupted database, and there is no customer database to restore, you must perform a DBMS Save from the Maintenance Command interface. NOTE: If you restore a database during an inst...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/detecting_ip_device_moves.html","Detecting IP Device Moves","IMPORTANT: Because an IP device may register for service from anywhere on the network, it is possible to move an IP device and DN without authorization and without updating system programming. If information such as Customer Emergency Services ID...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/device_moves_examples.html","Device Moves - Examples","When an IP device registers with a controller, the controller queries the IP device for its Layer 2 MAC address or Chassis ID and port. If the controller detects a change in location when a DN re-registers, it stores both the previous and current...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/foreign_database_restore.html","Restoring a Foreign MiVoice Business Database","Restoring to a System with a Different Configuration When restoring a database to a MiVoice Business system which is different from the one on which the database was backed up, the licenses, configuration options, and dimension selection programm...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/healthy_system_checklist.html","Healthy System Checklist","Ensure that the system is running properly by checking that there are: No alarms present No error logs No failed data distribution updates (if System Data Synchronization is configured) DBMS Status initialized flag is on DBMS Check is scheduled P...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/identity.obj_file.html","Identity.obj File","This file must be present on every profile for every computer that will be used for a database backup or restore, or for downloading audio files using the System Audio Source Update form. ",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/obtaining_notifications_by_email.html","Obtaining Email Notifications for Alarms and Scheduled Software Upgrade Events","If MiVoice Business detects an alarm, it can send an email message containing details about the alarm to as many as ten different addresses. Likewise, when each process in an unattended software upgrade starts, ends, fails, or is canceled. Alarm ...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/obtaining_system_diag_info.html","Obtaining System Diagnostics Information","MiVoice Business records diagnostic information about the system performance in a series of files. This diagnostic information includes xrtc, pstswlog.db, hdrwswlog.db logs, call control statistics and other information that can be used to diagno...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/preventing_toll_fraud.html","Preventing Toll Fraud","Fraudulent use of the MiVoice Business system is possible. See document Using CDE to Prevent Toll Fraud on the 3300 ICP for information on how to minimize the risk of toll fraud by internal users and external callers. See also Knowledge Base arti...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/printing_logs.html","Printing Logs","NOTE: Only the displayed log can be printed. To print multiple logs, see Printing Form Data . To print logs using a browser: Highlight the log detail. Click Print. Input printer details. Click OK. ",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/printing_smdr_records.html","Outputting SMDR Records","The SMDR records can be outputted on the controller&#39;s telnet port LPR1 (port number 1754). You can view the captured SDMR records using a terminal emulator (for example, PuTTy). To view SMDR records: System Ports form Highlight the desired record...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/rebooting_the_system.html","Rebooting the System","To reboot the system, press the Reset button on the Controller. ",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/recover_failed_app_group_member.html","Recovering a Failed Application Group Member","There are different procedures to follow when recovering a failed MiVoice Business system that is a member of an AMC application group . The procedure you should use depends on several considerations including whether the failed system is the act...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/removing_app_group_member.html","Removing an Application Group Member","Follow this procedure to prevent license violations when a member of an AMC application group is removed from the network. These violations occur because the Designated License Manager The Designated License Manager (DLM) connects with an Applica...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/resource_monitoring.html","Resource Monitoring","The system continuously monitors the following resources: memory consumption stale tasks/components. If a resource passes its threshold, the system displays an alarm in the Alarms Detail view and generates a maintenance log. NOTES The system will...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/restore_procedure.html","Restoring a Database","It is possible that the system database may become corrupted. If this occurs then you will need to restore an uncorrupted database from a database backup file to the system. WARNING! Restoring a database replaces the current database and requires...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduler.html","Scheduler","Purpose This form enables you to schedule system events to run automatically. For example, you can create one event that causes the system to switch to night service every evening, and another event that causes it to switch to day service every m...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduling_backups.html","Scheduling Backups","You can schedule events to automate the process of backing up the system database to an external FTP or SFTP server. Use the External FTP Server form to set up a connection to the server. Conditions Scheduled backups are supported on the local no...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduling_calling_party_pays_rebuild_tree.htm","Scheduling Calling Party Pays Rebuild Tree","Scheduling Calling Party Pays Rebuild Tree You can schedule an event to rebuild the Calling Party Pays number tree in the MiVoice Business system from the Mexican government website. Add a Scheduling Calling Party Pays Rebuild Tree (Local System)...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduling_csv_file_import_export.html","Scheduling CSV File Import/Export","You can schedule events to automate the process of importing and exporting form data in .CSV Comma Separated Values. A type of database file that separates data fields with a comma. format. Import Function Conditions Import functionality is avail...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduling_database_audits.html","Scheduling Database Audits","You can schedule events to automate the process of verifying the condition of the following system databases: Management Layer (ML) System, ISDN, Applications, IP Networking, and Voicemail (excluding the EMEM data). NOTE: The audit does not inclu...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduling_events.html","Scheduler Overview","To reduce management overhead and improve productivity, you can schedule common events to run automatically. The following event types can be scheduled: IDS Synchronization CSV File Import/Export Night Service Backup Database Audits File Transfer...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduling_file_transfers.html","Scheduling File Transfers","You can use the Scheduler application to collect and transfer the following file types: SMDR Records Audit Trail Logs Telephone Directory IDS Synchronization Files CPU Statistics Files MSPLogs Files Conditions The files are saved to an FTP or SFT...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduling_hot_desk_logout.html","Scheduling hot desk logout","The Scheduler can log out Hot Desk users at regular times, such as the end of every day—a convenient and reliable way to protect against unauthorized use of unattended devices. You can schedule the logouts to apply to all Hot Desk users, internal...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/scheduling_night_service.html","Scheduling Night/Day Service","You can schedule events to switch the system from day service to night service and vice versa. For example, you may choose to create one event that switches the system from day service to night service every evening, and another event that switch...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/self_diagnostics.html","Self Diagnostics","System self-diagnostics run during power-up and background diagnostics run on a regularly scheduled basis. Faults can be reviewed at the maintenance terminal via the maintenance log. The system self diagnostics run at 12:00am, 6:00am, 6:00pm, and...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/system_hardware_profile.html","Checking System Hardware Profile","To check the hardware that is installed in the controller: Select View Alphabetically in the view drop-down list. In the All Forms (alphabetical) list, see the following forms: Hardware Compute Cards for information on the E2T or RTC. Hardware Mo...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/upgrade_software.html","Upgrade MiVoice Business Software","For Container-based MiVoice Business (cMiVB), you can upgrade the MiVoice Business software through the Mitel Performance Analytics application. For more information, refer to Mitel Performance Analytics documentation. For all other platforms, yo...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/verifying_disk_space_vm_moh.html","Verifying Disk Space for Voice Mail and MOH","You can determine how much hard drive space is left for both the /vmail partition and the /db partition by checking the available free disk space on the hard drive. The external Music on Hold file is stored in the /db partition. By checking the a...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/viewing_cesid_logs.html","Viewing CESID logs","To view Customer Emergency Services ID (CESID) logs: Go to CESID Log s form NOTES You cannot delete logs from the browser view. You can also view the logs from the System Administration view. Choose System Administration from the Selection menu, ...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/viewing_login_and_logout_logs.html","Viewing Login and Logout Logs","To view login and logout audit logs Go to the Audit Trail Logs form. Use the Source IP number and the Action Type field to identify the login and logout events for a particular user. Use the Audit Log ID to uniquely identify each log. NOTES You c...",""],
["../maintenance_procedures/viewing_logs.html","Viewing Logs","To view maintenance or software logs: Do either of the following: If displaying forms by category, click Maintenance &#38; Diagnostics All Maintenance/Software Logs ( ), and select the desired log category (Maintenance or Software). If displaying for...",""],
["../mmc1.png","mmc1.png","PNG file, size 1426x752",""],
["../mmc10.png","mmc10.png","PNG file, size 412x380",""],
["../mmc11.png","mmc11.png","PNG file, size 230x152",""],
["../mmc2.png","mmc2.png","PNG file, size 674x477",""],
["../mmc3.png","mmc3.png","PNG file, size 520x388",""],
["../mmc5.png","mmc5.png","PNG file, size 1426x752",""],
["../mmc6.png","mmc6.png","PNG file, size 535x523",""],
["../mmc7.png","mmc7.png","PNG file, size 535x523",""],
["../mmc8.png","mmc8.png","PNG file, size 535x523",""],
["../mmc9.png","mmc9.png","PNG file, size 535x523",""],
["../moh_ip.png","moh_ip.png","PNG file, size 541x259",""],
["../new_mitel-logo-color.png","new_mitel-logo-color.png","PNG file, size 180x42",""],
["../nn0114.jpg","nn0114.jpg","JPEG file, size 791x606","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../nn0115.jpg","nn0115.jpg","JPEG file, size 785x556","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../no1.jpg","no1.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../no2.jpg","no2.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../no3.jpg","no3.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../no4.jpg","no4.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../no5.jpg","no5.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../no6.jpg","no6.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../no7.jpg","no7.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivb_intrado_raybaum.pdf","MiVoice Business RAY BAUM&#39;S Act Solution Deployment Guide for Intrado","MiVoice Business RAY BAUM&#39;S Act Solution Deployment Guide for Intrado RELEASE 9.2 and later November 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corpora...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivb_raybaum_general_solution.pdf","MIVB RAY BAUM&#39;S Act General Overview and Solution Deployment Guide","MiVoice Business RAY BAUM’S Act General Overview and Solution Deployment Guide RELEASE 9.2 and later November 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivb_redsky_raybaum.pdf","MiVoice Business RAY BAUM&#39;S Act Solution Deployment Guide for RedSky","MiVoice Business RAY BAUM&#39;S Act Solution Deployment Guide for RedSky RELEASE 9.2 and later November 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporat...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_eg.pdf","Engineering Guidelines","MiVoice Business Engineering Guidelines RELEASE 9.3 November 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The information is subjec...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_ex_im.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business - EX Controller Installation and Administration Guide Issue 0.01","MiVoice Business EX Controller Installation and Administration Guide RELEASE 9.0 an d later October 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporat...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_gig.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Release - General Information Guide","MiVoice Business General Information Guide RELEASE 9.3 October 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The information is subj...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_htrm.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Release 9.3 - Hardware Technical Reference Manual Issue 0.01","MiVoice Business Hardware Technical Reference Manual RELEASE 9.3 November 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The informat...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_iss-vmivb_install_admin.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Release 9.2 - Installation and Administration Guide for Industry Standard Servers (ISS) and vMiVB Issue 1.0","MiVoice Business Installation and Administration Guide for Industry Standard Servers (ISS) and vMiVB RELEASE 9.2 March 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_mg.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Release 9.2 - Migration Guidelines Issue 1.0","MiVoice Business Migration Guidelines RELEASE 9.2 September 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The information is subject...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_res.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Release 9.2 - Resiliency Guidelines","MiVoice Business Resiliency Guidelines RELEASE 9.2 September 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The information is subjec...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_spg.pdf","Site Planning Guide","Mitel MiVoice Business SITE PLANNING GUIDE Release 9.0 NOTICE The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). Mitel makes no warranty of any kind ...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_thb.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Release 9.2 - Technician&#39;s Handbook Issue 1.0","MiVoice Business Technician’s Handbook RELEASE 9.2 September 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The information is subjec...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Release - Troubleshooting Guide","MiVoice Business Troubleshooting Guide RELEASE 9.3 October 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The information is subject ...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vcdi.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Release 9.2 - Clustering Design and Implementation Issue 1.0","MiVoice Business Clustering Design and Implementation RELEASE 9.2 SEPTEMBER 2021 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The inform...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vmug1.pdf","Mitel MiVoice Business Voice Mail User Guide","Mitel MiVoice Business VOICE MAIL USER GUIDE Release 9.0 NOTICE The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). Mitel makes no warranty of any kin...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vm_qrg.pdf","Voice Mail Quick Reference Card Release 9.1","Mailbox Access MITEL Your Mailbox Number: ____________ MiVoice Business From outside the company: 1. Call your company Auto Attendant directory number. 2. Press . 3. Enter your mailbox number. 4. Enter your passcode. 5. Press . From your desk ext...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vqtrbl.pdf","Voice Quality Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel MiVoice Business Voice Quality Troubleshooting Guide RELEASE 9.1 MARCH, 2020 Notice The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate in all respects but is not warranted by Mitel Networks&#8482; Corporation (MITEL&#174;). The info...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../pdfs/pdf_files.html","PDF Documents","The documents listed below are included in the System Administration Tool Help. These are just some of the documents in the MiVoice Business documentation set. For the view the list of complete set of documentation, see About the Mitel MiVoice Bu...",""],
["../personaldialzero.gif","personaldialzero.gif","GIF file, size 557x520","../gif.jpg"],
["../preventing_toll_fraud.pdf","Preventing Toll Fraud (TSB)","NUMBER: 09-5127-0021 Rev 3 ISSUE: Rev 3 RELEASED: Jan 2010 PRODUCT(S) AFFECTED: Mitel Networks&#8482; 3300 Integrated Communications Platform (ICP) SEVERITY: Critical (Service Affecting) Non-Critical (Information Only) AUDIENCE: Customer Service person...","../pdf.jpg"],
["../programming/1400_user_configuration_examples.html","1400-User System: Configuration Example","To fully understand the increased capacity of the 1400-User System configuration, a 700-user configuration is provided, followed by an example of the 1400-user configuration. 700-user configuration example The following example of a 700-user appl...",""],
["../programming/1400_user_system_requirements.html","1400-User System Requirements","Overview The following software and hardware requirements are necessary for the 1400-user system configuration: Maximum capacity of 5600 resources ( IP PLIDs) on the IP Viper for IP devices Maximum capacity of 1400 Active IP devices Limitations T...",""],
["../programming/about_1400_user_systems.html","About 1400-User Systems","The 1400-User system configuration increases the capacity and efficiency of the MiVoice Business system. These installations mainly include resilient and hot desk installations. The 1400-User system configuration supports the following number of ...",""],
["../programming/about_importing_user_and_device_data.html","About Importing User and Device Data","Overview If you have a large number of new user profiles to add, you can import the new user and device data by using the Import functionality in the User and Services Configuration form. You can program a large number of users easily and quickly...",""],
["../programming/about_ip_user_and_device_licenses.html","About IP User and Device Licenses","Overview IP User Licenses are required for IP Phone users, including users of Wireless phones. IP phones on resilient and non-resilient enterprise systems IP wireless phones IP consoles Resilient phone on primary controller (None required on seco...",""],
["../programming/about_licensing.html","Licensing Overview","Mitel offers a flexible licensing solution. For smaller implementations, you can license individual MiVoice Business controllers as \"standalone\" systems. For larger implementations, you can license a number of MiVoice Business controllers collect...",""],
["../programming/about_templates.html","About Templates and Roles","You can use templates to reduce the amount of time that it takes to enter customer data. Common settings, such as the Class of Service and Device Type, can be saved in a template and applied to multiple users. This speeds the configuration proces...",""],
["../programming/about_the_ax_controller.html","About the AX Controller","The AX Controller is a fully-configurable MiVoice Business switch that provides additional support for analog telephones and analog trunks. The AX Controller also supports IP and SIP devices and offers the same software features and functions as ...",""],
["../programming/about_the_default_configuration_files.html","About Default Configuration Scripts","You can use configuration files to perform specific EX Controller configurations for the selected gateway server on the EX Controller Web GUI. This speeds up the configuration process and ensures that correct settings are applied for the selected...",""],
["../programming/about_the_ex_controller.html","About the EX Controller","The EX Controller is an embedded platform with built-in digital and analog telephony capability. It combines the virtual capability of MiVoice Business with SIP Gateway capabilities. The MiVoice Business Virtual instance runs on a Kernel-based Vi...",""],
["../programming/about_user_configuration.html","About User Configuration","The User and Services Configuration form provides a single location for managing user configuration data such as directory name and number, device information, and voice mail and desktop admin user profiles. The User and Services Configuration fo...",""],
["../programming/adding_ext_moh_source_ax.html","Adding an External Music on Hold Source to an AX","Overview The SX-200 Music On Hold Input Adapter (PN 50006162) allows you to connect an external audio device (e.g., a radio) to a 3300 AX and use it as the system MOH source. To bypass the embedded MOH, you use the Tenant feature and configure th...",""],
["../programming/adding_users.html","Adding Users and Services","Overview There are various management interfaces that can be used for adding users and services, including: MiVoice Business - User and Services Configuration (USC) form or Mitel Configuration Wizard (MiCW) MiCollab - User Service Provisioning (U...",""],
["../programming/add_gateway_trunk_profiles.htm","Add Gateway Trunk Profiles","Add Gateway Trunk Profiles You can add Gateway Trunk Profiles using the Gateway Trunk Profiles form. When a gateway trunk profile is added using the Gateway Trunk Profiles form, a corresponding SIP Peer Network Element and a SIP Peer Profile are ...",""],
["../programming/analog_media_gateway_ax.html","Analog Media Gateway AX","In a clustered configuration, you can configure the AX controller as an analog media gateway. As an analog media gateway, the AX Controller does not support any on-board digital trunking. Network access is provided via another MiVoice Business sy...",""],
["../programming/analog_telephones.html","Programming Analog Telephones","Before You Begin Ensure the Analog Services Unit, Embedded Analog, or AX controller is programmed in the Analog Services Units form. Program Class of Service, Interconnect Restriction, and Intercept Handling. If the analog sets are connected to 1...",""],
["../programming/application_group_licensing_example.html","Application Group Licensing Example","Group Licensing allows you to move licenses from one MiVoice Business system to another within the license sharing group (called an \"application group\") without having to make changes to the individual application records on the AMC. The process ...",""],
["../programming/auto-provisioning_ip_telephones.html","Registering and Auto-provisioning Multiline IP Telephones without a DN","Overview This procedure reduces and simplifies the provisioning and installation effort for IP Phones that you wish to register as a basic Userless Device An IP device configured with service level \"IP Device Only\"; provides basic functionality (...",""],
["../programming/branch_office_ax_controller.html","Branch Office AX Controller","As a branch office ICP, the AX controller supports a small complement of T1 or E1 trunks and has IP trunks back to the main office ICP. Depending on the type of MMC and the protocol chosen, you can configure up to 30 digital trunks. In addition, ...",""],
["../programming/bucket.html","Bucket","A bucket is the amount of memory required to add one digit string. The following feature resources are measured in buckets: multiline sets button digit string speedcall digit string system digit string transient digit string. The Unit Size gives ...",""],
["../programming/change_a_telephone_s_attributes.html","Changing a Telephone&#39;s Attributes","To change telephone attributes: Go to the User and Device Attributes form. Click Change. Change any of the following database parameters: Department name for the user Location of the user Default account code index number Intercept number Interco...",""],
["../programming/change_resource_dimensions.html","Change Resource Dimensions","Overview Before changing dimensions, ensure that you have a current database backup. Refer to Backup Procedure for more information. For information about changing dimensions, see Flexible Dimensioning and Guidelines for Changing Dimensions . NOT...",""],
["../programming/changing_dn_of_registered_ip_device.html","Changing the Directory Numbers of Registererd IP Devices","Before You Begin You cannot change the directory numbers of 5560 IPT, 5302 IP, and 5505 SIP Phones from the set. You must change their directory numbers through the System Administration Tool. However, you can register these devices from the set ...",""],
["../programming/changing_license_options.html","Change Licenses and Options","Overview Follow this procedure if you are changing licenses and options on an existing system. For setting licenses and options after a new install or upgrade, see Select Licenses and Options . As of MiVoice Business Release 7.2, if no IP User (I...",""],
["../programming/changing_tone_detection_for_co_trunks.html","Changing Tone Detection for CO Trunks","Overview The CO Tone Detection form allows you to enable or disable tone detection for Central Office trunks. You can also change the parameters for CO tone detection using this form. NOTE: When the country variant is changed in License and Optio...",""],
["../programming/changing_user_data.html","Changing a User Profile","Overview You can modify an existing user&#39;s profile by going to the User and Services Configuration form ( ) and performing any of the following actions: Modify a user&#39;s configuration details Add and associate a new phone service Associate or disa...",""],
["../programming/clear_gateway_sets.htm","Clear Gateway Sets","Clear Gateway Sets You can clear the gateway sets in the Gateway Sets form if the end points are unavailable or if you want to remove a directory number (DN) that is configured for a specific device end point. If a device end point is configured,...",""],
["../programming/clear_trunk_endpoints.htm","Clear Gateway Trunks","Clear Gateway Trunks You can clear the gateway trunks in the Gateway Trunks form if the end points are unavailable or if you want to remove a directory number (DN) that is configured for a specific device end point. If a trunk end point is config...",""],
["../programming/collect_and_record_data.html","Collecting and Recording Data","Before importing new configuration data into the system database, ensure that you have gathered sufficient information. Collecting Data Most forms have mandatory fields that require data. For example, the User and Services Configuration form requ...",""],
["../programming/configuring_an_ex_controller.htm","Configuring an EX Controller","Configuring an EX Controller After the EX Controller is physically connected to the MiVoice Business network, you must add the EX Controller to MiVoice Business by configuring the IP address or host name and Simple Network Management Protocol (SN...",""],
["../programming/configuring_key_templates.html","Configuring Key Templates","Overview Key templates contain line key settings that you can reuse when you provision a new user and device. Creating and applying templates is a fast way to assign a common button configuration to a large number of phones. The system contains a...",""],
["../programming/configuring_user_and_device_templates.html","Configuring User and Service Templates","Overview Templates contain common information that can be reused when adding new users and devices to the system. After creating a User and Service Template, it should be associated with a user role. When you add a new user, you can then select t...",""],
["../programming/configuring_user_roles.html","Configuring User Roles","Overview User roles connect users with templates. For example, after creating a User and Service Template for your accounting department, you can then create a role called \"Accounting.\" Whenever you add a user for this department, simply select t...",""],
["../programming/connecting_an_email_server.html","Connecting an External Email Server","To program MiVoice Business to connect to an email server (for example, Microsoft Exchange, Lotus Notes): System Options form Enter the MiVoice Business system name, the email server IP address, and the sender&#39;s email address (if applicable). VM ...",""],
["../programming/copying_users.html","Copying Users","Overview In the User and Services Configuration form, you can copy most of the details from an existing phone service record to create a new user and/or phone service with a similar profile. The Copy functionality copies data from the selected re...",""],
["../programming/create_profiles_for_the_netvision_minet_phone.html","Create Profiles for the NetVision MiNET Phone","Overview The Phone tab displays the NetVision MiNET Phone identity that you have just downloaded. From this tab, you must assign the phone one of the following Phone Modes: Personal: Use this setting if the phone is dedicated to one user. When po...",""],
["../programming/create_users_with_user_auth_form.html","Creating Profiles with User Authorization Profiles Form","Overview Use this method of managing user profiles if you are modifying or creating a small number of user profiles. If you have a large number of user profiles to add, or a wide variety of user profile details to change, consider creating profil...",""],
["../programming/creating_an_import_file.html","Creating an Import File","To create an import file, you have two options: Create an import file from the Import Spreadsheet Using an existing spreadsheet for import NOTE: If you need to import over 2500 records, you must import the records in blocks of 2500 records or les...",""],
["../programming/creating_an_import_file_for_new_users.html","Creating an Import File for New Users","Overview Before being imported, data for new users or devices (including key assignment data for programmable keys) must be saved in a . csv file. Use the Import Spreadsheet provided and Microsoft Excel&#174; to create the . csv file or create your ow...",""],
["../programming/creating_system_administrator_policies.html","Creating System Administrator Policies","A System Administrator Policy controls access to forms in the System Administration Tool. When you create a policy, you set permissions that grant Read or Read/Write access to forms. You can also Deny access to forms, which hides them from the us...",""],
["../programming/creating_users_with_user_config_form.html","Creating Profiles with the User and Services Configuration Form","Use this method of managing user profiles if you are modifying or creating a large number of user profiles. The User and Services Configuration form () combines the functions of several system forms into one form and allows you to modify a wide r...",""],
["../programming/deleting_an_ex_controller.htm","Deleting an EX Controller","Deleting an EX Controller You can remove an EX Controller from the MiVoice Business network using the Delete operation. Before deleting an EX Controller from the MiVoice Business network, all mappings between the selected EX Controller and SIP tr...",""],
["../programming/deleting_the_gateway_trunk_profiles.htm","Deleting the Gateway Trunk Profiles","Deleting Gateway Trunk Profiles You can delete a Gateway Trunk Profile using the Gateway Trunk Profiles form. Before deleting the gateway trunk profile, you must ensure that no trunks are referenced to the selected profile. If any reference is fo...",""],
["../programming/deleting_users.html","Deleting Users","Overview You can delete just a user or a user with all associated phone services. NOTE: For networks that include various interfaces for managing users and services, the Flow Through Provisioning solution allows the administrator to configure and...",""],
["../programming/digit_block.html","Digit Block","Adding digit blocks permits the programming of additional directory numbers. If all available digit blocks are in use, you must add more before you can program additional directory numbers. Adding one digit block is not always sufficient to allow...",""],
["../programming/door_entry_system.html","Door Entry System","The EX controller contains a Door Entry system that provides a compatible loop start (LS) trunk connectivity between the PBX and the Foreign Exchange Office (FXO) ports of the controller. You must disable the Dial Tone Detection Mode in the FXO D...",""],
["../programming/download_the_profiles_to_the_netvision_minet_phone.html","Download the Profiles to the NetVision MiNET Phone","After a profile has been created for the NetVision MiNET Phone, download the updated profile back to the phone. To download the Profiles to the NetVision MiNET Phone: Select the Download tab, and then select the appropriate phone from the list. P...",""],
["../programming/embedded_dpnss_product_overview.html","Embedded DPNSS trunks - Product Overview","Embedded MSDN/DPNSS is available on the EX, MXe III, CX II, and CXi II controllers. It is supported on the T1/E1 Dual Framer MMC or the T1/E1 Combo MMC. Embedded MSDN/DPNSS implementation eliminates the requirement for a Network Services Unit and...",""],
["../programming/embedded_pri_product_overview.html","Embedded PRI Overview","Embedded PRI means that the PRI software resides on the controller. Each Dual Framer MMC is an ISDN interface that will support up to two PRI and/or QSIG links in any mix of protocols. In North America, the link supplies 23 B-channels and 1 D-cha...",""],
["../programming/enabling_fax_tone_detection.html","Enabling FAX Tone Detection (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview VM FAX Detection uses the automated attendant to detect and route fax calls, eliminating the need for dedicated fax lines. Using VM FAX Detection also benefits callers as they only need to dial one number for both voice and fax calls. Wh...",""],
["../programming/enabling_second_dialtone_for_analog_sets.html","Enabling Second Dialtone for Analog Sets","To enable a second dial tone for analog sets: Go to the Maintenance Commands form. Run the following command: SET EX CONFIGURATION AllowedDTMFMap.yz \"nSx.T\" where yz is 01 to 10 and n is the ARS leading digit for the second dial tone. ",""],
["../programming/excel_spreadsheet_fails_to_launch.html","Excel Spreadsheet Fails to Launch","If you are using the Export functionality from a form in the System Administration tool, and the Microsoft Excel spreadsheet fails to launch, use the following procedure to fix this problem. To launch Excel Spreadsheets: Disable the pop-up blocke...",""],
["../programming/execute_gateway_configuration_scripts.html","Execute Gateway Configuration Scripts","Overview The gateway configuration files can be executed using the Gateway Configuration Scripts form. For more information about the configuration files, see About Default Configuration Files . Conditions and Feature Interactions The Calling Nam...",""],
["../programming/flex_dims_bucket_block.html","Bucket, Block, Digit Block","Bucket A bucket (referred to as system dspool) is the amount of memory required to add one digit string. The following feature resources are measured in buckets: multiline sets button digit string speedcall digit string system digit string transi...",""],
["../programming/flex_dims_guidelines_for_changing.html","Guidelines for Changing Dimensions","When you change dimensions : Plan which dimensions you need to change. Keep in mind that expanding one dimension may require you to expand another. For example, if you want to flex your system to allow 3000 system speedcalls, you must ensure that...",""],
["../programming/flex_dims_parameter_defaults.html","Dimension Parameter Defaults","The Dimension Parameters and defaults are displayed in the Dimension Selection form . Refer to Change Resource Dimensions for programming instructions. The following table list the Dimension Parameters and defaults for the AX, CX II, CXi II, and ...",""],
["../programming/import_the_mitelwm.csv_file.html","Import the MitelWM.csv File","The MitelWM.csv file is automatically created and uploaded to the MiVoice Business system each time a NetVision MiNET Phone is added, removed or changed. Because the MitelWM.csv file contains the DN and PIN of every Symbol phone programmed into t...",""],
["../programming/import_users_overview.html","Overview of the Import Process","To import data into the MiVoice Business database, complete the following tasks: Obtain the Import Spreadsheet or Prepare your own spreadsheet file for import Collect and record configuration data Create an import file Preview and import the spre...",""],
["../programming/individual_or_batch_distortion_echo_test.html","Running Individual or Batch Distortion/Echo Tests","This test takes approximately 15 minutes to complete on each trunk. While the test is running on a trunk, the system takes the trunk out of service. CAUTION: Only run this test at the request of Mitel Technical Support. System performance could b...",""],
["../programming/individual_or_batch_line_quality_test.html","Running Individual or Batch Line Quality Tests","NOTE: Only run these tests after business hours during periods of low call traffic. To run the tests: Ensure that you have configured the system to support testing. See Configure System for Testing using Central Office Numbers Configure System fo...",""],
["../programming/install_symbol_admin_tool.html","Install Symbol NetVision MiNET Phone Administrator Tool","The NetVision MiNET Phone Administrator Tool is found on the 3300 ICP software CD. The tool must be installed on a PC that is running Windows NT or Windows 2000. To install the tool: Insert the software CD into the CD-ROM drive. Click \\3rd_Party\\...",""],
["../programming/kari_law_requirements.html","Kari&#39;s Law Requirements","Overview: The United States Congress passed H.R.582 - Kari&#39;s Law Act of 2017 into law on February 16, 2018 as Public Law No: 115-127. Kari’s Law requires compliance by February 16, 2020 for all United States business utilizing multi-line telephon...",""],
["../programming/license_violation_management.html","License Violation Handling","MiVoice Business can be placed into license violation mode for a variety of reasons. For example, if you use too many licenses, or if a license expires, the system will generate a \"license violation event.\" You are informed of the event through m...",""],
["../programming/line_measure_logs.html","Line Measure Logs","A maintenance log is generated for every Line Measure Tool test. Below is an example of a typical test log: The first line of the log identifies the Type of test Result of the test: pass or fail Date and time of test For Line Quality Tests, the f...",""],
["../programming/line_measure_test_error_messages.html","Line Measure Test Error Messages","If errors occur, the details of the errors are described in the \"Other\" field of the test results that appear in the lower section of the Line Quality Measure form. Error Messages Error (displayed in Other field) Meaning and Corrective Action PAS...",""],
["../programming/lsmeasure_test_error_messages.html","LSMeasure Test Error Messages","If errors occur, the details of the error are described in the \"Other\" column of the test report. LS Measure Tool Error Messages Error (displayed in Other field) Meaning and Corrective Action --- Test was successful. No problems were detected wit...",""],
["../programming/managing_distribution_lists.html","Managing Distribution Lists (Embedded Voice Mail)","Managing Distribution Lists using the System Administration Tool Update the VM Distribution Lists form Managing Distribution Lists using the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox To create a new distribution list or to add mailbox numbers to an existing list: ...",""],
["../programming/measuring_ls_trunk_line_settings.html","Measuring LS Trunk Line Settings","Overview Use the following tests to determine the line settings for Loop Start (LS) trunks that are connected to the AX Controller Card Chassis, Analog Main Board, Analog Option Board, or ASU II: Individual or Batch Line Quality Test : Reports th...",""],
["../programming/modifying_gateway_trunk_profiles.htm","Modifying Gateway Trunk Profiles","Modifying Gateway Trunk Profiles You can modify the Gateway Trunk Profiles using the Gateway Trunk Profiles form. Change Gateway Trunk Profiles To modify the gateway trunk settings: Go to the Gateway Trunk Profiles form. Click Change. The Change ...",""],
["../programming/modifying_the_gateway_trunks.htm","Change Gateway Trunk Settings","Change Gateway Trunk Settings When the EX Controller is added to MiVoice Business, you may need to modify the settings for some of the gateway trunks. Modifying the Settings for a Gateway Trunk To modify the settings for a gateway trunk: Go to th...",""],
["../programming/obtaining_the_spreadsheet.html","Obtaining the Import Spreadsheet","To import configuration data into a system database, it must be saved in . csv format. The Import Spreadsheet is designed to make it easy for you to collect and save the import data. Using the Import Spreadsheet, you can easily verify and save da...",""],
["../programming/pin_numbers_for_ip_device_registration.html","PIN Numbers for IP Device Registration","The PIN number used for registering an IP device at the station is a sequence of characters. The characters used are those from the telephone keypad (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, *, 0 ,#). A PIN number consists of two parts: The first part is the c...",""],
["../programming/prep_existing_sprdsheet_for_import.html","Preparing an Existing Spreadsheet for Import","To prepare data for import, you have two options: Collect and save configuration data directly in the Import Spreadsheet form - OR - Save your own spreadsheet of configuration data in comma separated values (.CSV) file format. If you are a spread...",""],
["../programming/preview_and_import_spreadsheet.html","Previewing and Importing the Import Spreadsheet","Overview To import new data into your system database, you must preview it in your import file to check for errors. If any are detected, fix them, and then proceed with importing . NOTES If you are importing user configuration data for more than ...",""],
["../programming/problem_reporting_and_diagnostics.html","Problem Reporting and Diagnostics","Overview When you contact the Mitel support to report a problem, you would be requested to provide certain diagnostics data and the snapshot of the EX controller configuration. You must back up the EX Controller Web GUI configuration and share th...",""],
["../programming/programming_analogue_fxs_ports1.htm","Programming Analogue FXS Ports","Programming Analogue FXS Ports The User and Services Configuration form combines the functions of several system forms into a single form; however, you can still access and use the individual forms. Programming Fill out the form User and Service ...",""],
["../programming/programming_analog_sets_on_an_ex_controller.html","Programming Analog Sets on an EX Controller","Before You Begin Purchase an analog line license for each ONS port on a Foreign Exchange Subscriber (FXS) card in your EX server. Check the Analog Line field in the System Capacity form to determine the number of available licenses. Subtract the ...",""],
["../programming/programming_call_flows.html","Programming Call Flows","Overview: Call Flows is an optional feature that adds powerful call-processing capabilities to your EMEM system. With Call Flows, you can create automated attendant and call processing applications for your organization, for departments within yo...",""],
["../programming/programming_embedded_dpnss_trunks.html","Programming Embedded DPNSS Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that: the T1/E1 Combo Card or Dual T1/E1 Framer Module is installed and programmed . the Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. For more information, see Embedded MSDN/DPNSS trunks - ...",""],
["../programming/programming_fxo..htm","Programming FXO","Programming FXO The Enterprise Gateways form is used to configure the IP address and the SNMP details of the EX controller. NOTE: This form is applicable only to the EX Controller. Before You Begin Ensure you have the following information: When ...",""],
["../programming/programming_pri..htm","Programming Enterprise Gateway Trunks","Programming Enterprise Gateway Trunks The Enterprise Gateways form is used to configure the IP address and the SNMP details of the EX controller. NOTE: This form is applicable only to the EX Controller. Programming the EX PRI Fill out the forms b...",""],
["../programming/programming_speed_call_keys_on_a_5302_sip_phone.html","Program Speed Call Keys on a 5302 SIP Phone","To use Speed Call Keys on 5302 SIP Phones, they must first be provisioned through the System Administration Tool as follows: Personal Speed Call Allocation form Set the number of allocated speed dials to other that the default of 0 (e.g., 100) Fe...",""],
["../programming/program_5140_ip_appliance.html","Program Mitel IP Appliances","Before You Begin Ensure the DHCP Server has been programmed . NOTES If you wish to program a Mitel IP Appliance with a static IP address, refer to the Technician&#39;s Handbook . The Class of Service must have both the HCI/CTI/TAPI Call Control Allow...",""],
["../programming/program_5230_ip_appliance.html","Programming 5240 IP Phones","Before You Begin If you wish to program a MiVoice IP Phone with a static IP address, refer to the Technician&#39;s Handbook . Ensure the DHCP Server has been programmed . Enter IP user licenses in the License and Option Selection form. Specify IP Tel...",""],
["../programming/program_5485_ip_paging_unit.html","Programming a Mitel 5485 IP Paging Unit","Before You Begin For the Mitel IP paging unit to boot up, DHCP options 128-133 must be programmed in the DHCP server . After the sets have booted, options 128-133 may be removed to avoid future conflicts with standard use or other vendors use of ...",""],
["../programming/program_5560_ipts.html","Programming a 5560 IPT","Overview From a programming perspective, the 5560 IPT is two separate phones, a master and a slave, in a single console. Program each of these phones with a different directory number (DN). Calls to either DN will ring the 5560 IPT; however, only...",""],
["../programming/program_acd.html","Programming ACD Sets","To program ACD sets, see the following: Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) - Programming Overview Programming ACD ",""],
["../programming/program_analog_sets_and_trunks_ax.html","Programming Analog Sets and Trunks on an AX Controller","Before You Begin You must purchase an analog line license for each ONS port on a 24 Port ONSP Card, 16 Port ONS Card, and 4 + 12 Port Combo Card. Check the Analog Line Licenses fields in the System Capacity form ( ) to determine the number of ava...",""],
["../programming/program_an_analog_trunk.html","Programming Analog Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that the Analog Services Unit form is programmed. Ensure that Class of Service, Interconnect Restriction, and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. Measure the Loop Start (LS) trunk line settings. See Measuring ...",""],
["../programming/program_automatic_route_selection.html","Programming Automatic Route Selection","Before You Begin Review some ARS Programming examples to get a feel for how it&#39;s done. Programming To program Automatic Route Selection: Trunk Groups form Create a trunk group number and assign trunks to the trunk group. (Optional) ARS Call Progr...",""],
["../programming/program_a_3300_asu.html","Programming an Analog Services Unit (ASU)","Before You Begin Ensure that the Analog Services Unit is connected as shown in the Technician&#39;s Handbook . Programming To program an ASU Analog Services Units form Click Change and Select \"ASU\" from the Programmed Type field. Related Topics Progr...",""],
["../programming/program_a_3300_asu_ii.html","Programming an Analog Services Unit II (ASU II)","Before You Begin Ensure that the Analog Services Unit is connected as shown in the Technician&#39;s Handbook . Programming To program an ASU II: Analog Services Units form Click Change and Select \"ASU II\" from the Programmed Type field. In the Progra...",""],
["../programming/program_a_3300_universal_asu.html","Programming a Universal ASU","Before You Begin Before you begin, ensure that the Universal Analog Services Unit is connected as shown in the Technician&#39;s Handbook . Programming To program a Universal ASU: Analog Services Units form Click Change and Select \"3300 Universal ASU\"...",""],
["../programming/program_a_digital_trunk.html","Programming a Digital Trunk","Before You Begin Ensure that the required modules (Quad BRI Framer) are installed and programmed. Refer Program Controller Modules for more information. Ensure that Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling are programmed for each trunk. Pr...",""],
["../programming/program_a_local_printer_port.html","Programming an LPR1 Port","You can program an LPR1 port to capture the following logs: Maintenance Logs SMDR Logs ACD Logs Software Logs Hotel/Motel Logs To program an LPR1 port: Application Logical Ports form Assign an LPR1 telnet port to each application for which you wa...",""],
["../programming/program_a_programmable_key_module.html","Programming a Programmable Key Module","Before You Begin This procedure is applicable to PKM 12, PKM 48, Dual PKM, and PKM 695 modules. NOTES Before connecting the PKM, ensure that the appropriate PKM Interface Module is installed in the phone. After you connect the PKM, you must reboo...",""],
["../programming/program_bri.html","Programming BRI Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that: Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling are programmed for each trunk. The local carrier service can support 64 Kbps data calls. NOTE: For video conferencing over a BRI interface, the central office (CO) must...",""],
["../programming/program_bri_sets.html","Programming BRI sets","Before You Begin Ensure that: The Quad BRI Framer Module is installed and programmed Ensure that Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. The local carrier service can support 64 Kbps data calls. NOTE: For vid...",""],
["../programming/program_call_history.html","Program Call History for 5xxx Phones and 5660 IPT","See Call History Call History for 5xxx Phones and 5660 IPT for a description of this feature. Before You Begin If you plan to have a large number of Call History-capable devices in your network, then doing some calculations to determine how to se...",""],
["../programming/program_conference_units.html","Programming Conference Units","Overview The 5305 and 5310 conference units are supported on the following sets: 5220 IP Phone 5220 IP Phone (Dual Mode) 5324 IP Phone 5330/5330e IP Phone 5340/5340e IP Phone 5360 IP Phone Programming The 5305 requires no programming on the MiVoi...",""],
["../programming/program_controller_modules.html","Programming Controller Modules","Before You Begin Ensure that the Quad CIM, Dual T1/E1 Framer, T1/E1 Framer, or Quad BRI Framer is installed as shown in the Technician&#39;s Handbook . Programming To program a controller module: Controller Module Configuration form Select one of the...",""],
["../programming/program_cor_groups.html","Programming Class of Restriction Groups","To program Class of Restriction groups: Class of Restriction Groups form Enter the Class of Restriction Member numbers. ",""],
["../programming/program_cos_ir_and_ih.html","Programming Class of Service, Interconnect Restriction, and Intercept Handling","To program Class of Service, Interconnect Restriction, and Intercept Handling for trunks and peripheral devices: Class of Service Options form Create a unique Class of Service. Station Attributes form Assign a Class of Service to each station. In...",""],
["../programming/program_dass_ii_trunks.html","Programming DASS II Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. Programming To program DASS II trunks: Digital Link Descriptors form Enter \"A\" or \"B\" in the Address for Message Control field. Enter \"DASS...",""],
["../programming/program_dhcp_server.html","Programming the DHCP Server","IMPORTANT: DHCP options 128-135 used to configure legacy Mitel IP endpoints have been reclassified as public options by the Internet Engineering Task Force (see RFC 2133 and RFC 3925). To comply with the change, Mitel recommends using either opti...",""],
["../programming/program_embedded_analog.html","Programming Embedded Analog","Overview The Analog Main Board (AMB) and Analog Option Board (AOB) provide embedded analog capability for the CX II, CXi II, and MXe III controllers. The MXe supports only an AMB. The AMB provides Loop Start, ONS, Music On Hold, and Paging circui...",""],
["../programming/program_embedded_bri.html","Programming Embedded BRI Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that: The Quad BRI Framer Module is installed and programmed . Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. The local carrier service can support 64 Kbps data calls. NOTES For video confere...",""],
["../programming/program_embedded_music_on_hold.html","Programming Embedded Music on Hold","Overview Embedded Music on Hold is provided by an audio file downloaded to the controller. The audio file must be in the following format: Audio type: Microsoft Windows WAV (.wav) Audio format: CCITT u-Law or A-Law 8.000 kHz, 8 Bit, Mono See Syst...",""],
["../programming/program_embedded_pri.html","Programming Embedded PRI/QSIG Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that: The T1/E1 Combo Card or Dual T1/E1 Framer Module is installed and programmed . Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. For more information, see Embedded PRI - Product Overview ....",""],
["../programming/program_embedded_t1_d4_trunks.html","Programming Embedded T1/D4 Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that: The T1/E1 Combo Card, or Dual T1/E1 Framer Module is installed and programmed . Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. Programming To program T1/D4 trunks: Digital Link Descript...",""],
["../programming/program_emergency_services_for_a_lim.html","Programming Emergency Services for a Line Interface Module","Overview The Line Interface module is an optional device that adds an analog phone line (POTS) capability to a Mitel 5220 Dual Mode, 5224, 5324, 5330/5330e, 5340/5340e, or 5360 IP phone. Emergency services pinpoint the origin of an emergency call...",""],
["../programming/program_ip_consoles.html","Programming IP Consoles","Before You Begin Ensure that Class of Service, Interconnect Restriction, and Intercept Handling is programmed for each console. Allocate sufficient IP User and MiVoice Business Console Active Operator licenses. Active Operator licenses apply to M...",""],
["../programming/program_loudspeaker_paging.html","Programming Loudspeaker Paging","To program loudspeaker paging: Loudspeaker Paging form Enter the Zone number and Interconnect Number. Ensure that stations that require access to paging are not restricted in the Interconnect Restriction Table. Class of Service Options form Enabl...",""],
["../programming/program_mitel_sip-dect_phones.html","Programming Mitel SIP-DECT Phones","Overview Mitel SIP-DECT Phones (models 612, 622, 632, and 650) are provisioned using either the MiVoice Business System Administration Tool or MiVoice Enterprise Manager. See SIP Phone Support - Programming for instructions on MiVoice Business pr...",""],
["../programming/program_msdn_dpnss.html","Programming MSDN/DPNSS trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. Programming To program MSDN/DPNSS trunks: Digital Link Descriptors form Enter \"A\" or \"B\" in the Address for Message Control field. Enter \"D...",""],
["../programming/program_multiline_ip_telephones.html","Programming Multiline IP Telephones","Overview This procedure applies to the following devices: 5005 IP Phone 5010 IP Phone 5020 IP Phone 5140 IP Phone 5205 IP Phone 5207 IP Phone 5215 IP Phone 5212 IP Phone 5215 IP Phone (Dual Mode) 5220 IP Phone 5220 IP Phone (Dual Mode) 5224 IP Ph...",""],
["../programming/program_music_on_hold.html","Programming Analog Music On Hold","Overview Analog Music on Hold is provided by an external music source (a radio, for example) connected to any one of the following (see the Hardware Technical Reference Manual for specifications): Music on Hold connector on the back of a controll...",""],
["../programming/program_music_on_hold_over_ip.html","Programming Music on Hold over IP","Overview Live Music on hold (MOH) over IP plays live music over the internet for callers placed on hold. The following music sources accept a SIP or IP set DN as an IP music source: System (default) music sources Tenants music-on-hold sources ACD...",""],
["../programming/program_pri_qsig_trunks.html","Programming PRI/QSIG Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. Programming To program PRI or QSIG trunks: Digital Link Descriptors form Enter \"A\" or \"B\" in the Address for Message Control field. Enter \"...",""],
["../programming/program_r2_trunks.html","Programming R2 Trunks","The R2 trunks are supported only on an EX Controller. You can program an R2 trunk by executing the configuration files available in the Gateway Configuration Scripts form. NOTE: You can also program the R2 trunks manually through the EX Controlle...",""],
["../programming/program_single_line_ip_telephones.html","Programming Single Line IP Telephones","Before You Begin Ensure the DHCP Server has been programmed Ensure that the IP user licenses are entered in the License and Option Selection form. Ensure that the IP Telephone Set Registration access codes, Set Replacement Access Codes, and Set R...",""],
["../programming/program_spectralink_wireless_telephones.html","Programming SpectraLink Wireless Telephones","Before You Begin Ensure that: the IP user licenses are entered in the License and Option Selection form. Class of Service Options ( ), Interconnect Restriction ( ), and Intercept Handling ( ) are programmed for each device. Programming To program...",""],
["../programming/program_speech_or_message_server.html","Programming Speech or Message Server","Overview The Speech Server system is composed of the Speech Server Attendant and the optional Unified Messaging. Programming To program Speech Server or Message Server ports on the MiVoice Business system: Multiline IP Sets form Program each Spee...",""],
["../programming/program_standalone_voicemail.html","Programming a MiVoice Business System as a Standalone Voice Mail Server","Overview The MiVoice Business voice mail application can be used as a standalone voice mail server behind any PBX that has DPNSS or QSIG trunks. Programming To program a MiVoice Business system as a standalone voice mail server: License and Optio...",""],
["../programming/program_symbol_netvision_minet_phones.html","Programming a Symbol NetVision Phone","Before You Begin Ensure the following is complete: Program Class of Service, Interconnect Restriction, and Intercept Handling. Install the Symbol NetVision MiNET Phone Administrator Tool on a Windows NT or Windows 2000 PC. Programming To program ...",""],
["../programming/program_t1_d4_trunks.html","Programming T1/D4 Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure that: A T1/E1 Combo Module or Dual T1/E1 Framer Module is programmed. Refer to Program Controller Modules for more information. Interconnect Restriction and Intercept Handling is programmed for each trunk. For a descriptio...",""],
["../programming/program_userless_devices.html","Programming Userless Devices","Overview Userless devices can be employed for the following purposes: Basic functionality (emergency and attendant calls). Hot Desk login. Hot Desk ACD Agent login. Since a userless device is not assigned to a particular user, it does not consume...",""],
["../programming/program_users_overview.html","Program Users Overview","To complete programming for telephone users: Create user profiles for users of display IP telephones by using one of two methods: Create profiles with the User Authorization Profiles form — use this method if you are modifying or adding a small n...",""],
["../programming/range_programming.html","Using Range Programming","Overview Range programming simplifies the addition, modification, or deletion of repetitive or incremental values. For example, you can add a range of Multiline IP Sets entries including Device Type, Incremental Numbers, and Interconnect Number w...",""],
["../programming/registering_telephones.html","Registering Mitel IP Telephones","Overview This procedure registers the IP devices with the MiVoice Business database, and records the MAC address of the IP device in the database. Before You Begin Ensure a Set Registration Access Code is assigned in the System Options form. NOTE...",""],
["../programming/replacing_an_ip_telephone.html","Replacing IP Telephones from the Station","See Register IP Telephones from the Station . ",""],
["../programming/replacing_a_dlm.html","Replacing a Designated License Manager","Follow these procedures if you need to change the DLM to another application group member. Ideally, you should decommission the current DLM (first procedure) before assigning the new one (second procedure). Use the third procedure if the current ...",""],
["../programming/restrict_stn_from_out_trks.html","Restricting a Station from Using Outgoing Trunks","To restrict stations from outgoing trunks: Class of Restriction Groups form Assign the COR of the station to a COR Group. ARS Routes form Enter the station&#39;s COR Group Number in the COR Group Number field. ARS Digit Modification Plans form Create...",""],
["../programming/selecting_licenses_and_options.html","Selecting Licenses and Options","Overview Follow this procedure if you are setting licenses and options after a new install or upgrade. For changing licenses and options on an existing system, see Change Licenses and Options . As of MiVoice Business Release 7.2, if no IP User (I...",""],
["../programming/sending_a_welcome_email_to_new_users.html","Sending a Welcome Email to New Users","Overview New users can receive a Welcome email based on a ready-to-use template in the User and Services Configuration (USC) form. The following is an example of the email: Click image to enlarge The Welcome email is automatically sent after addi...",""],
["../programming/setting_call_history_capacity.html","Setting Call History Records Capacity","Before importing a large number of devices that support Call History recording, you must set the maximum call history records in the Dimension Selection form accordingly. CAUTION: The maximum number of call history records must not exceed the num...",""],
["../programming/setting_up_your_system.html","Setting Up Your System","Before You Begin Ensure that the hardware is installed. NOTES If your workstation has a pop-up blocker installed, some System Administration Tool, Group Administration Tool, or Desktop Tool functions may not operate properly. For example, if you ...",""],
["../programming/sip_trunking_programming.html","Programming SIP Trunks","Before You Begin Ensure you have the following information: the IP address or Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the SIP peer the transport type and the port number for the SIP peer unless it&#39;s obtained automatically through DNS the FQDN or IP...",""],
["../programming/standalone_ax_controller.html","Standalone AX Controller","The AX Controller supports IP phones and an IP console analog sets and analog trunking on-board digital trunking (T1, E1, and BRI based protocols are supported on MMC cards) connection of up to four ASUs, four ASU IIs, or any combination of up to...",""],
["../programming/system_printer_port.html","Programming System Printer Ports","To program system printer ports: System Ports form Assign a logical name to the system port. Application Logical Ports form Assign an LPR1 telnet port to each application. The application records or logs are captured on the LPR1 port, which can b...",""],
["../programming/tcp_ip_output_streaming.html","Enabling TCP/IP Output Streaming","This procedure enables the log applications and ACD Real Time Events streaming to be directed to remote applications. The remote IP application must act as a TCP/IP client. To view Output Streaming from a remote IP application: Open a Telnet Sess...",""],
["../programming/troubleshooting_import_issues.html","Troubleshooting Import Issues","Overview Import errors fall into two main categories: Validation errors - Errors are displayed in the Import Preview window. You must resolve these errors before you can continue and complete the Import. Import errors - Errors are displayed in a ...",""],
["../programming/upgrade_a_pkm.html","Upgrading a PKM","Overview You can change your 12-key PKM to a 48-key PKM. You can also add a second 48-key PKM to an existing 48-key PKM (Dual PKM). NOTES To support a dual PKM, the phone must have an H2 hardware revision with main load of 9.4 and a boot load of ...",""],
["../programming/using_coa_to_configure_mitel_sip-dect_phones.html","Using CoA provisioning files to configure Mitel SIP-DECT Phones","Overview Configuration over Air (CoA) for Mitel SIP-DECT allows you to Configure phone settings (e.g. language, ring behavior, messaging, etc.) hide, gray out, lock or PIN protect menus configure softkeys With SIP-DECT 6.1 this capability has bee...",""],
["../programmingtasks_mivb7.0.xls","programmingtasks_mivb7.0.xls","Configure System View by Category Tree Folders in Blue; Forms in Green Top-Level Folder LAN/WAN Configuration System IP Properties LAN Policy (QoS) Spanning Tree DHCP DHCP Server DHCP Subnet DHCP Static IP DHCP IP Address Range DHCP Options DHCP ...","../excel.jpg"],
["../putty_login.jpg","putty_login.jpg","JPEG file, size 674x423","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../putty_serial.jpg","putty_serial.jpg","JPEG file, size 466x448","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../putty_window.jpg","putty_window.jpg","JPEG file, size 464x447","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../registeripcluster1.jpg","registeripcluster1.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../registeripcluster4.jpg","registeripcluster4.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../registerpcluster5.jpg","registerpcluster5.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../registerpcluster7.jpg","registerpcluster7.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../resilient_hot_desk/cluster_diagram.html","Hot Desking - Cluster Diagram","",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/external_hot_desking_conditions.html","External Hot Desking - Conditions","Licensing The maximum number of available EHDU External Hot Desk User Licenses is equal to 100% of supported IP users. Feature Interactions System features available to an EHDU are a subset of those available to internal extension users. Use is b...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/external_hot_desking_description.html","External Hot Desking - Description","External Hot Desking extends hot desking capabilities to an external device, which makes it appear as an extension on the system. When the external hot desk user (EHDU) is logged in to MiVoice Business, a caller only needs to dial the extension n...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/external_hot_desking_operation.html","External Hot Desking - Operation","Logging In To log in from an external location, dial the DID number terminating on the Hot Desking Access Number—for example, 613-555-1234 where 1234 is the access number as programmed in the System Access Points form. Then, enter a hot desk user...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/external_hot_desking_programming.html","External Hot Desking - Programming","To program External Hot Desking: Enter the required number of External Hot Desk User licenses in the License and Option Selection form. NOTE: Each External Hot Desk User also consumes an IP User license. Multiline IP Sets form ( ) or User and Ser...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/external_hot_desk_user_callback.html","External Hot Desk User Callback","Overview External Hot Desk User (EHDU) Callback helps to eliminate or reduce outgoing call charges for EHDU users. When the system receives an authenticated call from the EHDU, it returns busy tone, and then disconnects the call. On hearing the t...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desking_conditions.html","Hot Desking - Conditions","Network Nodes that are not part of a cluster must be assigned a cluster element ID. All elements on a cluster must be programmed with the same Dialing plan Feature access codes. Nodal Hot Desking requires 3300 ICP Release 4.0 or later software. C...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desking_description.html","Hot Desking - Description","Hot Desking allows anyone with a Hot Desk DN and User PIN to log in to an available hot desk-enabled telephone. Once logged in, the user can Receive incoming calls at the set Place outgoing calls Retrieve voice messages Program and use feature ke...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desking_login_res.html","Hot Desking - Login","To log in to a hot desk set, invoke login (by entering a feature access code or pressing a softkey), and then enter a hot desk DN and User PIN at the prompts. The following conditions apply to hot desk login: If Hot Desk PIN Security is enabled, ...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desking_logout_res.html","Hot Desking - Logout","To log out from a hot desk set, invoke log out by entering a feature access code (FAC) or pressing a softkey. After you log out (or are logged out by the system), your DN follows out-of-service handling and the hot desk set reverts back to the pr...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desking_mobility_logs_res.html","Hot Desking - Mobility Logs","Mobility logs are generated when a hot desk user Logs in to a device Logs out of a device Logs another user out of a device during login (See Note 2) Is remotely logged out of a device Enters an invalid PIN Modifies their external number (applies...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desking_programming_res.html","Hot Desking - Programming","To program Hot Desking on devices, you must: Program a cluster ID (for nodal hot desking only) Enable Hot Desking on supported multiline IP sets Program the Hot desk users including phone keys ( MiNET Mitel&#39;s proprietary signaling protocol used t...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desking_program_clustered_res.html","Programming Clustered or Resilient Clustered Hot Desking","Before You Begin Ensure: IP User Licenses are entered in the License and Option Selection form on the host MiVoice Business system (i.e., the system where the hot desking devices are registered.) Class of Service, Interconnect Restriction, and In...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desking_program_node_res.html","Program Nodal Hot Desking","Before You Begin Ensure that IP User Licenses are entered in the License and Option Selection form. For more information, see About IP User and Device Licenses . See also Hot Desking - Conditions for requirements on provisioning 5604, 5607, and 5...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desk_pin_security.html","Hot Desk PIN Security","Description Hot Desk PIN Security ensures that all hot desk users create strong (resistant to guessing) PINs by forcing them to create PINs that adhere to a set of strengthening rules. MiCollab Nupoint UM and MiVoice Business work together to pro...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/hot_desk_pin_security_deployment.html","Hot Desk PIN Security Deployment","This section provides instructions on how to deploy the Hot Desk PIN Security feature on MiVoice Business sites that include MiCollab with Unified Messaging Deployment Considerations If multiple users respond to the PIN Security service call or m...",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/resilient_cluster_diagram.html","Hot Desking - Resilient Cluster Diagram","",""],
["../resilient_hot_desk/single_node_diagram.html","Hot Desking - Single Node Diagram","",""],
["../reuseaction2.png","reuseaction2.png","PNG file, size 255x124",""],
["../rls20_2_e911_dispatchable_location.htm","Rls20_2_E911_Dispatchable_location","Programming Template CAUTION: You must apply this template when you first create the topic. If you forget and then apply it later to an existing topic, the Java script code for highlighting search results will not be inserted into the topic true ...",""],
["../sdssynprogress.png","sdssynprogress.png","PNG file, size 540x277",""],
["../searching_the_online_help.html","Searching the Online Help","The purpose of this topic is to help you understand how to optimize your searches so that you can find the information that you are looking for. Finding Information The Help system provides you with the following navigational aids and information...",""],
["../search_files/search.html","search","Search Enter one or more keywords to search for in the Help. Note that &#39;*&#39; and &#39;?&#39; wildcards are supported. Tips to enhance your search results Search Tips Match ANY search word - Click the \"match any search word\" button to search for topics whic...",""],
["../server_console/feedback.html","feedback","First Name Middle Name Last Name Company Email Feedback CAUTION: You must apply this template when you first create the topic. If you forget and then apply it later to an existing topic, the Java script code for highlighting search results will n...",""],
["../server_console/server_console_overview.html","About Server Console","Purpose Server Console provides a console version of the Server Manager. You can use the Server Console to perform the following tasks on a 3300 ICP controller: Check server status Configure the server Reboot or shutdown the server Manage trusted...",""],
["../server_console_login.jpg","server_console_login.jpg","JPEG file, size 675x424","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../server_manager/about_the_server_manager.html","About Server Manager","Purpose The MiVoice Business Release 9.0 introduces the support of Server Manager to 3300 ICP controllers. You can use Server Manager to perform the following: Administration related tasks, such a: Provide updated ServiceLink status information -...",""],
["../server_manager/logging_into_server_manager.html","Logging into Server Manager","You can log into Server Manager from the MiVoice Business tool selection page or by using the URL. Programming Logging in from the MiVoice Business tool selection page NOTES: Before you proceed: Ensure that you have set the Enable access to Serve...",""],
["../sheet001.html","No title","This page uses frames, but your browser doesn&#39;t support them. ",""],
["../shoppingcart.jpg","shoppingcart.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../sip-dect_root_cert.jpg","sip-dect_root_cert.jpg","JPEG file, size 391x634","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../sm_user_accounts.png","sm_user_accounts.png","PNG file, size 952x608",""],
["../ss0371.jpg","ss0371.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../ss0371_thumb.jpg","ss0371_thumb.jpg","LEAD Technologies Inc. V1.01","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../tasklistcheckmark.png","tasklistcheckmark.png","PNG file, size 1048x313",""],
["../taskprogguide.png","taskprogguide.png","PNG file, size 385x180",""],
["../using_interface/accessing_the_system_remotely.html","Accessing the System Remotely","To access the system remotely: Dial up using a RAS connection. Launch a web browser. Enter the URL. Press Enter. Enter a User Name and Password. Launch the System Administration Tool. Proceed according to requirements. NOTE: If the computer that ...",""],
["../using_interface/call_signaling_security.html","Call Signaling Security","Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) The web server in MiVoice Business supports Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) secure communications. The SSL security protocol provides data encryption, server authentication, message integrity, and optional client authenticat...",""],
["../using_interface/changing_information.html","Changing Information","To change or edit information: Navigate to the desired location. Highlight the record to be changed. Click Change or Edit. Make the changes. Click Save. ",""],
["../using_interface/copying_form_data.html","Copying Form Data","A system administrator can select an ESM record, copy the data to a new or existing record, make changes to the data, and then commit the new or modified record to the database. For example, you can create a new class of service by copying an exi...",""],
["../using_interface/deleting_existing_information.html","Deleting Existing Information","To delete existing information: Navigate to the desired location. Highlight the record to be deleted. Click Delete or Clear. Click OK or Cancel. ",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups.html","Enabling Pop-ups","If the computer you are using to access MiVoice Business has pop-up blocker software installed, the administration tools (System Administration, Group Administration, or Desktop Tool) may not operate properly. For example, pop-up blocker software...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_De.html","Aktivieren von Popups vor der Anmeldung","Wenn auf dem für den Zugriff auf das MiVoice Business-Tool verwendeten Computer eine Popup-Blocker-Software installiert ist, funktionieren die Administrationstools (Systemverwaltung, Gruppenverwaltung oder Desktop-Tool) möglicherweise nicht ordnu...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_En.html","Enabling Pop-ups Before Logging In","If the computer you are using to access MiVoice Business has pop-up blocker software installed, the administration tools (System Administration, Group Administration, or Desktop Tool) may not operate properly. For example, pop-up blocker software...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_Fp.html","Activation des fenêtres contextuelles avant la connexion","Si, sur l&#39;ordinateur que vous utilisez pour accéder à la plate-forme MiVoice Business, un logiciel de blocage des fenêtres contextuelles est installé, il se peut que les outils d&#39;administration (Outil d&#39;administration du système, d&#39;administration...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_Fr.html","Activation des fenêtres publicitaires intempestives avant la connexion","Si l&#39;ordinateur utilisé pour accéder à un outil MiVoice Business est doté d&#39;un logiciel servant à bloquer les fenêtres publicitaires intempestives, il est possible que les outils d&#39;administration (administration du système, administration de grou...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_It.html","Abilitazione dei pop-up prima della connessione","Se il computer utilizzato per accedere allo strumento MiVoice Business dispone di un software per il blocco dei pop-up, è possibile che gli strumenti di amministrazione (Amministrazione del sistema, Amministrazione di gruppo o Strumento desktop) ...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_Nl.html","Pop-ups inschakelen voordat u zich aanmeldt","Als op de computer die u gebruikt voor toegang tot een MiVoice Business-programma software voor pop-upblokkering is geïnstalleerd, werken de beheerprogramma&#39;s (systeembeheer, groepsbeheer of bureaubladprogramma) mogelijk niet correct. Zo kan soft...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_Pb.html","Activar pop-ups antes de iniciar sessão","Se o computador que está a utilizar para aceder à ferramenta MiVoice Business tiver software de bloqueio de pop-ups instalado, as ferramentas de administração (ferramentas de administração do sistema, de administração de grupo ou de ambiente de t...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_Pt.html","Activar pop-ups antes de iniciar sessão","Se o computador que está a utilizar para aceder à ferramenta MiVoice Business tiver software de bloqueio de pop-ups instalado, as ferramentas de administração (ferramentas de administração do sistema, de administração de grupo ou de ambiente de t...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_Sc.html","Activar elementos emergentes antes de iniciar sesión","Si el ordenador que se utilice para acceder a la herramienta MiVoice Business tiene instalado un software de bloqueo de elementos emergentes, las herramientas de administración (Administración del sistema, Administración de grupos o Herramienta d...",""],
["../using_interface/enabling_pop-ups_Sp.html","Habilitación de las ventanas emergentes antes de conectarse","Si la computadora que está utilizando para acceder a la herramienta MiVoice Business tiene instalado un software para bloquear ventanas emergentes, es posible que no funcionen correctamente las herramientas de administración (Administración del s...",""],
["../using_interface/entering_data_into_forms.html","Entering Data into Forms","To enter data into forms: Navigate to the desired form. Click Add button. Enter the information. Click Save. ",""],
["../using_interface/exporting_form_data.html","Exporting Form Data","You can export data from most forms in the System Administration Tool into a text file (. txt): readable by any text editor comma separated file (. csv): comma-delimited file also readable by any text editor This feature is valuable if you need t...",""],
["../using_interface/importing_form_data.html","About Importing Form Data","You can import data into the system database using the Import functionality accessed in all configurable forms except the following: Console Softkeys Console Softkeys - Softkeys Device Connectivity - All Device Connectivity - Moved DHCP Lease Vie...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_De.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (DE)","Wenn das vertrauenswürdige Mitel-Stammzertifikat nicht auf Ihrem PC installiert ist, erhalten Sie beim Zugriff auf Mitel-Tools, wie z. B. das Systemverwaltungs-Tool, Internet Explorer-Sicherheitszertifikatwarnungen. Damit diese Warnhinweise nicht...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_En.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate","From MiVoice Business Release 8.0 onwards, the System Admin Tool uses a self-signed SSL certificate instead of the Mitel Root Certificate in earlier releases. Web browsers are designed not to trust self-signed certificates by default because ther...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_Fp.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (FP)","Si le certificat racine Mitel approuvé n&#39;est pas encore installé sur votre ordinateur, Internet Explorer génère un avertissement lié au certificat lorsque vous accédez aux outils Mitel, comme l&#39;Outil d&#39;administration du système. Pour éviter l&#39;aff...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_Fr.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (FR)","Si le certificat racine de confiance Mitel n&#39;est pas installé sur votre ordinateur, vous recevrez des avertissements de sécurité d&#39;Internet Explorer lorsque vous tenterez d&#39;accéder aux outils Mitel tels que l&#39;outil de gestion du système. Pour fai...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_It.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (IT)","Se il certificato principale Mitel non è installato nel PC, verrà ricevuto un avviso di Internet Explorer sui certificati di protezione al momento dell&#39;accesso agli strumenti Mitel, ad esempio lo strumento di amministrazione del sistema. Per non ...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_Nl.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (NL)","Als het vertrouwde basiscertificaat van Mitel niet op de pc is geïnstalleerd, ziet u in Internet Explorer waarschuwingen over het beveiligingscertificaat wanneer u software van Mitel wilt gebruiken, bijvoorbeeld het systeembeheerprogramma. Als u ...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_Pb.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (PB)","Se o certificado raiz da Mitel confiável não estiver instalado no PC, você receberá avisos de certificado de segurança do Internet Explorer quando acessar as ferramentas da Mitel, como a Ferramenta de Administração do Sistema. Se estiver utilizan...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_Pt.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (PT)","Se o certificado raiz da Mitel confiável não estiver instalado no PC, você receberá avisos de certificado de segurança do Internet Explorer quando acessar as ferramentas da Mitel, como a Ferramenta de Administração do Sistema. Para interromper a ...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_Sc.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (SC)","Si no instala el certificado de confianza Mitel Root en su ordenador, cuando intente acceder a las herramientas Mitel, como por ejemplo la herramienta Administrador del sistema, recibirá de Internet Explorer advertencias de seguridad sobre el cer...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mitel_root_certificate_Sp.html","Installing the Mitel Root Certificate (SP)","Si no está instalado el certificado raíz confiable de Mitel en la PC, recibirá advertencias de certificado de seguridad de Internet Explorer cuando acceda a herramientas de Mitel, como la Herramienta de administración del sistema. Para que estas ...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_De.html","Installation des MiVoice Business Self-Signed Security oder Enterprise PKI-Zertifikats","Ab MiVoice Business Release 9.0 verwendet das System ein selbstsigniertes SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. oder enterprise Public Key Infr...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_En.html","Installing the MiVoice Business Self-Signed Security Certificate","From MiVoice Business Release 9.0 onwards, the system uses a self-signed SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. or enterprise Public Key Infrast...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_Fp.html","Installation du MiVoice Business auto-signé MiVoice Business ou Certificat de PKI","De la version MiVoice Business 9.0 et supérieure, le système utilise un protocole SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. auto-signé ou un certif...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_Fr.html","Installation du certificat de sécurité autosigné MiVoice Business ou un certificat","De la version MiVoice Business 9.0 et supérieure, le système utilise un protocole SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. auto-signé ou un certif...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_It.html","Installazione del certificato di protezione autofirmato o del certificato PKI aziendale","Da MiVoice Business versione 9.0 in poi, il sistema utilizza un certificato SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. autofirmato o un certificato ...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_Nl.html","De installatie van het MiVoice Business Zelf-Ondertekende Veiligheids- of Ondernemings-PKI-Certificaat","Vanaf MiVoice Business Versie 9.0 en later gebruikt het systeem een zelf-ondertekende SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. of ondernemings- Pu...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_Pb.html","Instalação do Certificado MiVoice Business Auto assinado ou PKI Empresarial","Desde a Versão 9.0 do MiVoice Business que o sistema usa um certificado auto assinado SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. ou de Infraestrutur...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_Pt.html","Instalação do Certificado MiVoice Business Auto assinado ou PKI Empresarial","Desde a Versão 9.0 do MiVoice Business que o sistema usa um certificado auto assinado SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. ou de Infraestrutur...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_Sc.html","Instalación del Certificado de Seguridad Autofirmado o PKI Empresarial de MiVoice Business","Desde el Lanzamiento de MiVoice Business 9.0 en adelante, el sistema utiliza un SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. auto-firmado o un certifi...",""],
["../using_interface/installing_the_mivb_certificate_Sp.html","Instalación del certificado de seguridad autofirmado de MiVoice Business o de Enterprise PKI","Desde la versión 9.0 de MiVoice Business en adelante, el sistema utiliza un certificado autofirmado SSL Secure Sockets Layer, a global standard security technology that enables encrypted communication between a web browser and a web server. o de ...",""],
["../using_interface/logging_in.html","Logging In","You can log into the System Administration Tool from any PC on the network that meets the minimum system requirements . NOTE: Some of the steps after logging in, such as installing MiVoice Business Self-Signed Security Certificate and browser spe...",""],
["../using_interface/logging_out.html","Logging Out","To log out of the System Administration Tool: Click Logout at the top right of the screen. Click Close. NOTE: A message will appear during log out if the system is in license violation mode. See License Violation Handling for more information. ",""],
["../using_interface/maintaining_security.html","Maintaining Security","The following security features and practices help guard your system against unauthorized access or privacy violations. Maintaining Login Security Users logging into the System Administration Tool for the first time are required to change the def...",""],
["../using_interface/managing_configuration_profiles.html","Managing Configuration Profiles","You can load and save configuration profiles for the data contained on the following forms: SIP Device Capabilities SIP Peer Profile The primary benefit of this feature is that it enables you to obtain a configuration profile from Mitel Online fo...",""],
["../using_interface/message_board.html","Using the Message Board","Overview The Message Board provides a method for administrators to communicate with each other on the System Administration tool. For example, an administrator can use it to leave instructions for the next administrator that is scheduled to be on...",""],
["../using_interface/mre_using_multi_record_editing.html","Using Multi-Record Editing","Multi-Record Editing (MRE) gives system administrators a tool to make multiple changes to the data records associated with a particular form instance. NOTE: If MRE does not function, you need to install the XML components required for client-side...",""],
["../using_interface/navigating_the_system_administration_tool.html","Navigating the System Administration Tool","Navigation has been designed to be intuitive. The screen is divided into four sections: The top of the screen displays the system name and shows the Alarm Status with a time stamp. It also has Print, Export, Data Refresh, Help, and Logout buttons...",""],
["../using_interface/printing_form_data.html","Printing Form Data","The following print functionality is available for most forms in the System Administration Tool: print all records in the form, a current page, or a group of specified pages print a range of records (in forms that contain large lists of records, ...",""],
["../using_interface/refreshing_the_onscreen_data.html","Refreshing the On-screen Data","The Data Refresh button will refresh the data on the screen. You can also click again on the same form in the Navigation tree. ",""],
["../using_interface/system_requirements.html","System Requirements","System Requirements",""],
["../using_interface/voice_streaming_security.html","Voice Streaming Security","Secure RTP (SRTP) Secure RTP Real-time Transport Protocol. A standardized packet format for delivering audio and video over IP networks. is a security profile that adds confidentiality, message authentication and replay protection to the RTP prot...",""],
["../voice_mail/about_distribution_lists.html","About Distribution Lists (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview A Distribution List allows mailbox subscribers to send messages to several people at one time. There are two types of distribution lists: personal lists and global lists. Personal lists are set up by individual subscribers for their own ...",""],
["../voice_mail/about_embedded_voice_mail.html","About Embedded Voice Mail","MiVoice Business includes a complete embedded voice mail system (called Embedded Mitel Express Manager (EMEM)) designed to improve communication between your company, clients, customers, and employees. Features provided by the voice mail system i...",""],
["../voice_mail/about_mailboxes.html","About mailboxes","Overview MiVoice Business uses different types of mailboxes. Some are reserved for system functions and others are available for general use. Each mailbox type has different characteristics and uses. Reserved Mailboxes Operator Mailbox - Mailbox ...",""],
["../voice_mail/about_message_notification.html","About Message Notification (Embedded Voice Mail)","Message Notification allows users to be notified when messages arrive in their mailbox. The system supports five types of notification: To an internal extension (that does not have a message indicator). To an outside telephone number. To a messag...",""],
["../voice_mail/about_mlaa.html","About VM Multi-Level Auto Attendants (Embedded Voice Mail)","Description Multi-Level Auto Attendants (MLAA) allows you to set up a hierarchical menu structure that provides callers with better self-service access to the department or person they&#39;re trying to reach. In an MLAA system, callers reaching the A...",""],
["../voice_mail/about_system_greetings.html","About System Greetings (Embedded Voice Mail)","System greetings are played for outside callers, and are grouped as follows: Primary greetings Alternate greetings Recorded Announcement Device (RAD) greetings Primary greetings play on all voice mail ports by default. You can have up to eight al...",""],
["../voice_mail/about_the_adminstrator_s_mailbox.html","About the Adminstrator&#39;s Mailbox (Embedded Voice Mail)","The Administrator&#39;s Mailbox allows you to perform voice mail programming from a telephone. Programming by phone cannot completely replace programming from the System Administration Tool; however, it is convenient for certain functions such as add...",""],
["../voice_mail/about_the_auto_attendant.html","About the Auto Attendant","The Auto Attendant replaces a &#39;live&#39; operator and directs callers to the appropriate extensions or voice mailboxes. The diagram below illustrates the call-processing flow of the Auto Attendant when it is configured to transfer calls unsupervised....",""],
["../voice_mail/about_visual_voice_mail.html","About Visual Voice Mail","Visual voice mail provides the user with an intuitive interface to view and listen to voice mail messages. This feature enables the user to view the voice mail details (type, caller, time, duration) and view the presence and calendar information ...",""],
["../voice_mail/adding_editing_deleting_mailboxes.html","Adding, Editing, and Deleting Mailboxes","To edit a mailbox Access the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox . Press [2] for the Mailbox menu. Press [2] for the Edit Mailbox menu. Enter the mailbox number to edit. Follow the prompts and enter the changes for each parameter (see VM Mailboxes or User an...",""],
["../voice_mail/addition_documentation.html","Embedded Voice Mail Documentation","Refer to the following documentation for additional information about voice mail services of MiVoice Business: User Guide: Provides detailed instructions for users on setting up and using their mailbox. Wallet Card: Provides a quick reference to ...",""],
["../voice_mail/auto_attendant_xfer_type.html","Auto Attendant transfer type (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview The Auto Attendant can transfer calls using supervised or unsupervised transfers. The default is unsupervised. With Unsupervised Transfer, busy or unanswered calls to non-forwarded extensions, that get transferred will follow standard Re...",""],
["../voice_mail/changing_passcodes.html","Changing Passcodes","To change the Administrator passcode Access the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox . Press [6] for the Passcode menu. Press [1] to change the Administrator passcode. Enter your new passcode: [ nn...n]. You may use any keys on the keypad except * and #. When...",""],
["../voice_mail/changing_the_mailbox_login_procedure.html","Changing the mailbox login procedure (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview The default login procedure that users follow to access their voice mailbox from the Auto Attendant requires that they press the * key when the system answers, followed by their mailbox number and passcode. An alternate procedure used by...",""],
["../voice_mail/configuring_rad_greetings.html","Configuring RAD Greetings (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview You can assign different greeting sets to each one of the 30 RAD greeting sets. Programming To configure RAD greeting sets: Record the greeting using the administrators mailbox or upload the recording file using the System Audio Files Up...",""],
["../voice_mail/dial_by_name.html","Dial by Name (Embedded Voice Mail)","Description Allows callers to reach a mailbox user from the Auto Attendant by dialing the user&#39;s name on the keypad. The system can be configured to dial by last name or by first name. Up to 6 letters of the name can be entered. If there is more ...",""],
["../voice_mail/embedded_unified_messaging_conditions.html","Embedded Unified Messaging - Conditions","Works on all MiVoice Business platform variants with the following products: Microsoft Exchange on Premises - Sold by Microsoft to some customers. Hosted Microsoft Exchange - Sold by Microsoft to service providers who offer a hosted e-mail servic...",""],
["../voice_mail/embedded_unified_messaging_description.html","Embedded Unified Messaging - Description","The Embedded Unified Messaging (UM) feature allows MiVoice Business users to manage their voice messages with one or more IMAP-enabled e-mail clients such as MS Outlook, Outlook Express, or Gmail. With IMAP, users do not download their entire mai...",""],
["../voice_mail/embedded_unified_messaging_operation.html","Embedded Unified Messaging - Operation","Embedded Unified Messaging (UM) allows users to perform the following tasks: Play, forward, reply, delete, and save voice messages from a telephone and have the voice message state reflected in the IMAP store. Play and delete voice messages from ...",""],
["../voice_mail/embedded_unified_messaging_programming.html","Embedded Unified Messaging - Programming","To program Embedded Unified Messaging: Embedded UM Settings form Enable Embedded UM Enter IMAP server IP or FQDN Select server connection type (clear or secured) Enter server port for Clear or STARTTLS connections Enter SSL server port for SSL co...",""],
["../voice_mail/embedded_voice_mail_capacities.html","Embedded Voice Mail Capacities","Parameter Capacity Voice mail ports MiVoice Business on ISS: 120 MiVoice Business Virtual: 120 AX: 20 CX II: 16 MXe III: 30 EX: 30 (programmed in the VM Port Capacity form) (See Note 1) Mailboxes 750 appliances (up to 5000 on servers) 5000 on Con...",""],
["../voice_mail/embedded_voice_mail_default_settings_.html","Embedded Voice Mail - Default Settings","Parameter Default Setting Default Digit length for mailbox 4 digits Maximum number of messages per mailbox 50 Administrator mailbox Mailbox: 9999. Password: none (to log in, you must first set up the Admin, Manager and Technician passcodes in the...",""],
["../voice_mail/embedded_voice_mail_programming_overview.html","Programming the MiVoice Business Embedded Voice Mail","Overview MiVoice Business includes an integrated fully-featured voice mail system. Initial voice mail set-up is done using the System Administration Tool and the System Administrator&#39;s Mailbox TUI Telephone User Interface. The Group Administratio...",""],
["../voice_mail/encore_protocol.html","Hyatt Encore Protocol","The following table summarizes the structure of the Hyatt Encore protocol used by the voice mail application in MiVoice Business to communicate with compatible Property Management Systems. It also shows which protocol functions (check in, check o...",""],
["../voice_mail/enhanced_e911_location_report_ip_endpoints_desc.htm","Enhanced E911 Location for IP Endpoints Desc","Enhanced E911 Location for IP Endpoints - Description This feature mainly focuses on the Section 506 of the Ray Baum Act, which refers to the rules adopted by the FCC requiring enterprises utilizing multi-line telephone systems (MLTS) to provide ...",""],
["../voice_mail/error_number_tables.html","Error Number Tables","Error Number Severity Description Solution/Action 1102 1103 ERROR Read Error Write Error There was an error reading or writing from TRAN.DAT. This could be a one time occurrence, or it could indicate a hard drive problem. Reboot once. If problem ...",""],
["../voice_mail/examples_mailbox.html","Single-digit mailbox examples","Example 1 Mailbox 1 is an Information-Only mailbox. A typical greeting for mailbox 1 could be: \"ABC Industries is open for business Monday through Friday, from 9 A.M. to 6 P.M. and on Saturdays from 9am to 1 P.M.\" The caller listens to the inform...",""],
["../voice_mail/extension_mailboxes.html","Extension Mailboxes","An extension mailbox is the default mailbox type. The mailbox number is usually the same as the subscriber&#39;s extension number. Below is the calling sequence for an Extension mailbox when the Auto Attendant is set up to transfer calls unsupervised...",""],
["../voice_mail/forward_voice_mail_to_e-mail.html","Forward Voice Mail to Email (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview This feature allows users to forward voice messages, including Record-A-Call messages, to an Email address. Users can choose to manually forward voice messages, or automatically forward all voice messages. Users can also choose which Ema...",""],
["../voice_mail/his_protocol.html","HIS Protocol","The following table summarizes the structure of the HIS protocol used by the voice mail application in MiVoice Business to communicate with compatible Property Management Systems. It also shows which protocol functions (check in, check out, messa...",""],
["../voice_mail/information-only_mailboxes.html","Information-Only Mailboxes","An information-only mailbox, also referred to as a bulletin board, is not associated with a specific extension number and does not take messages. Instead, it plays a greeting that provides information to callers. The information could be any mess...",""],
["../voice_mail/logging_into_the_system.html","Logging into the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox","NOTE: The alternate login procedure will not work for the Administrator&#39;s mailbox. The default procedure (dial * + mailbox number + password) must be used instead. To log into the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox: From any internal telephone, lift the han...",""],
["../voice_mail/mailbox_greetings.html","Mailbox Greetings (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview Mailbox greetings play when a caller reaches a user&#39;s mailbox. There are two greetings: one that plays when the user&#39;s phone is busy and the other when they don&#39;t answer or when they have their phone in Call Forwarded Always to voice mai...",""],
["../voice_mail/mailbox_lockout.html","Mailbox Lockout (Embedded Voice Mail)","After three failed attempts to log in to a passcode-protected mailbox the system locks it. Attempts that span consecutive voice mail sessions count as failures. For example, entering an invalid passcode twice, hanging up (which ends the session),...",""],
["../voice_mail/message_only_mailboxes.html","Message Only Mailboxes","A message-only mailbox takes messages and turns on the message light of the associated extension. Unlike an extension mailbox, the phone does not ring after the caller enters the extension number. Instead, the system immediately asks the caller t...",""],
["../voice_mail/mlaa_example.html","MLAA Example","In this example, a small mall uses MLAA to provide service to its tenants. The mall operator is extension 0. Each store has also its own operator mailbox. MLAA Menu Structure VM Mailboxes Form Programming The mailboxes are programmed in the VM Ma...",""],
["../voice_mail/nvm-about.html","About Networked Voice Mail","Overview The MiVoice Business Networked Voice Mail feature (Networked Voice Mail) allows voice mail users to seamlessly send and receive messages between all the voice mail servers on a network. This includes (but is not limited to): selecting de...",""],
["../voice_mail/nvm-detailed_description.html","Networked Voice Mail Detailed Description","Network Configurations Networked Voice Mail supports the following types of voice mail server configurations: Distributed embedded voice mail servers For resilient users, the users&#39; voice mail server must be on their extension&#39;s primary ICP. A re...",""],
["../voice_mail/nvm-network_configurations.html","Network Configurations","Networked Voice Mail supports the following network configurations: Distributed embedded voice mail servers . Centralized voice mail servers . Conditions The WAN/LAN must have adequate bandwidth to support Networked Voice Mail (see Planning for N...",""],
["../voice_mail/nvm-planning.html","NVM-Planning","Consider the following information when planning the implementation of the Networked Voice Mail feature to ensure maximum performance. Network Bandwidth Your LAN/WAN must provide sufficient bandwidth to accommodate the messaging load for incoming...",""],
["../voice_mail/nvm-programming.html","Programming Networked Voice Mail","Before You Begin Gather the following information for each node on the network/cluster: System name (as programmed in the Network Elements form) Type of voice mail server (MiVoice Business or other) Primary Node ID Clustered status (yes, no) IP a...",""],
["../voice_mail/park_and_page_mailboxes.html","Park and Page mailboxes","Park and Page mailboxes take calls answered by the Auto Attendant, parks them, and then announces the call using either Loudspeaker or Direct paging . Users can then retrieve the call from telephones that have a Call Park - Retrieve key programme...",""],
["../voice_mail/personal_contacts.html","Personal Contacts (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview Personal Contacts allow users to store alternate numbers where callers can contact them instead of leaving a message. Callers are prompted in the greeting to press a key to have their call transferred to the alternate number—they are nev...",""],
["../voice_mail/pms_integration.html","Voice Mail and PMS Integration","Description PMS integration automates the management of the MiVoice Business voice mail system through the hotel&#39;s property management system. PMS integrations are available for Hotel Information Systems (HIS) and Hyatt Encore PMS systems. In the...",""],
["../voice_mail/programming_mailboxes.html","Programming mailboxes","Overview To create a new mailbox, you must use the System Administration Tool. You can edit existing mailboxes using the System Administration Tool, the Group Administration Tool or the Administrator Mailbox. Programming You can create, delete, a...",""],
["../voice_mail/rad_greetings.html","RAD Greetings (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview This feature provides the ability to play greetings through a voice mail port (RAD port), eliminating the need for external tape machines or other audio-playing devices. RADs are commonly used to automatically answer incoming calls and d...",""],
["../voice_mail/recording_greetings.html","Recording Greetings (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview Greetings are recorded by accessing the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox from any internal telephone. Access to the mailbox requires a passcode. NOTE: If you download a system or RAD greeting while someone is recording the same greeting from a ph...",""],
["../voice_mail/record_dist_lists_names.html","Recording Distribution Lists names (Embedded Voice Mail)","To record a name for a distribution list: Access the Administrator&#39;s mailbox . Press [7] for the Distribution Lists menu. Enter a three-digit distribution list number from 001 to 049. Press [4] to record a name for this list. This name will be pl...",""],
["../voice_mail/setting_up_auto_attn_park_page.html","Setting up Auto Attendant Park and Page (Embedded Voice Mail)","To set up Auto Attendant Park and Page Class of Service Options Program the following options in for the voice mail ports: Call Park – Allowed to Park = Yes Call Park Timer = 10 to 600 seconds (default 180 seconds) Feature Access Codes form Progr...",""],
["../voice_mail/setting_up_mlaa.html","Setting up Multi-Level Auto Attendant (MLAA) (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview You program Multi-level Auto Attendant from the System Administration Tool and the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox. In the main (top level) menu, create a single-digit mailbox for each menu choice: 0 is reserved for the Operator 9 is the default...",""],
["../voice_mail/setup_msge_notification.html","Setting up Message Notification (Embedded Voice Mail)","Before message notification can take place, either: VM Mailboxes form For each user requiring notification and enter the notification type and number. This causes notification to be on 24 hours a day for users (except the operator) by default. Th...",""],
["../voice_mail/system_log_messages.html","System Log Messages","The System Log records unusual activities within in the system. The voice mail portion of the log has five fields: DATE TIME LEVEL MSG#-PORT MESSAGE DATE and TIME indicate when the event occurred. LEVEL indicates the message category and therefor...",""],
["../voice_mail/testing_voice_mail_op.html","Testing Voice Mail Operation (Embedded Voice Mail)","Perform the following tests to verify that voice mail is working properly. Because users are frequently blocked by system programming from accessing an outside line and then dialing back in to the main number (tying up two Central Office trunks i...",""],
["../voice_mail/tips_sys_greetings.html","Tips for recording system greetings (Embedded Voice Mail)","Make the greeting brief. No one enjoys listening to several minutes of instructions just to learn the choice they wanted was the first option. NOTE: Maximum greeting length is three minutes. Inform users that they can immediately dial an extensio...",""],
["../voice_mail/transfer_only_mailboxes.html","Transfer Only Mailboxes","A transfer-only mailbox is associated with an extension but does not take messages. When a caller dials this extension and it is busy or unanswered, the system returns the caller to the company greeting. No message is taken. Add transfer-only mai...",""],
["../voice_mail/trbl_and_mntce.html","Troubleshooting and Maintenance","The following maintenance commands are used ensure proper functioning of the voice mail system and to isolate problems that may occur. Voice Mail Port Status STATE reports the busy/idle status of voice mail ports. For a 10-port voice mail system,...",""],
["../voice_mail/using_pagers.html","Using Pagers for Message Notification (Embedded Voice Mail)","Pager Types Message Notification works with three types of pagers: a beeper (or tone-only), a messaging type, and a digital type. The following table describes, in general, how the system works with each pager type. The process can change dependi...",""],
["../voice_mail/visual_voice_mail.html","Visual Voice Mail (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview Visual Voice Mail allows you to visually interact with your voice mail. NOTE: This topic describes how to use Visual Voice Mail when it is implemented with the embedded voice mail system. Conditions and Feature Interactions A maximum of ...",""],
["../voice_mail/visual_voice_mail_(nupoint).html","Visual Voice Mail (NuPoint/MiCollab Nupoint UM)","Overview Visual Voice Mail allows you to visually interact with your voice mail. NOTE: This topic describes how to use Visual Voice Mail on NuPoint Unified Messaging (Standalone) and MiCollab Nupoint UM. Conditions and Feature Interactions Visual...",""],
["../voice_mail/visual_voice_mail_nupoint.html","Visual Voice Mail (NuPoint/MiCollab Nupoint UM)","Overview Visual Voice Mail allows you to visually interact with your voice mail. NOTE: This topic describes how to use Visual Voice Mail on NuPoint Unified Messaging (Standalone) and MiCollab Nupoint UM. IMPORTANT: When the voice mail application...",""],
["../voice_mail/voicemail_alarms.html","Voice Mail Alarms","The voice mail system will report any of the following alarms Disk 80% Full - Minor Alarm Disk 90% Full - Major Alarm Disk 95% Full - Critical Alarm Application Error - Major Alarm Related Topics System Log Messages Diagnostics and Maintenance ",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_assign_greetings_to_port.html","Voice Mail-Assign Greetings to Port (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview You can assign different greeting sets to each voice mail port (the Primary Greeting set, Alternate Greeting sets 2 to 8, Alternate Greeting set 9 (if Voice Mail Hospitality/PMS is disabled) or one of the 30 RAD greeting sets). Programmi...",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_description.html","Voice Mail","Description The system has its own embedded voice mail system that provides voice mail applications for recording personal messages and auto attendant applications to route calls through the system. The system provides the following voice process...",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_digital_e_m.html","Voice Mail - Digital E&#38;M Interface","Overview Digital E&#38;M voice mail functionality provides voice processors with the ability to transfer calls through the digital E&#38;M interface by flashing on the E-lead. Calls rerouted to the voice processor can only be identified by making use of ...",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_external.html","Voice Mail External","MiVoice Business supports external voice mail applications through either a Digital E&#38;M or an ONS interface. Related Topics About Voice Mail Voice Mail - Digital E &#38; M Interface Voice Mail - ONS Interface ",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_multiple_vm_hunt_groups.html","Voice Mail-Multiple VM Hunt Groups","You can partition voice mail ports into multiple voice mail hunt groups if desired (for example, to simulate multiple Auto Attendants by giving each hunt group different sets of greetings). The main voice mail hunt group must contain all of the a...",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_mwi_guidelines.html","Voice Mail MWI Guidelines","When programming voice mail, follow the guidelines below to ensure that users get a message waiting indication when they have new messages in their mailbox. About Voice Mail and Message Waiting Indicators To send a message waiting indication, the...",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_ons_interface.html","Voice Mail - ONS Interface","Overview ONS voice mail functionality provides call identity on calls rerouted from internal extensions. Also, messages sent from the voice mail system are considered Callback messages to the voice mail hunt group identifying origin to display se...",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_program_business_hours.html","Voice Mail-Program Business Hours (Embedded Voice Mail)","Overview Business hours define when the Auto Attendant plays the open and closed greetings. Programming To program business hours using the System Administration Tool: Use the VM Business Hours Settings form To program business hours using the Ad...",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_tui-new_installation.html","Voice Mail TUI-New Installation","Use this procedure to change the mailbox digit length. NOTE: If the mailbox digit length and the directory number digit lengths are different, you will not be able to edit mailboxes from the Group Administration Tool, or from the User and Service...",""],
["../voice_mail/voice_mail_tui_options.html","Voice Mail TUI Options","When you program voice mail using the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox, you have the following options Related Topics About Voice Mail About Mailboxes Voice Mailbox Default Settings Administrator&#39;s Mailbox Options Changing the Administrator&#39;s Mailbox Pass...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_management_complex_resiliency.html","Configuring a Network with BWM Resiliency","A customer with a geographically dispersed offices uses a Multiprotocol Label Switching ( MPLS) network to connect them together. To save money on bandwidth charges and to ensure voice quality, the customer would like to use Bandwidth Management....",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_management_hot_desking.html","Bandwidth Management - Hot Desking","You can track the bandwidth utilization of Hot Desk users if the ICP manages both ZAPs on the voice media path between the devices that the hot desk user logs into. BWM for Hot Desking In the example above, ICP A manages both ZAP 1 and ZAP 2. Bec...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_management_load_balancing.html","Bandwidth Management - Load Balancing","In some network configurations, you may need to balance the bandwidth between multiple MiVoice Business system located in one zone, going to another destination zone. This would be useful for sets being registered on different ICPs within a headq...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_management_programming.html","Bandwidth Management - Programming","Conditions/Dependencies Configuration data for Bandwidth Management applies to most MiVoice Business systems in the network. This information is shared at the Network level by default (see Programming below). Even though a MiVoice Business system...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_management_resiliency.html","Bandwidth Management - Resiliency","If you have MiVoice Business systems in your network that require resiliency, you can create multiple zone access points between the two zones so the bandwidth limit leaving the zone can be shared between different systems. The following diagram ...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_management_segmenting.html","Bandwidth Management - Simplifying","You may want to isolate the bandwidth management of certain regions of the network from the bandwidth management of other regions to simplify measurement and alarm reporting. If you isolate regions, the bandwidth measurement and alarm reporting i...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_management_teleworkers.html","Bandwidth Management - Teleworkers","If you have Teleworker sets in your network, they are typically placed in zones outside of the local MiVoice Business system. The set&#39;s media flows through the MiVoice Border Gateway, which is located in the same zone as the MiVoice Business syst...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_about_zones_and_zaps.html","Bandwidth Management - About Zones and ZAPs","Zones To model a network for bandwidth management, the network is divided into zones of co-located devices. The network is modeled essentially in a tree configuration, and the tree has a root node. The WAN is the root node in this example. Zones ...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_collecting.html","Bandwidth Management - Collecting Site Information","Before you program bandwidth management: Read the Description of Bandwidth Management: Introduction About Zones and ZAPs Call Admission Control What Features are Supported? Review the configuration examples: Configuring a Simple Network Configuri...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_connect_icps.html","Bandwidth Management - Connect ICPs","If you have ICPs in your network that are running 3300 ICP Release 7.1 UR2 software or lower, you can apply bandwidth management to them, providing the managing system is of a software release version of 8.0 or higher. This condition could occur ...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_intro.html","Bandwidth Management - Introduction","The Bandwidth Management feature in MiVoice Business tracks and manages bandwidth consumption by the VoIP media stream. This feature allows you to do the following for the voice data packets at predetermined bottleneck points in the network: Meas...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_responding_alarms.html","Bandwidth Management - Responding to Alarms","If Bandwidth Management alarms are occurring at the ZAP between two zones on a regular basis, you may want to increase the bandwidth available between the zones. You may also want to observe the time of day at which these alarms occur. Ask your I...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_sds.html","Bandwidth Management - Configuration Data is Shared via SDS","Because the configuration data for Bandwidth Management applies to all ICPs in the network that require Call Admission Control, you can enter the configuration data into one network element and the System Data Synchronization (SDS) feature shares...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_simple.html","Bandwidth Management - Configure Simple Network","In the following example, you want to manage the bandwidth of the voice media stream between the main office in New York and the regional offices in Atlanta and Boston. Your IT Administrator has identified the potential bottlenecks in the data pi...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_thresholds.html","Bandwidth Management - Alarm Thresholds","About Bandwidth Management Thresholds and Alarms The Bandwidth Management form specifies the rising and falling thresholds as percentage of bandwidth limit. An alarm is raised at the managing MiVoice Business system whenever the bandwidth in use ...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_using_statistics.html","Bandwidth Management - Statistics","Data is collected at the managed points in the network or at the Zone Access Points (ZAPs). You can see what is happening in real time at any ZAP in the network should there be any problems or congestion. You can also look at information kept for...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_what_features.html","Bandwidth Management - Supported Features","Call Admission Control (CAC) cannot be applied in all cases, for example, a call placed on hold can always be retrieved. The following list identifies features that will always be allowed to connect. Features Exempt from Call Admission Control AC...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_manage_zones.html","Bandwidth Management - Zones","Adding a Zone To add a new zone Obtain the bandwidth limit for the voice media stream for the new zone from your IT administrator. Network Zone Topology form Assign the Parent Zone ID for the new zone Indicate whether the parent of the zone conta...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwidth_managment_complex_network.html","Bandwith Management - Complex Network","In the following example, your main office is located in New York and you have a branch offices in Detroit and Washington. The branch office in Washington is connected over the WAN. Furthermore, the Washington branch office has a satellite office...",""],
["../voice_networking/bandwith_management_cac.html","Bandwith Management - Call Admission Control","Call Admission Control of Bandwidth Management is a function that admits or rejects incoming calls between zones based on availability of bandwidth. If a call cannot reach the destination because it encounters a managed point between ICPs in the ...",""],
["../voice_networking/configure_a_mnm_administrative_group.html","Configure a MNM Administrative Group","In MCD Release 4.0 and later, all elements in the network belong initially to the default administrative group (System default). To specifically configure a Multi-node Management administrative group: Upgrade all MiVoice Business elements that yo...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_applying_updates.html","Applying IDS Updates","By applying updates, you manually trigger the processing of non-pending updates listed in the IDS Data Management form. Prior to using this feature, you should review the non-pending updates to determine if any changes are required. For records t...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_configuring_ids_on_the_mcd.html","Configuring IDS on MiVoice Business","Within a network or cluster of elements that uses System Data Synchronization , one MiVoice Business system should be designated as the \"contact point\" that connects to the directory server and programmed with the synchronization settings. The co...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_data_management_overview.html","IDS Data Management Overview","After performing an IDS Synchronization , all entries from the directory server that have not yet been updated on the MiVoice Business IDS contact point are displayed in the IDS Data Management form. If you selected \"Detain Updates\" as the Sync T...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_deleting_updates.html","Deleting IDS Updates","You can delete any non-pending update listed on the IDS Data Management form. NOTES Deleting an update causes the data on MiVoice Business to become out of synchronization with the data on the directory server. Deleting an update does not delete ...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_general_guidelines_and_limitations.html","General IDS Guidelines and Limitations","The IDS feature synchronizes telephone directory entries in the system database with the directory entries in a central corporate directory server. The following guidelines and limitations apply: The MiVoice Business IDS application is restricted...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_ids_forms.html","IDS Forms","You set up and manage IDS on the MiVoice Business contact point using the following forms: IDS Connection : Allows you to configure the connection between the MiVoice Business contact point and the directory server domain controller. User Service...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_ids_in_a_mixed_network.html","IDS in a Mixed Network","Although the IDS application is optimized for implementation with MCD Release 5.0 and later software, it can be implemented in a network that contains elements with MCD Release 4.0 and 4.1 software (a \"mixed\" network). The following conditions ap...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_implement_mcd_ids_on_sds.html","Implementing MiVoice Business IDS on an SDS Network","Use this procedure to implement the IDS solution on an SDS network where user records are currently hosted on the individual MiVoice Business elements, not on OPS Manager or a directory server domain. After completing this procedure, you will be ...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_managing_ldif_files.html","Managing LDIF Files","You can use the IDS Data Management form to import and export LDAP Data Interchange Format (LDIF) files. Import LDIF Files The import operation allows you to add LDIF file data to the MiVoice Business contact point. The LDIF files can originate f...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_managing_scheduled_ids_events_.html","Managing Scheduled IDS Synchronization Events","You can edit, delete and copy IDS events. For details, see the following procedures: Editing a Scheduled IDS Synchronization Event Deleting a Scheduled IDS Synchronization Event Copying a Scheduled IDS Synchronization Event NOTES When you edit or...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_migrate_from_ops_to_ids.html","Migrating from OPS Manager IDS to MiVoice Business IDS","Use this procedure to migrate user records from OPS Manager to the MiVoice Business IDS solution. After completing this procedure, you will be able to synchronize user records from the directory server to the MiVoice Business elements, and you wi...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_operation_overview.html","IDS Synchronization Overview","After IDS has been programmed for your cluster or network, you can use the following procedures to establish data synchronization. Two synchronization options are available: \"full\", which searches for the complete range of new, modified and delet...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_resolving_pending_updates_or_errors.html","Resolving Detained and Failed IDS Updates","If an LDAP update has a status of \"detained\" or \"application error,\" you can change it in order to resolve the problem and apply the data to MiVoice Business. Note that this change only applies to MiVoice Business. If you want to make a permanent...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_scheduling_an_incremental_sync.html","Scheduling Incremental IDS Synchronization","Schedule an incremental IDS synchronization to query the directory server for new and modified user records. Because incremental synchronizations do not search for deleted user records, they are relatively efficient and can be performed more freq...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_scheduling_a_full_sync.html","Scheduling IDS Synchronization","After IDS has been programmed for your cluster or network, you can use the following procedures to schedule data synchronization events. Two synchronization options are available, \"full\" and \"incremental.\" Full IDS Synchronization Schedule a full...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_support_for_multiple_domains.html","Support for Multiple Active Directory Domains","A single SDS network be connected to multiple active directory (AD) domains. However, if an AD domain is implemented using multiple AD domain controllers—which is common to enhance reliability and capacity—the SDS network can connect to only one ...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_troubleshooting.html","Troubleshooting","This section provides guidelines to help resolve IDS synchronization issues. Follow the checklist below to determine why the synchronization failed and obtain a solution. The first three steps should be adequate in most cases. Scheduler form Sele...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_viewing_ids_data_updates.html","Viewing IDS Data Updates","LDAP update entries are collected and displayed in the IDS Data Management form of the MiVoice Business contact point. Check this form frequently to view the status of IDS data updates identify any updates that require your attention because they...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_-_what_data_is_synchronized.html","What User Service Data is Synchronized?","You can synchronize the data listed in the table below. The table provides the following information: User Service Data - identifies the data in the MiVoice Business IDS application. LDAP Attribute - identifies the data in the directory server (d...",""],
["../voice_networking/ids_about_integrated_directory_service.html","About Integrated Directory Service (IDS)","IDS merges the user database of a corporate directory service with the MiVoice Business database to avoid having to manually add, delete, or modify core user information any time a change is made in the corporate directory. User and service data ...",""],
["../voice_networking/lodn_conditions.html","Local-only DN - Conditions","In an RDN Synchronized cluster, the following conditions and behaviors apply to local-only directory numbers: You cannot change a local-only directory number nor can you reassign a local-only number as a cluster dialable number. You must delete t...",""],
["../voice_networking/lodn_description.html","Local-only DNs - Description","Within a cluster, you can program directory numbers that only exist in the local databases of the member elements. These local-only directory numbers allow you to assign the same extension to a service or department that is local to the site supp...",""],
["../voice_networking/lodn_programming.html","Local-only DN - Programming","Overview You can add local-only directory numbers through any of the following forms: ACD Express Groups ACD Agent IDs Analog Sets (through Change dialog box) ACD Agent Skill Groups Hunt Groups IP Consoles Multi-line IP Sets Page Group ACD Paths ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_about_concurrent_synchronizations.html","SDS - About Concurrent Synchronizations","Performing concurrent synchronizations allows you to divide synchronization tasks between two or more administrators to create smaller workloads and reduce the amount of time required to synchronize the SDS elements. Each administrator can perfor...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_about_sds_element_relationships.html","SDS About SDS Element Relationships","Network or cluster elements that share data among each other at the same scope are defined as belonging to the same \"data sharing community\". The following graphic shows three data sharing communities: Cluster 1 (Community 1) and Cluster 2 (Commu...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_about_synchronizing_device_data.html","SDS - About Synchronizing device data","A resilient configuration consists of a primary controller and secondary controller that are programmed with resilient devices. In the event of a primary controller failure, the resilient devices on the primary controller fail over to the seconda...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_about_system_data_synchronization.html","SDS About System Data Synchronization","In a network or cluster of elements, the System Data Synchronization feature keeps programming data, such as Interconnect Handling Restrictions, Feature Access Codes, and Class of Service Options, identical at each element. Without the System Dat...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_about_the_sds_forms.html","SDS About the SDS Forms","You set up SDS using the following System Administration forms: User Authorization Profiles : Allows you to assign administrators with the user rights required to define data sharing. Network Elements : Allows you to define the other elements tha...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_adding_cluster_elements.html","SDS - Adding Cluster Elements","You must program the CEID indexes, CEID digits, and Feature DNs into the Cluster Elements forms of each element. In order for features, such as DSS/BLF, Direct Page, and Group Page to function across a cluster of elements, you must assign a uniqu...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_adding_the_network_elements.html","SDS - Adding the Network Elements","After planning your networks and clusters, you define the complete network by assigning a system name to the local node and then adding the remote elements to the Network Elements form. NOTE: You can sort the form records in ascending order based...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_app_specific_guidelines_and_limits.html","SDS - Application Specific Guidelines and Limitations","User and Device Resiliency 3300 ICP Release 7.0 or later software is required on both the primary and secondary controller. If a Release 7.0 SDS-enabled controller is communicating with a 3300 ICP Release 6.x SDS-enabled controller, only the form...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_assigning_the_sds_administrators.html","Assigning Administrators","Overview To access the system using the System Administration Tool, a user must be assigned a user profile with administrator access rights. Access rights are assigned to user profiles through the User Authorization Profiles form. The access righ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_changing_the_distribution_scope.html","SDS - Changing Shared Data","After your data-sharing network is established, you can change the scope at which a given form shares its data. To modify the data-sharing scope All Network Elements, All Cluster Members, All 3300 ICPs, Network Group Members, Admin Group Members,...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_comparing_forms.html","SDS - Comparing Forms","Because system data synchronizations can be time consuming, you should not perform unnecessary synchronizations. The SDS Forms Comparison function allows you to compare the data from a shared form on the local element against the form data on a r...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_correct_inconsistent_rdns_.html","SDS - Correcting Inconsistent RDNs","To correct inconsistent RDNs (where a directory number of a resilient device appears only in the database of one of the resilient pair controllers): Compare the Multiline IP Sets, Single Line IP Sets, and Wireless IP Sets forms of the primary and...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_data_groups_defintion.html","SDS Sharing Groups - Definition of Classifications","The following table outlines the data that is shared or synchronized for each of the form groups in the SDS Form Sharing form. Group Classification Purpose General System Shares the selected form data among the cluster elements at the specified s...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_data_sharing_in_a_mixed_cluster.html","SDS - Data Sharing in a Multi-Clustered Network","You can share data between two or more clusters provided that each cluster belongs to the same SDS network. The order in which you configure your cluster elements to begin sharing is essential to successfully enabling a multi-clustered environmen...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_define_admin_groups.html","SDS - Define Admin Groups","Within the network, you can create groups of elements and use SDS to share specified data among the member elements at the Admin Group Members scope. By default, all elements are members of the \"System Defaulted\" administration group. If you do n...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_defining_the_cluster.html","SDS - Defining the Cluster","To define the cluster: Go to the Cluster Elements form. If no cluster currently exists, a Create Cluster button will be present in the form. Click Create Cluster to create a new cluster. The cluster is created and the local element is added as a ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_guidelines_and_limitations.html","SDS - Guidelines and Limitations","The SDS feature allows data-sharing between MiVoice Business systems. The following limitations apply: SDS does not support the merging of independent data-sharing communities . If two SDS communities have been created independent of each other, ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_maintenance_overview.html","SDS - Maintenance Overview","The following procedures are provided to help you maintain system database synchronization within an established data-sharing community: Upgrading Elements for Data Sharing Start Sharing with a New Element Removing a Data Sharing Element Changing...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_merging_data-sharing_clusters.html","SDS - Merging Data-sharing Clusters","SDS does not support the merging of independent data-sharing communities. If two SDS communities have been created independent of each other, the system rejects all attempts to start sharing from one community to the other. If you want to start s...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_migrate_user_and_device_data.html","SDS - Migrate User and Device Data","If you upgrade 3300 ICP Release 6.x SDS-enabled systems to 3300 ICP Release 7.x software or later, you will need to migrate the data from the master (local) controller to the slave (remote) controllers. A Data Migrate operation synchronizes the s...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_operation_overview.html","SDS - Operation Overview","After SDS has been programmed for your cluster or network, use the following procedures to establish data synchronization: About Sharing and Synchronizing Data Performing Concurrent Synchronizations Comparing Forms ",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_performing_backups_and_restores.html","SDS Performing Backups and Restores","In an SDS enabled network or cluster, you typically perform backups and restores locally on each element, and the backup or restore only applies to the element that you are logged in to. However, if the element belongs to an SDS Administrative Gr...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_performing_concurrent_synchronizations.html","SDS - Performing Concurrent Synchronizations","By performing concurrent synchronizations, you can divide synchronization tasks between two or more administrators to create smaller workloads and reduce the amount of time it takes to synchronize a network or cluster of SDS elements. If you have...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_plan_and_configure_network_clusters.html","SDS - Plan the Network and Cluster Configurations","Before you can use SDS, you will need to plan the networks or clusters and then configure them into the Network Elements and Cluster Elements forms of each element. To reduce the amount of programming required, you can configure the elements at t...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_programming_overview.html","SDS - Programming Overview","SDS is enabled by default in the System Options form of system. On a system where the SDS feature is disabled, the SDS-related forms (SDS Distribution Errors, SDS Form Comparison, and SDS Form Sharing) do not appear in the list of forms that the ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_removing_an_element.html","SDS - Removing an Element","You can remove an element from its data-sharing network at any time. However, if you remove an element from a network, you must disable the SDS feature on that element. When you disable the SDS feature, the element ceases to participate in data-s...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_reparing_data.html","SDS - Repairing Data","If the database of a controller is severely out of sync, you can restore the database from a backup. However, the backup database will not include the recent database changes that have been made to other systems in the cluster while the controlle...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_resolving_pending_updates_or_errors.html","SDS - Resolving Pending Updates or Errors","Pending updates and data distribution errors are collected and displayed in the SDS Distribution Errors form of the local element where you initiated the Start Sharing operation. You must resolve data distribution errors at the element where the ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_sharing_and_synchronizing.html","SDS - About Sharing and Synchronizing Data","Buttons in the Network Elements form allow you to bring elements into a data sharing community of elements, and then synchronize the shared data at one or more elements with the data on the local element. The following graphic illustrates the Sta...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_specifying_the_shared_data.html","SDS - Specifying the Shared Data","You need to identify the data that you want shared with the other elements. The SDS Form Sharing form allows you to select the scope All Network Elements, All Cluster Members, All 3300 ICPs, Network Group Members, Admin Group Members, Resilient P...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_splitting_a_data_sharing_cluster.html","SDS - Splitting a Data Sharing Cluster","Each cluster is assigned a Global Unique Identifier (GUID). This GUID is used by the system software to identify the cluster and does not appear in any of the System Administration Tool forms. Before a data-sharing voice cluster can be split into...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_start_sharing_data.html","SDS - Start Sharing Data","CAUTION: Ensure that you have installed the required Internet Explorer registry file on your PC. The registry file extends your Internet Explorer session and prevents it from timing out before a Start Sharing or Synchronization operation is compl...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_start_sharing_with_a_new_element.html","SDS - Start Sharing with a New Element","After you have set up a data-sharing network or cluster, you can add new elements to the network or cluster at any time. Once you have added new elements, you can start sharing with the new elements, if desired. When you add a new element, you mu...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_synchronization_rules.html","SDS - Synchronization Rules","The following rules apply to synchronization operations: Do not perform synchronization from MiVoice Business Release 9.0 to a pre-9.0 release. Only perform synchronizations during periods of low traffic (off-business hours). The time required to...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_troubleshooting_sync_operations.html","SDS - Troubleshooting Sync Operations","Symptom Probable Cause Solution The Sync operation has not displayed any signs of progress for more than one hour (that is, the operation appears to be hung). Your Internet Explorer session is timing out before the Sync operation is complete. Ins...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_troubleshoot_hunt_group_data_dist_errs.html","SDS - Troubleshooting Hunt Group Data Distribution Errors","Symptom Probable Cause Solution Data distribution alarm is generated. Data distribution errors related to resilient hunt groups or ring groups are displayed in the SDS Distribution Errors form. Remote (secondary) controller does not support hunt ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_troublshooting_sharing_operations.html","SDS - Troubleshooting Sharing Operations","Symptom Probable Cause Solution The Start Sharing operation has not displayed any signs of progress for more than an hour (that is, the operation appears to be hung). Your Internet Explorer session is timing out before the Start Sharing operation...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_upgrading_elements_for_data-sharing.html","SDS - Upgrading Elements for Data Sharing","To share data in a System Data Synchronization network, all MiVoice Business elements must be upgraded to 3300 ICP Release 6.0 or later. To upgrade an element for data sharing Refer to the Technician&#39;s Handbook for instructions on how to upgrade ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_viewing_data_distribution_alarms.html","SDS - Viewing Data Distribution Alarms","The system generates a minor alarm after the number of SDS data distribution errors (as reported by the SDS Distribution Errors form) exceeds 100, and a major alarm after the number exceeds 1000. There is no Critical alarm for such errors. Fewer ...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_viewing_data_distribution_updates.html","SDS - Viewing Data Distribution Updates","Pending updates and data distribution errors are collected and displayed in the SDS Distribution Errors forms of the local element where you initiated the Start Sharing operation. Check these forms frequently to view the status of pending updates...",""],
["../voice_networking/sds_what_data_can_be_shared_rdn.html","SDS what data can be shared (RDN)","You can share data from the forms listed in the table below. The table provides the following information: Groups - identifies the form classification Form Name - identifies the form Share Form Data With - identifies the default setting for the s...",""],
["../voice_networking/suite_services_single_shared_tel.html","Suite Services - Shared Telephone Service Disabled","Shared Telephone Service (STS) provides common Wake-up and Voice Mail service for all suite extensions. STS is optional. When disabled, Wake-ups and Voice Mail for each suite extension are handled independently, with the exception of incoming cal...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_about_clusters.html","About Voice Clusters","A cluster is a group of interconnected elements that are configured together in such way that it appears to the end users that they are connected to a single large system. A user can make a call from one system in the cluster to another simply by...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_about_ip_phone_registration.html","About IP Phone Registration","During normal operation, each IP Phone is controlled from its primary MiVoice Business system. The IP Phone&#39;s directory number (DN) is programmed in the Telephone Directory form of its primary system and referenced in the Remote Directory Numbers...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_about_networks.html","About Voice Networks","A voice network is a group of elements that are interconnected via IP trunks and/or DPNSS over T1 trunks. To place a call to an extension on another element, a user must dial Automatic Route Selection (ARS) digits in addition to the extension num...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_configuration_notes.html","Cluster Configuration Notes","Uniform Numbering Plan is Recommended Before you cluster a group of existing elements, you can reduce the amount of telephone directory management required to set up the cluster by ensuring that the numbering plans of the elements are uniform. Fo...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_configure_tel_dir_forms.html","Configure Telephone Directories for the Cluster","You manage the cluster directory number through SDS using Remote Directory Number (RDN) Synchronization . To use Remote Directory Number synchronization to maintain the telephone directories of the elements within the network or cluster, proceed ...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_enable_optional_features.html","Enable Optional Features at Each Cluster Element","In the License and Option Selection form, ensure that the following feature options are enabled on each MiVoice Business element: Maximum Elements per cluster (30, 60, 250, or 999) System Data Synchronization (3300 ICP Release 6.0 or later softwa...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_feature_access_codes_and_rdns.html","Feature Access Codes and RDNs in a Cluster","If you have programmed a unique Feature DN at each element, the following feature access codes function normally with remote directory numbers: Call Forwarding - Follow Me (Always) Call Forwarding - Busy (Internal and External Source) Call Forwar...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_how_calls_routed_in_cluster.html","How Calls are Routed in a Cluster","Call routing in a cluster starts off differently depending on whether the network consists of a single cluster or multiple clusters and/or standalone elements. The difference is attributable to the PNI. In a single cluster, PNIs are optional. In ...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_managing_telephone_directory.html","Managing the Telephone Directory in a Cluster","Directory numbers in the network or cluster are managed with the help of the Remote Directory Number (RDN) Synchronization feature. Any telephone directory entries that you add, modify, or delete at an element are automatically distributed as sha...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_planning_the_cluster.html","Planning the Cluster","Review the Configuration Notes . If all the elements in the network are members of a single cluster, you do not need to assign PNIs to the elements. Assign a unique 1- to 7-digit PNI only if the cluster is connected in a MSDN/DPNSS network. PNI i...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_preventing_dialing_confilicts.html","Preventing Dialing Conflicts in a Cluster","Figure 1 shows an example of a dialing conflict. On the cluster element, a dialing conflict is programmed between the element&#39;s PNI and its local CEID digits. If extension 4000 on element 71 attempts to call extension 1000 by dialing 701000, the ...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_programming_overview.html","Voice Clustering Programming Overview","To configure a cluster you must complete the following tasks: Plan the cluster . Enable the optional features at each cluster element. Upgrade cluster element software (required for clusters of greater than 250 elements). Add Elements to Network ...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_program_ip_net_xnet_trks.html","Program IP Network and XNET Trunks","If the network has IP trunks or XNET trunks, complete the required trunk programming at each element (see IP Networking Programming ). When programming the ICP/PBX Networking form at each element: assign the local element a PBX Number. This PBX N...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_program_network_route_optimization.html","Program the Network for Route Optimization","If route optimization is required, you must make the following network programming changes: On each cluster element, program the route optimization identifier the same as the element&#39;s CEID. On all other network elements, program a second ARS rou...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_prog_ars_routes_btw_elements.html","Program ARS Routes Between the Cluster Elements","Program the ARS at each element. Using the CEID digits as ARS leading digits, program ARS to route calls to each of the other remote elements. Note that the ARS routing digits (CEID digits + extension number) on each element in the cluster must b...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_review_remote_direct_assign_forms.html","Review the Remote Directory Numbers Forms in the Cluster","After you distribute the portable directory numbers to the cluster elements, the Remote Directory Numbers (RDN) form at each element lists the directory numbers of the remote devices and the directory numbers of resilient local devices. If you ha...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_synchronize_data_with_sds.html","Start Sharing and Synchronizing Data throughout the Cluster","For MiVoice Business network or cluster elements that are running 3300 ICP Release 6.0 or later software, use System Data Synchronization (SDS) to start sharing data among the elements, and if necessary, perform a sync operation to make the requi...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_cn_upgrade_cluster_element_software.html","Upgrade Cluster Element Software","The following software requirements apply to a cluster: To increase the number of elements in a cluster beyond 250, you must first upgrade all elements in the cluster to 3300 ICP Release 8.0 UR3 or later. Then, you must enable 999 as the \"Maximum...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_erds_conditions.html","Embedded Resilient Device Support - Conditions","The following conditions apply: MCD Release 4.0 or later software is required on all the elements in the cluster. Resiliency is only supported for IP devices. Refer to the Resiliency Guidelines for a list of the IP devices that support resiliency...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_erds_description.html","Embedded Resilient Device Support - Description","You can configure resilient devices from the MiVoice Business System Administration Tool. Prior to MCD Release 4.0, you had to use OPS Manager to configure resilient devices. From the User and Services Configuration form , you can Create or delet...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_erds_programming.html","Embedded Resilient Device Support - Programming","IMPORTANT: Cluster programming must be completed before creating resilient users and devices. See the Mitel Clustering Design and Implementation Guide for more information. See also the Resiliency Guidelines for information on provisioning resili...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_about_mnm_backup_and_restore.html","MNM Backup and Restore - Description","Multi-node Management (MNM) backup and restore allows you to perform database backups and restores from a System Administration Tool session on any member element in a MNM Administrative Group. From a System Administration Tool session on a local...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_app_reach_thru_conditions.html","Application Reach Through - Conditions","The following conditions apply: For Container-based MiVoice Business (cMiVB), Application Reach Through for MiVoice Business Release 9.1 or later is supported only with Multi Label Switching (MPLS) Point of Presence (POP). Application Reach Throu...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_app_reach_thru_desc.html","Application Reach Through - Description","Application Reach Through is available for Administrative Groups that support Multi-node Management applications. From the System Administration Tool session on any member element, you can \"reach through\" to the System Administration Tool of any ...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_app_reach_thru_troubleshoot.html","Application Reach Through - Troubleshooting","Error Probable Cause Solution Cannot reach through to an element in the Administration Group. Element has pre-MCD Release 4.0 software installed. Upgrade element to MCD Release 4.0 or later software. Form incompatibility. The requested form is no...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_backup_and_restore_-_conditions.html","MNM Backup and Restore - Conditions","The following conditions apply: MNM Backup and Restore is only available in an SDS Administrative Group that supports Multi-Node Management (MNM) applications. To support database backups from multiple elements, you must have an external FTP or S...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_conditions.html","Multi-Node Managment - Conditions","The following conditions apply: To be capable of supporting the MNM applications, elements must be MiVoice Business systems have MCD Release 4.0 or later software belong to an SDS Administrative Group be sharing data via SDS. The Admin Group Mana...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_description.html","Multi-Node Management - Description","Multi-node management applications allow you to maintain a group network elements from a single MiVoice Business System Administration Tool session on one of the member elements. MNM applications are supported for network elements that are groupe...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_fault_management_-_conditions.html","Fault Management - Conditions","Fault Management is only available in an Administrative Group that supports Multi-Node Management (MNM) applications. Related Topics Fault Management - Description Using Fault Management ",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_fault_management_desc.html","Fault Management - Description","This Multi-Node Management application provides you with the following alarm information: the highest alarm status among all the elements in the MNM Administrative Group, and a summary of the alarm severity for each member element in the MNM Admi...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_troubleshoot_app_reach_thro.html","Troubleshooting Application Reach Through","Error Probable Cause Solution Form incompatibility The requested form is not supported. The local element has a later software version than the remote element and the selected form does not exist in the software version on the remote element Upgr...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_using_fault_management.html","Using Fault Management","Obtaining an Alarm Summary for the Group To display a summary of the alarms for the MNM Administrative Group elements: Admin Group Management form Enable fault management for the group. Admin Group Alarm Summary form Check the alarm status for th...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_mnm_using_remote_node_prog.html","Using Application Reach Through","Before You Start NOTE: The following applies to Internet Explorer; disregard if you are using Firefox. Before you can use Application Reach Through, you must first add the IP addresses (or FQDNs) of all the elements that belong to the Administrat...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_rdn_about_rem_dir_num_sync.html","RDN Synchronization - Description","Description Remote Directory Number (RDN) Synchronization uses SDS to distribute the telephone directory entries to all the element databases in a network or cluster. In a network or cluster, any telephone directory entries that you add, modify, ...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_required_software_and_options.html","Required Software and Options for Clustering","Cluster elements require the following software: 3300 ICP/MiVoice Business elements require 3300 ICP Release 3.2 or higher software. For large networks with more than sixty 3300 ICP/MiVoice Business elements, 3300 ICP Release 5.1 software (or lat...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_resiliency_considerations.html","Resiliency Considerations in a Cluster","If you are implementing resiliency within your cluster, it is recommended that you do not locate a secondary controller in a location that is remote to its primary controller, for example, in a distant city or a different country. If you situate ...",""],
["../voice_networking/vn_route_optimization.html","Route Optimization in a Cluster","To optimize routing within a cluster, and between a cluster and the rest of the network, you must complete the following programming: Ensure that ARS routes within the cluster are set up to outpulse the leading CEID digits. Ensure that the Route ...",""],
["../welcome-email-thumb.jpg","welcome-email-thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 142x199","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../welcome-email.jpg","welcome-email.jpg","JPEG file, size 708x993","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../what_s_new_in_this_release.html","What&#39;s New in This Release","MiVoice Business Release 9.3 New Features and Capabilities Added a new field Secure SIP Transport Protocol in the Network Elements form. Added a note in the Creating an Import File for Telephone Directory Data with the warning about importing Tel...",""],
["../whcsh_home.htm","No title","",""],
["../whfbody.htm","Search Result","WebHelp 5.50",""],
["../whfdhtml.htm","Search Frame","WebHelp 5.50",""],
["../whibody.htm","Index content","WebHelp 5.50",""],
["../whlstg0.htm","Glossary",".CSV Comma Separated Values. A type of database file that separates data fields with a comma. .spx The file extension for files created by the Mitel HTML Toolkit Packager. An SPX file consists of individual files bundled together. HTML capable ph...",""],
["../whproj.htm","project description","WebHelp 5.50",""],
["../whtdhtml.htm","Table of contents","WebHelp 5.50",""],
["../wht_abge.jpg","wht_abge.jpg","JPEG file, size 99x190","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../wht_abgi.jpg","wht_abgi.jpg","JPEG file, size 99x190","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../wht_abgw.jpg","wht_abgw.jpg","JPEG file, size 99x190","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../wht_abte.jpg","wht_abte.jpg","JPEG file, size 211x60","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../wht_abti.jpg","wht_abti.jpg","JPEG file, size 211x60","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../wht_abtw.jpg","wht_abtw.jpg","JPEG file, size 211x60","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../win8_1.jpg","win8_1.jpg","JPEG file, size 640x560","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../x2vm.jpg","x2vm.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../x2vm_centralized_vm.jpg","x2vm_centralized_vm.jpg","images, pictures, graphics, illustrations","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../x2vm_centralized_vm_thumb.jpg","x2vm_centralized_vm_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 151x134","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../x2vm_thumb.jpg","x2vm_thumb.jpg","JPEG file, size 151x121","../JPEG.jpg"],
["../_lightbox/loading.gif","loading.gif","GIF file, size 32x32","../gif.jpg"],
["../sysadmin/contacting_technical_support.html","Contacting Technical Support","What to do before contacting Mitel Technical Support.",""],
["http://www.mitel.com/DocController?documentId=10398","Mitel Support and Training (requires internet connection)","Web portal to Mitel Support and Training",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_res.pdf","Resiliency Guidelines","Comprehensive overview of the Mitel&#174; Resiliency solution with information to help you understand, plan, and implement a resilient network.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Provides troubleshooting information for Mitel Communications Director.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vcdi.pdf","Mitel Voice Cluster Design and Implementation","Design considerations and configuration guidelines for deploying the 3300 ICP. Use  this document to plan site installations.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/multi-node-networking-solutions-guide","Multi-node Networking Principles (requires internet connection and Mitel Online to view)","An introduction to MiVB system networks.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/multi-node-networking-solutions-guide","Multi-node Networking Principles (requires internet connection and Mitel Online to view)","An introduction to MiVB system networks.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vcdi.pdf","Voice Network Design and Implementation Guide","Provides design considerations and configuration instructions for deploying a network of 3300 ICPs with emphasis on setting up a cluster.  ",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_thb.pdf","Technician&#39;s Handbook","Provides instructions for installing, upgrading, and maintaining MiVB systems.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_htrm.pdf","Hardware Technical Reference Manual","Technical specifications for the 3300 ICP and its components.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_spg.pdf","Site Planning Guide","Information to help you plan and prepare for new installations. Includes checklists  to assist with identifying and recording site characterisitics and configuration  requirements.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_spg.pdf","Site Planning Guide","Information to help you plan and prepare for new installations. Includes checklists  to assist with identifying and recording site characterisitics and configuration  requirements.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/bp-user-provisioning","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Outlines the best methods and management interfaces to use to provision users in a Mitel network.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_eg.pdf","Engineering Guidelines","Design considerations and configuration guidelines for deploying the 3300 ICP. Use  this document to plan site installations.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/using-system-data-synchronization-solutions-guide","System Data Synchronization Terms and Concepts (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","An introduction to System Data Synchronization.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/user_authorization_profiles_rdn.html","User Authorization Profiles","MiVB System Administration form used to create profiles that allow access to system management interfaces, including the Desktop Tool.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/network-upgrades-solutions-guide","Mitel Upgrades (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Upgrading a whole network. Info about database and licensing changes, plus application compatibility.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/TechDocs/Solutions-Guides/Mobility.pdf","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/TechDocs/Solutions-Guides/Hospitality.pdf","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["../using_interface/system_requirements.html","System Requirements","Minimum PC and operating system requirements to run the MiVoice Business provisioning and administration tools",""],
["../whlstg0.htm#broadcastgroup","Glossary of Terms","A dictionary of terms used in Mitel MiVoice Business product documentation and in the telecommunications, networking, and voice over IP industry.",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_descript.html","About Emergency Services","Summarizes the facilities available in MiVoice Business for handling emergency  calls",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_descript.html","About Emergency Services","Summarizes the facilities available in MiVoice Business for handling emergency  calls",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/provisioning-users-in-mitel-networks-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Outlines the best methods and management interfaces to use to provision users in a Mitel network.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/provisioning-users-in-mitel-networks-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","The best way to provision users in various Mitel networks, based on the applications used.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/UG/Index.html","Mitel User Guide web portal (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["../programming/program_multiline_ip_telephones.html","Programming Multiline IP Telephones","Details the steps required to provision multiline IP telephones",""],
["../forms/online_service_urls.html","Online Service URLs","Describes the Online Service URLs form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/online_service_urls.html","Online Service URLs","Describes the Online Service URLs form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_8.0_vmug.pdf","Voice Mail User Guide","Provides instructions on using the voice mail applicaiton embedded in MiVoice Business",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vmug.pdf","Voice Mail User Guide","Provides instructions on using the voice mail application embedded in MiVoice Business",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["../sysadmin/contacting_technical_support.html","Contacting Technical Support","What to do before contacting Mitel Technical Support.",""],
["http://www.mitel.com/DocController?documentId=10398","Mitel Support and Training (requires internet connection)","Web portal to Mitel Support and Training",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_res.pdf","Resiliency Guidelines","Comprehensive overview of the Mitel&#174; Resiliency solution with information to help you understand, plan, and implement a resilient network.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Provides troubleshooting information for Mitel Communications Director.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vcdi.pdf","Mitel Voice Cluster Design and Implementation","Design considerations and configuration guidelines for deploying the 3300 ICP. Use  this document to plan site installations.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/multi-node-networking-solutions-guide","Multi-node Networking Principles (requires internet connection and Mitel Online to view)","An introduction to MiVB system networks.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/multi-node-networking-solutions-guide","Multi-node Networking Principles (requires internet connection and Mitel Online to view)","An introduction to MiVB system networks.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vcdi.pdf","Voice Network Design and Implementation Guide","Provides design considerations and configuration instructions for deploying a network of 3300 ICPs with emphasis on setting up a cluster.  ",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_thb.pdf","Technician&#39;s Handbook","Provides instructions for installing, upgrading, and maintaining MiVB systems.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_htrm.pdf","Hardware Technical Reference Manual","Technical specifications for the 3300 ICP and its components.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_spg.pdf","Site Planning Guide","Information to help you plan and prepare for new installations. Includes checklists  to assist with identifying and recording site characterisitics and configuration  requirements.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_spg.pdf","Site Planning Guide","Information to help you plan and prepare for new installations. Includes checklists  to assist with identifying and recording site characterisitics and configuration  requirements.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/bp-user-provisioning","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Outlines the best methods and management interfaces to use to provision users in a Mitel network.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_eg.pdf","Engineering Guidelines","Design considerations and configuration guidelines for deploying the 3300 ICP. Use  this document to plan site installations.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/using-system-data-synchronization-solutions-guide","System Data Synchronization Terms and Concepts (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","An introduction to System Data Synchronization.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/user_authorization_profiles_rdn.html","User Authorization Profiles","MiVB System Administration form used to create profiles that allow access to system management interfaces, including the Desktop Tool.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/network-upgrades-solutions-guide","Mitel Upgrades (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Upgrading a whole network. Info about database and licensing changes, plus application compatibility.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/TechDocs/Solutions-Guides/Mobility.pdf","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/TechDocs/Solutions-Guides/Hospitality.pdf","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["../using_interface/system_requirements.html","System Requirements","Minimum PC and operating system requirements to run the MiVoice Business provisioning and administration tools",""],
["../whlstg0.htm#broadcastgroup","Glossary of Terms","A dictionary of terms used in Mitel MiVoice Business product documentation and in the telecommunications, networking, and voice over IP industry.",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_descript.html","About Emergency Services","Summarizes the facilities available in MiVoice Business for handling emergency  calls",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_descript.html","About Emergency Services","Summarizes the facilities available in MiVoice Business for handling emergency  calls",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/provisioning-users-in-mitel-networks-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Outlines the best methods and management interfaces to use to provision users in a Mitel network.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/provisioning-users-in-mitel-networks-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","The best way to provision users in various Mitel networks, based on the applications used.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/UG/Index.html","Mitel User Guide web portal (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["../programming/program_multiline_ip_telephones.html","Programming Multiline IP Telephones","Details the steps required to provision multiline IP telephones",""],
["../forms/online_service_urls.html","Online Service URLs","Describes the Online Service URLs form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/online_service_urls.html","Online Service URLs","Describes the Online Service URLs form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vmug.pdf","Voice Mail User Guide","Provides instructions on using the voice mail applicaiton embedded in MiVoice Business",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vmug.pdf","Voice Mail User Guide","Provides instructions on using the voice mail application embedded in MiVoice Business",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["../sysadmin/contacting_technical_support.html","Contacting Technical Support","What to do before contacting Mitel Technical Support.",""],
["http://www.mitel.com/DocController?documentId=10398","Mitel Support and Training (requires internet connection)","Web portal to Mitel Support and Training",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_businessres.pdf","Resiliency Guidelines","Comprehensive overview of the Mitel&#174; Resiliency solution with information to help you understand, plan, and implement a resilient network.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Provides troubleshooting information for Mitel Communications Director.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vcdi.pdf","Mitel Voice Cluster Design and Implementation","Design considerations and configuration guidelines for deploying the 3300 ICP. Use  this document to plan site installations.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/multi-node-networking-solutions-guide","Multi-node Networking Principles (requires internet connection and Mitel Online to view)","An introduction to MiVB system networks.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/multi-node-networking-solutions-guide","Multi-node Networking Principles (requires internet connection and Mitel Online to view)","An introduction to MiVB system networks.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vcdi.pdf","Voice Network Design and Implementation Guide","Provides design considerations and configuration instructions for deploying a network of 3300 ICPs with emphasis on setting up a cluster.  ",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_thb.pdf","Technician&#39;s Handbook","Provides instructions for installing, upgrading, and maintaining MiVB systems.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_businesshtrm.pdf","Hardware Technical Reference Manual","Technical specifications for the 3300 ICP and its components.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_spg.pdf","Site Planning Guide","Information to help you plan and prepare for new installations. Includes checklists  to assist with identifying and recording site characterisitics and configuration  requirements.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_spg.pdf","Site Planning Guide","Information to help you plan and prepare for new installations. Includes checklists  to assist with identifying and recording site characterisitics and configuration  requirements.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/bp-user-provisioning","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Outlines the best methods and management interfaces to use to provision users in a Mitel network.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_businesseg.pdf","Engineering Guidelines","Design considerations and configuration guidelines for deploying the 3300 ICP. Use  this document to plan site installations.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/using-system-data-synchronization-solutions-guide","System Data Synchronization Terms and Concepts (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","An introduction to System Data Synchronization.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/ip_configuration.html","System IP Properties","Describes the System IP Properties form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/user_authorization_profiles_rdn.html","User Authorization Profiles","MiVB System Administration form used to create profiles that allow access to system management interfaces, including the Desktop Tool.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/voice-quality-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Mitel Network Voice Quality (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Voice Quality overview, discussion of echo and other voice quality issues.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/network-upgrades-solutions-guide","Mitel Upgrades (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Upgrading a whole network. Info about database and licensing changes, plus application compatibility.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/TechDocs/Solutions-Guides/Mobility.pdf","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.","",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/mobility-and-private-wireless-solutions-guide","Mobility and Private Wireless (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Mobility options: options and how they work together.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/TechDocs/Solutions-Guides/Hospitality.pdf","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/hospitality-solutions-guide","Mitel Hospitality Solutions (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Hospitality features and architectures.",""],
["../using_interface/system_requirements.html","System Requirements","Minimum PC and operating system requirements to run the MiVoice Business provisioning and administration tools",""],
["../whlstg0.htm#broadcastgroup","Glossary of Terms","A dictionary of terms used in Mitel MiVoice Business product documentation and in the telecommunications, networking, and voice over IP industry.",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_descript.html","About Emergency Services","Summarizes the facilities available in MiVoice Business for handling emergency  calls",""],
["../features_optional/emer_serv_descript.html","About Emergency Services","Summarizes the facilities available in MiVoice Business for handling emergency  calls",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/provisioning-users-in-mitel-networks-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","Outlines the best methods and management interfaces to use to provision users in a Mitel network.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/solution-guides/mivb/all-releases/en/provisioning-users-in-mitel-networks-solutions-guide","Best Practices for Provisioning Users in Mitel Networks (requires internet connection and Mitel Online account to view)","The best way to provision users in various Mitel networks, based on the applications used.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_trbl.pdf","Troubleshooting Guide","Mitel Root Certifcate is incorrectly installed or missing from Firefox; see \"System Administration Tool Troubleshooting\" for information on resolving this issue.",""],
["http://edocs.mitel.com/UG/Index.html","Mitel User Guide web portal (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["../programming/program_multiline_ip_telephones.html","Programming Multiline IP Telephones","Details the steps required to provision multiline IP telephones",""],
["../forms/online_service_urls.html","Online Service URLs","Describes the Online Service URLs form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../forms/online_service_urls.html","Online Service URLs","Describes the Online Service URLs form in the MiVB System Administration Tool.",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vmug.pdf","Voice Mail User Guide","Provides instructions on using the voice mail applicaiton embedded in MiVoice Business",""],
["../pdfs/mivoice_business_vmug.pdf","Voice Mail User Guide","Provides instructions on using the voice mail application embedded in MiVoice Business",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""],
["https://www.mitel.com/document-center/devices-and-accessories","Devices and Accessories (requires internet connection)","End user documentation on operating Mitel telephones and other peripheral devices.",""]];
recommended = [ "﻿support 1988",
	"training 1989",
	"telephone user guides 1990",
	"resilien* 1991",
	"trouble* 1992",
	"cluster* 1993",
	"cluster* 1994",
	"network* 1995",
	"network* 1996",
	"install* 1997",
	"hardware* 1998",
	"site* 1999",
	"plan* 2000",
	"provision* 2001",
	"engineer* 2002",
	"sds 2003",
	"change ip address 2004",
	"system ip address 2005",
	"ip address 2006",
	"new ip address 2007",
	"Desktop* 2008",
	"voice quality* 2009",
	"echo 2010",
	"jitter 2011",
	"crosstalk 2012",
	"packet loss 2013",
	"latency 2014",
	"qos 2015",
	"upgrad* 2016",
	"mobility 2017",
	"wireless 2018",
	"uca 2019",
	"awc 2020",
	"mvs 2021",
	"Dynamic extension 2022",
	"mbg 2023",
	"teleworker 2024",
	"blackberry 2025",
	"wi-fi 2026",
	"ip-dect 2027",
	"ipad 2028",
	"iphone 2029",
	"android 2030",
	"hospitality 2031",
	"hotel 2032",
	"motel 2033",
	"hospital 2034",
	"pms 2035",
	"system requirements 2036",
	"broadcast* 2037",
	"911 2038",
	"emergency 2039",
	"users 2040",
	"services 2041",
	"sec_error_reused_issuer_and_serial 2042",
	"secure connection failed 2043",
	"sec_error_untrusted_issuer 2044",
	"this connection is untrusted 2045",
	"wireless handset* 2046",
	"69* 2047",
	"branding 2048",
	"screen* 2049",
	"voicemail 2050",
	"voice mail 2051",
	"user guide* 2052",
	"quick reference* 2053",
	"﻿support 2054",
	"training 2055",
	"telephone user guides 2056",
	"resilien* 2057",
	"trouble* 2058",
	"cluster* 2059",
	"cluster* 2060",
	"network* 2061",
	"network* 2062",
	"install* 2063",
	"hardware* 2064",
	"site* 2065",
	"plan* 2066",
	"provision* 2067",
	"engineer* 2068",
	"sds 2069",
	"change ip address 2070",
	"system ip address 2071",
	"ip address 2072",
	"new ip address 2073",
	"Desktop* 2074",
	"voice quality* 2075",
	"echo 2076",
	"jitter 2077",
	"crosstalk 2078",
	"packet loss 2079",
	"latency 2080",
	"qos 2081",
	"upgrad* 2082",
	"mobility 2083",
	"wireless 2084",
	"uca 2085",
	"awc 2086",
	"mvs 2087",
	"Dynamic extension 2088",
	"mbg 2089",
	"teleworker 2090",
	"blackberry 2091",
	"wi-fi 2092",
	"ip-dect 2093",
	"ipad 2094",
	"iphone 2095",
	"android 2096",
	"hospitality 2097",
	"hotel 2098",
	"motel 2099",
	"hospital 2100",
	"pms 2101",
	"system requirements 2102",
	"broadcast* 2103",
	"911 2104",
	"emergency 2105",
	"users 2106",
	"services 2107",
	"sec_error_reused_issuer_and_serial 2108",
	"secure connection failed 2109",
	"sec_error_untrusted_issuer 2110",
	"this connection is untrusted 2111",
	"wireless handset* 2112",
	"69* 2113",
	"branding 2114",
	"screen* 2115",
	"voicemail 2116",
	"voice mail 2117",
	"user guide* 2118",
	"quick reference* 2119",
	"﻿support 2120",
	"training 2121",
	"telephone user guides 2122",
	"resilien* 2123",
	"trouble* 2124",
	"cluster* 2125",
	"cluster* 2126",
	"network* 2127",
	"network* 2128",
	"install* 2129",
	"hardware* 2130",
	"site* 2131",
	"plan* 2132",
	"provision* 2133",
	"engineer* 2134",
	"sds 2135",
	"change ip address 2136",
	"system ip address 2137",
	"ip address 2138",
	"new ip address 2139",
	"Desktop* 2140",
	"voice quality* 2141",
	"echo 2142",
	"jitter 2143",
	"crosstalk 2144",
	"packet loss 2145",
	"latency 2146",
	"qos 2147",
	"upgrad* 2148",
	"mobility 2149",
	"wireless 2150",
	"uca 2151",
	"awc 2152",
	"mvs 2153",
	"Dynamic extension 2154",
	"mbg 2155",
	"teleworker 2156",
	"blackberry 2157",
	"wi-fi 2158",
	"ip-dect 2159",
	"ipad 2160",
	"iphone 2161",
	"android 2162",
	"hospitality 2163",
	"hotel 2164",
	"motel 2165",
	"hospital 2166",
	"pms 2167",
	"system requirements 2168",
	"broadcast* 2169",
	"911 2170",
	"emergency 2171",
	"users 2172",
	"services 2173",
	"sec_error_reused_issuer_and_serial 2174",
	"secure connection failed 2175",
	"sec_error_untrusted_issuer 2176",
	"this connection is untrusted 2177",
	"wireless handset* 2178",
	"69* 2179",
	"branding 2180",
	"screen* 2181",
	"voicemail 2182",
	"voice mail 2183",
	"user guide* 2184",
	"quick reference* 2185"];
